# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 18.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2025-02-20 16:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Supply Chain" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it **must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning` dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including :guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product `[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:184 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window above the scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo *Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and source location must be chosen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read `WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "Default barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10 msgid "*Barcode nomenclatures* define how barcodes are recognized and categorized. When a barcode is scanned, it is associated to the **first** rule with a matching pattern. The pattern syntax is described in Odoo's nomenclature list using a regular expression, and a barcode is successfully read by Odoo if its prefix and/or length matches the one defined in the barcode's rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "For instance, at a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` station, product weight barcodes in the European Article Number (EAN) format, which begin with `21` and have five digits specifying the weight, are used to weigh products and generate a barcode depicting the weight and price. The `21` and five-digit weight is the barcode pattern used to identify the barcode and can be customized to ensure Odoo correctly interprets all barcodes for the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 msgid "Barcodes are also commonly used with Odoo's **Inventory** and **Barcode** apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:24 msgid "Odoo **Barcode** supports |EAN|, Universal Product Code (UPC), and :doc:`GS1 ` formats. This document exclusively focuses on :ref:`default rules and patterns in Odoo `, which use |UPC| and |EAN| encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:29 msgid "To use |UPC| and |EAN| barcodes for uniquely identifying products across the entire supply chain, they **must** be `purchased from GS1 `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "In Odoo, custom barcode patterns can be defined to recognize barcodes specific to the company. Barcodes do not need to be purchased if used only within the company, such as in the :ref:`example ` where the barcode is written in the |EAN| format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:19 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` checkbox. Doing so installs the **Barcode** app in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "Next, in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field, ensure :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` is selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "With the **Barcode** module installed, and the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` selected, the barcode actions using |UPC| and |EAN|, detailed in the :ref:`default nomenclature list `, are available for use. And, by default, Odoo automatically handles |UPC|/|EAN| conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "Example: product weight barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 msgid "To better understand how barcode nomenclature is used to identify products in Odoo, this example where product weight barcodes in |EAN| format are used to allow a :doc:`Point of Sale <../../../sales/point_of_sale>` business to automatically print barcodes, and calculate the price using the weight of the item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:66 msgid "To set up barcodes for weighted products, the following rule is used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "Weighted Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "(21)....{NNDDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "To better understand the barcode pattern for weighted products, consider the barcode, `2112345000008`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 msgid "`21`: code that identifies this a barcode for weighted products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "`12345`: five digits (denoted by `.....` in the table above) that identify the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "`00000`: five digits (denoted by `{NNDDD}` in the table) representing the weight of the product. On the product form, the five weight values **must** be `00000`. The first two digits are whole number values, and the last three digits are decimal values. For example, \"13.5 grams\" in the `{NNDDD}` format is `13500`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 msgid "`8`: `check digit `_ for `211234500000`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "Together, these components make up a 13-character |EAN| - 13 barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 msgid "To configure the product barcode for `Pasta Bolognese`, the |EAN| barcode for weighted products, `2112345000008`, is entered in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form (accessible by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product). In addition, the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`kg`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 msgid "Barcode field on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:101 msgid "Next, a customer's bowl of pasta is weighed to be `1.5` kilograms. This generates a new barcode for the pasta, according to the weight: `211234501500`, which has a check digit of `2`. The new barcode is `2112345015002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 msgid "Generated barcode that includes a weight of 1.5 kg." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109 msgid "Ensure the products scan properly, by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations`. Next, click any operation type, such as :guilabel:`Receipts`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a draft stock move. Scan the product weight barcode, such as `2112345015002`, and if the intended product appears, the barcode setup is correct." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 msgid "Show successfully scanned barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122 msgid "Adding new rules is necessary for |UPC| and |EAN| formats that are **not** in Odoo's default list, since barcodes cannot be read successfully if there are unknown fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125 msgid "While new rules can be created, Odoo fields do **not** auto-populate with information from these rules. `Custom development `_ is required for this functionality." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129 msgid "To create a rule, first enable :ref:`developer mode `. Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`, and select :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133 msgid "On this page, configure the following optional fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion`: determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode should be automatically converted when matching a rule with another encoding. Options include :guilabel:`Always` (the default option), :guilabel:`Never`, :guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`: ensure this checkbox is **not** ticked, as the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, *not* GS1 encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:-1 msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:145 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up window to create a new rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:148 msgid "The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the barcode represents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`, :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157 msgid "The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses. This rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, :guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:161 msgid "The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the product. Sometimes, when a certain amount of digits are required, the number of `.` is shown. `N` represents whole number digits, and `D` represent decimal digits." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "`1...` represents any 4-digit number that starts with 1. `NNDD` represents a two digit number with two decimal points. For example, `14.25` is 1425." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170 msgid "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177 msgid "Default nomenclature list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179 msgid "The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "Priced Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "EAN-13" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "23.....{NNNDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Discount Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 msgid "Discounted Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:228 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:232 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "22{NN}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199 msgid "Weighted Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201 msgid "21.....{NNDDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202 msgid "Customer Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Client" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "042" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "Coupon" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209 msgid "043|044" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210 msgid "Cashier Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Cashier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "041" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:214 msgid "Location barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "414" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:218 msgid "Package barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "PACK" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:222 msgid "Lot barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41 msgid "10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:226 msgid "Magnetic Credit Card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:229 msgid "%.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:230 msgid "Product Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:231 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:233 msgid ".*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:236 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` contains `.*`, it means it can contain any number or type of characters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce product listing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity information, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select :menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:-1 msgid "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 :guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a `unique GTIN `_ as an internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated *barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems along the supply chain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier `_ (A.I.). This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, have flexible length." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc ` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list ` auto-fills corresponding data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule. The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The :guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to the table of rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as :menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature setup section ` for more details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's settings ` and :ref:`on the product `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the :abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode. :ref:`This section ` details how to add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules ` to Odoo's default list to recognize GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a `check digit `_ as the final character." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:144 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized globally `, allowing scanners to understand and process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, picking, and shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:22 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots ` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) `_, which is a universally recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit |GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page, specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:-1 msgid "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the :guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `, `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to complete the reception." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure (:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to :ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `, `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines* for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:5 msgid "The Odoo **Barcode** app can be used to process *Batch*, *Wave*, and *Cluster* transfers that are created in the **Inventory** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:9 msgid "This document covers the steps to process transfers in the **Barcode** app. Instructions on creating transfers can be found below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:17 msgid "Process the batch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:19 msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Operations` and select an operation type (like delivery orders) grouped into batches. From here, select the card for the appropriate batch transfer, and click the :guilabel:`BATCH` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:-1 msgid "The Delivery Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:26 msgid "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same picking together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:29 msgid "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for the storage location of the first product. Scan the barcode for the product and package to process the transfer. To record multiple quantities, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(edit)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:34 msgid "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to mark the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:38 msgid "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:42 msgid "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:46 msgid "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:50 msgid "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for :ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/process_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:215 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the product itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To Process` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as :guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 msgid "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the `Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. `[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the transferred quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form, in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid ":ref:`Connect to the Barcode Lookup database ` to quickly create new products by scanning their barcodes during internal transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:178 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:186 msgid "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:195 msgid "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:198 msgid "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly scan the product barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of the device being used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:204 msgid "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products listed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:221 msgid "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:5 msgid "Odoo *Barcode* supports three main types of barcode scanners: USB scanners, bluetooth scanners, and mobile computer scanners. While configuring each type of scanner, common issues may arise, in which the scanners do not work as intended, and Odoo returns errors to the device." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid "Read the sections below to identify general and unique device issues, related to specific, popular types of scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "General issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "Refer to the following sections below for common issues involving popular barcode scanner devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:17 msgid "For issues related to specific devices, refer to the :ref:`Android scanners ` section for mobile computer scanners, or to the :ref:`Screenless scanners ` section for USB and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:22 msgid "Barcode cannot be read" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "One common issue encountered when using barcode scanners is an error resulting from barcodes that cannot be read." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:27 msgid "This can occur due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "The barcode is damaged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "The device cannot read the required barcode type (some scanners can only read 2D barcodes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "The barcode being scanned is on a screen. Some scanners don't support this, and the barcodes **must** be printed out to be scanned. This is most common with 1D barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:33 msgid "The device has no battery, or is broken. To rule this out, follow the troubleshooting instructions in the following sections." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "Odoo returns barcode error" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:39 msgid "All types of barcode scanners have their own device \"language\", which affects how they output barcode data to Odoo's *Barcode* app. Sometimes, this can cause Odoo *Barcode* to return a barcode error after scanning. This could be due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "The computer is configured with a different keyboard layout than the barcode scanner. To rule this out, ensure that the device is configured with the same keyboard layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:46 msgid "For example, if the computer is configured to use an FR-BE keyboard, configure the scanner to send FR-BE keystrokes. The same logic applies if using a tablet instead of a computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:49 msgid "For more information on configuring keystrokes, refer to the :doc:`Barcode scanner setup ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:51 msgid "For mobile computer scanners (such as Zebra devices, for example), the scanner might interpret the barcode differently than intended. To rule this out, scan a test barcode to see how the scanner interprets the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:58 msgid "Android scanners" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "The most recent barcode scanner models using Android and Google Chrome should work with Odoo. However, due to the variety of models and configurations, it is recommended to first test a scanner's compatibility with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:64 msgid "The Zebra product line is recommended; specifically, the **Zebra TC21 (WiFi-only)**, and **Zebra TC26 (WiFi/cellular)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:68 msgid "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "Barcode app does not give feedback" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:73 msgid "By default, Android barcode scanners pre-process the barcode, then send a full text. Since Odoo *Barcode* does not read this type of output, settings for each type of scanner **must** be configured correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "Odoo *Barcode* expects that the scanner works like an analogue keyboard, and so, only detects *key events*. Refer to the following sections for configuration settings for the most popular devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:81 msgid "Zebra TC21/TC26" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76 msgid "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78 msgid "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the :guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light blue barcode)` icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81 msgid "On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92 msgid "Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99 msgid "Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the :guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104 msgid "The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:106 msgid "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the Zebra scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:110 msgid "MUNBYN Android devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "When using MUNBYN Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:114 msgid "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select :guilabel:`Keyboard input`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "The selected *Process mode* controls how data is processed after barcode data has been read out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:124 msgid "*Keyboard input* enters read-out data at the position of the cursor, the same as input data on an analogue keyboard would." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:130 msgid "Why is there no data output in the app after a successful scan?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:132 msgid "When scanning a barcode, the scanner might beep, indicating a successful scan, but there is no data output in the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "To fix this issue, adjust the output method to *keyboard analogue* in the *Scanner* app on the device." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:147 msgid "Go back to the app that needs to be scanned, and click on the input dialog box first before scanning. Finally, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:152 msgid "Datalogic Android devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "When using Datalogic Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:157 msgid "To view and configure all settings for the scanner, use the *Settings* app on the Datalogic Android device. From the applications menu, select :menuselection:`Settings --> System --> Scanner Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:161 msgid "From the resulting list of settings, select :guilabel:`Wedge`. From this menu, under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, ensure that the :guilabel:`Enable keyboard wedge` feature is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:165 msgid "Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is set to :guilabel:`Text injection`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:172 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to :guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:180 msgid "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the Datalogic Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:186 msgid "Screenless scanners" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:188 msgid "Screenless scanners are barcode scanning devices that have no screens. These include USB scanners and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:192 msgid "Odoo supports most USB and Bluetooth barcode scanners, as they all emulate a keyboard. However, to verify that a scanner is compatible with a specific keyboard layout (or can be configured to do so), refer to Odoo's `Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware `_ documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:198 msgid "NETUM devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:200 msgid "By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:-1 msgid "Belgian FR key barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:207 msgid "Once that code has been scanned, ensure the NETUM scanner has the correct keyboard configuration, and is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165 msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Barcode scanner setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and use cases:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21 msgid "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line in a grocery store." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23 msgid "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29 msgid "If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard layout of the computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38 msgid "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43 msgid "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49 msgid "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53 msgid "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65 msgid "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`) after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70 msgid "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85 msgid "It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work properly in every circumstance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88 msgid "Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107 msgid "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111 msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113 msgid "When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116 msgid "Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select :guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120 msgid "From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by :guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123 msgid "The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132 msgid "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136 msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138 msgid "When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141 msgid "Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the :menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the :guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145 msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to :guilabel:`KeyEvent`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161 msgid "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the *Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly at creation on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the *Print* menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously, GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix. This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:84 msgid "Barcode Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:86 msgid "`Barcode Lookup `_ allows you to scan (or enter) products' barcodes (:abbr:`UPC (Universal Product Code)`, :abbr:`EAN (European Article Number)`, or :abbr:`ISBN (International Standard Book Number)`) to automatically create them in your Odoo database, complete with product names, descriptions, images, categories, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:91 msgid "To use Barcode Lookup to scan and create products in Barcode, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and enable :guilabel:`Stock Barcode Database`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:96 msgid "If your database is hosted on **Odoo.sh** or **on-premise**, you must also :ref:`configure an API key `. If your database is hosted on **Odoo Online**, you can use Barcode Lookup without further configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:187 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:53 msgid "Configure product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:11 msgid "A group of products in Odoo can be further defined using:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`Units of measure (UoM) `: a standard quantity for specifying product amounts (e.g., meters, yards, kilograms). Enables automatic conversion between measurement systems in Odoo, such as centimeters to feet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:17 msgid "*Ex: Purchasing fabric measured in meters but receiving it in yards from a vendor.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`configure/package`: A physical container used to group products together, regardless of whether they are the same or different." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:22 msgid "*Ex: A box containing assorted items for delivery, or a storage box of two hundred buttons on a shelf.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`configure/packaging`: groups the *same* products together to receive or sell them in specified quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:28 msgid "*Ex: Cans of soda sold in packs of six, twelve, or twenty-four.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:31 msgid "Comparison" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:33 msgid "This table provides a detailed comparison of units of measure, packages, and packaging to help businesses evaluate which best suits their requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:40 msgid "Feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:41 msgid "Unit of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:303 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:159 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:44 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:45 msgid "Standardized measurement for product units (e.g., cm, lb, L)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:46 msgid "Tracks the specific physical container and its contents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:47 msgid "Groups a fixed number of items together for easier management (e.g., packs of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:48 msgid "Product uniformity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:49 msgid "Defined per product; saved as one |UoM| in the database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:50 msgid "Allows mixed products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:51 msgid "Same products only" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:52 msgid "Flexible" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:53 msgid "Converts between vendor/customer |UoMs| and database |UoM|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:54 msgid "Items can be added or removed from the container" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:55 msgid "Quantities are fixed (e.g., always packs of 6, 12 or 24)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:56 msgid "Complexity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:57 msgid "Simplest for unit conversions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:58 msgid "More complex due to container-level inventory tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:59 msgid "Simpler; suitable for uniform product groupings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:60 msgid "Inventory tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:61 msgid "Tracks product quantities within the warehouse in the specific |UoM| defined in the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:63 msgid "Tracks package location and contents within the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:64 msgid "Tracks grouped quantities but not individual items' locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:65 msgid "Smooth barcode operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:78 msgid "Not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:67 msgid "Requires scanning both the package and individual items for reception. (even if there are 30 items in a package). Can enable the :ref:`Move Entire Packages ` feature to update the package's contained items' locations, when moving the package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:71 msgid "Scanning a packaging barcode automatically records all included units. (e.g. 1 pack = 12 units)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:73 msgid "Product lookup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:75 msgid "Scanning a product's barcode identifies its typical storage location in the Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:76 msgid "Barcode identifies grouped quantity, not storage location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:77 msgid "Unique barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:79 msgid "Unique barcodes for individual packages (e.g. Pallet #12)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:80 msgid "Barcodes set at the packaging type level (e.g. for a pack of 6)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:81 msgid "Reusability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:87 msgid "Not applicable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:83 msgid "Can be disposable or reusable, configured via the :ref:`Package Use ` field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:85 msgid "Disposable only" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:86 msgid "Container weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:88 msgid "Weight of the container itself is included in the *Shipping Weight* field of a package (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:90 msgid "Weight of the container is defined in the *Package Type* settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "Lot/serial number tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:92 msgid "Requires manual adjustments to track |UoMs| via lots (See :ref:`use case ` for details)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:94 msgid "Applies only to contained products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:95 msgid "Applies to both contained products and the container" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:96 msgid "Custom routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:98 msgid "Cannot be set" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:99 msgid "Routes can define specific warehouse paths for a particular packaging type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:102 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:104 msgid "After comparing the various features, consider how these businesses, with various inventory management and logistics workflows, came to their decision." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:108 msgid "Pallets of items using packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:110 msgid "A warehouse receives shipments of soap organized on physical pallets, each containing 96 bars. These pallets are used for internal transfers and are also sold as standalone units. For logistical purposes, the pallet's weight must be included in the total shipping weight for certain deliveries. Additionally, the pallet requires a barcode to facilitate tracking, and the number of individual bars of soap must be included in the stock count when the pallet is received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:116 msgid "After evaluating various options, *product packaging* was the most suitable solution. Packaging enables assigning a barcode to a pallet, identifying it as a \"pallet type\" containing 96 soap bars. This barcode streamlines operations by automatically registering the grouped quantity. Key distinctions include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:121 msgid "**Warehouse tracking limitations**: Odoo tracks only the total quantity, not the number of packagings. For instance, if a pallet with 12 and 24 quantities is received, Odoo records 36 quantities, not the pallet details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:124 msgid "**Packaging barcodes are type-specific, not unique**: Barcodes represent packaging types (e.g., \"pallet of 96 soap bars\") but do not uniquely identify individual pallets, such as Pallet #1 or Pallet #2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:129 msgid "Capture product information using barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:131 msgid "An Odoo user expects the **Barcode** app to display the typical storage location of a product by scanning a barcode for a container." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:134 msgid "*Packages* was the most suitable. When the :ref:`appropriate setting is enabled `, scanning a package barcode displays its contents in the **Barcode** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:138 msgid "Packages represent physical containers, enabling detailed tracking of the items they hold. Scanning a package provides visibility into its contents and facilitates operations, like inventory moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:145 msgid "Track different units of measure in storage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:147 msgid "A fruit juice distributor tracks multiple |UoMs| for their operations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:149 msgid "Fruits are purchased in tons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:150 msgid "Juice is produced and stored in kilograms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:151 msgid "Small samples are stored in grams for recipe testing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:153 msgid "*Unit of Measure* was most suitable. Odoo automatically converts tons to kilograms during receipts. However, since Odoo tracks only one |UoM| per product in the database, the company uses lot numbers to differentiate |UoMs|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:157 msgid "LOT1: Grams (g)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:158 msgid "LOT2: Kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure.rst:160 msgid "Manual inventory adjustments are required to convert between lots, such as subtracting 1 kg from LOT2 to add 1,000 g to LOT1. While functional, this workaround can be time-consuming and prone to errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:7 msgid "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:18 msgid "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:21 msgid "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:25 msgid "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration>`, based on real shipping weight. Create package types to include the weight of the package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping cost calculations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:31 msgid "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:40 msgid "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 msgid "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:50 msgid "When moving packages internally, the *Move Entire Packages* feature can be enabled on an operation type to update a package's contained item's location upon updating the package's location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:53 msgid "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types` and select the desired operation this feature will apply to (may have to set it for multiple)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:56 msgid "On the operation type page, in the :guilabel:`Packages` section, tick the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:62 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:64 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:66 msgid "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations ` icon on the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:68 msgid "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:280 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:76 msgid "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:83 msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the :guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:85 msgid "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package, then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:93 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:95 msgid "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the :guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the :guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:106 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:108 msgid "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer in that newly-created package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:112 msgid "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:120 msgid "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:128 msgid "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Shipping carriers <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:136 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:139 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, :guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:142 msgid ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:145 msgid "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the :guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available **only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:163 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:165 msgid "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 msgid "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:174 msgid "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship to the customer `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after measuring it on a scale." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:187 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available **only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is available at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:191 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:199 msgid ":doc:`Using cluster packages <../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:202 msgid "View packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:204 msgid "To view all packages go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. By default, packages are shown in Kanban view, in their current storage location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:208 msgid "Drag-and-drop packages to move them between internal locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/package.rst:-1 msgid "Packages dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:7 msgid "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding multiple units of a specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:10 msgid "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36, **must** be configured on the individual product form. This is because packagings are product specific, not generic." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:15 msgid "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode `. When receiving products from suppliers, scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:22 msgid "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:33 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:35 msgid "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:39 msgid "From product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:41 msgid "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:44 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:55 msgid "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by clicking the |adjust| icon to the far-right of the column titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired options from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave blank if not in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:65 msgid "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the :guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:74 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:76 msgid "To view all packagings that have been created, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:82 msgid "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:91 msgid "Partial reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:93 msgid "After :ref:`completing the packaging setup `, packagings can be reserved in full or partial quantities for outgoing shipments. Partial packaging flexibility expedites order fulfillment by allowing the immediate shipment of available items, while awaiting the rest." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:98 msgid "To configure packaging reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:101 msgid "On the product category's form, in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, :guilabel:`Reserve Packagings` can be set to :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` or :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:105 msgid "To see the :guilabel:`Reserve Packaging` field, the :guilabel:`Product Packaging` feature **must** be enabled. To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Products` section, tick the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:-1 msgid "Show Reserve Packagings field on the product categories page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:115 msgid "To better evaluate the options based on business needs, consider the following example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:117 msgid "a product is sold in twelve units per packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:118 msgid "an order demands two packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:119 msgid "there are only twenty-two units in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:121 msgid "When :guilabel:`Reserve Only Full Packagings` is selected, only twelve units are reserved for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:124 msgid "Conversely, when :guilabel:`Reserve Partial Packagings` is selected, twenty-two units are reserved for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:128 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:130 msgid "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:135 msgid "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:144 msgid "Routes for packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:146 msgid "When receiving packagings, by default, they follow the warehouse's :doc:`configured reception route <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations>`. To **optionally** set up a packaging-specific route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:151 msgid "The *Product Packagings*, *Storage Locations*, and *Multi-Step Routes* features (found by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`) **must** be activated, and saved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:159 msgid "Create route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:161 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click :guilabel:`New`, or select a route that is **not** for a warehouse. Next, in the :guilabel:`Applicable on` section, tick the :guilabel:`Packagings` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168 msgid "Create route for a packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:168 msgid "Route with \"Packagings\" selected, with \"Products\" and \"Warehouses\" not selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173 msgid "Apply route on packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:175 msgid "Then, to apply the route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the product that uses packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:178 msgid "In the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Packaging` section that contains :ref:`configured packagings `, click the |adjust| icon. Tick the :guilabel:`Routes` checkbox to make the column visible in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:183 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the packaging-specific route. Repeat these steps for all packaging intended to use the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:-1 msgid "Set route on a packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:3 msgid "Product type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:7 msgid "In Odoo, goods and services are both set up as *products*. When setting up a new product, there are several fields that should be carefully chosen, as they determine how to invoice and track a business' goods or services." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:11 msgid "To configure an existing product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product from the list. Alternatively, from the :guilabel:`Products` menu, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:16 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Product Type `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:21 msgid "For sale vs. purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:23 msgid "Goods and services can be designated as those that can be bought, sold, or both. On the product form, tick the :guilabel:`Sales` checkbox if a product can be *sold* to a customer (e.g. finished goods). Tick :guilabel:`Purchase` if the product can be *purchased* (e.g. raw materials)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:28 msgid "If a resale clothing shop buys discounted denim jackets and sells them at a higher cost to the end consumer, the `Jacket` product form might have *both* the :guilabel:`Sales` and :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:32 msgid "On the other hand, say the store occasionally sews new jackets using denim and thread as raw materials. In the `Denim` and `Thread` product forms, only :guilabel:`Purchase` should be ticked, whereas the `Handmade Jacket` product form would only tick :guilabel:`Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:37 msgid "Goods vs. services" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:39 msgid "When configuring a product, a :guilabel:`Product Type` needs to be selected on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of a product form. Each product type impacts different operations in other Odoo applications, such as **Sales** and **Purchase**, and should be chosen carefully." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Goods`: a tangible, material object (e.g. anything from a hamburger to a house)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Service`: an intangible, immaterial offering (e.g., a repair, a haircut, call center assistance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Combo`: any mix of goods and services (e.g. a new car (*good*) with an oil change included (*service*))" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:51 msgid "Due to their immaterial nature, services are not trackable in Odoo's **Inventory** application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:56 msgid "Configure goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:58 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Goods` as the :guilabel:`Product Type` automatically triggers the appearance of a few fields and tabs in the product form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab: From here, :doc:`purchasing and manufacturing routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` and product logistics, such as product weight and customer lead time, can be specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Invoicing Policy ` field: This field determines at what point in the sales process a customer is invoiced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:68 msgid "The :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field **only** appears if the **Sales** app is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:70 msgid ":ref:`Track Inventory ` field: This checkbox determines whether Odoo tracks inventory for this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:72 msgid "Smart buttons: Some smart buttons appear above the form when :guilabel:`Goods` is selected; others show upon selecting a :guilabel:`Track Inventory` method. For example, :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Forecasted` display when :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked. In general, most smart buttons on a product form link to :ref:`inventory operations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:-1 msgid "Designate a product as a good or service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:84 msgid "Invoicing policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:86 msgid "The :guilabel:`Invoicing policy` field only shows on the product form if a product is for sale (in other words, if :guilabel:`Sales` is ticked, and the **Sales** app is installed)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:89 msgid "When configuring a product for sale, it is necessary to choose an :doc:`invoicing policy <../../../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>`. When an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` is selected, customers are invoiced once the sales order is confirmed. When :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is selected, customers are invoiced once the delivery is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:98 msgid "Tracked vs. untracked goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:100 msgid "The :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field on the product form determines a lot of Odoo's **Inventory** operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:103 msgid "*Tracked* products are those for which stock and inventory are maintained. Examples include finished goods and, often, the raw materials or components needed to make them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:106 msgid "When :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is ticked, a drop-down menu appears, offering for inventory to be tracked one of three ways: :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, :guilabel:`By Lots`, or :guilabel:`By Quantity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:-1 msgid "Configure a tracked good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:113 msgid "*Untracked* products (sometimes referred to as *non-inventory* products) are typically consumed in a short period of time, meaning that stock/inventory does *not* need to be maintained. Non-inventory products are often essential, but exact counts are unnecessary. Examples include: office supplies, packaging materials, or items used in production that do not need to be individually tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:119 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox if it is necessary to track a product's stock at various locations, for inventory valuation, with lots and/or serial numbers, or when using reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`Tracking storable products using lot and serial numbers <../product_tracking>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:129 msgid "Inventory operations by product type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:131 msgid ":ref:`Whether a good is tracked or untracked ` affects common **Inventory** operations, like transfers and reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:134 msgid "The table below summarizes which operations (and smart buttons) are enabled for tracked vs. untracked goods. Click highlighted chart items to navigate to detailed sections and related documents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:142 msgid "Inventory operation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:143 msgid "Tracked" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:144 msgid "Untracked" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:145 msgid ":ref:`Show on-hand quantity `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:183 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:184 msgid "No" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:148 msgid ":ref:`Show forecasted quantity `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:151 msgid ":ref:`Use reordering rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:154 msgid ":ref:`Can be included in a purchase order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:157 msgid ":ref:`Use putaway rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:160 msgid ":ref:`Can be manufactured, subcontracted, or used in another good's BoM `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:164 msgid ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`Use inventory valuation <../inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:170 msgid ":ref:`Create transfer `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`Use lot/serial number tracking <../product_tracking>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:176 msgid ":doc:`Can be placed in a kit <../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:179 msgid ":ref:`Can be placed in a package `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:182 msgid ":ref:`Appears on inventory reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:192 msgid "On-hand and forecasted quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:194 msgid "A tracked product's on-hand and forecasted quantities, based on incoming and outgoing orders, are reflected on the product form with two smart buttons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:197 msgid ":icon:`fa-cubes` :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity`: This represents the number of units currently available in inventory. Click the button to view or add stock levels for a tracked product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:199 msgid ":icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`Forecasted`: This represents the number of units *expected* to be available in inventory after all orders are taken into account. In other words, :math:`\\text{forecasted} = \\text{on hand quantity} + \\text{incoming shipments} - \\text{outgoing shipments}`. Click the button to view the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:204 msgid "On the other hand, untracked products are regarded as *always* available. Consequently, :guilabel:`On-Hand Quantity` is not tracked, and there is no :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:211 msgid "Putaway rules and storage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:213 msgid "Both tracked and untracked goods can optimize storage using:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:215 msgid ":icon:`fa-random` :doc:`Putaway Rules <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway>`: This represents putaway rules that apply to a good, such as where to store it when a new shipment arrives." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:218 msgid ":icon:`fa-cubes` :doc:`Storage Capacities <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>`: This represents any storage capacity limitations specified for this good. For example, a warehouse may require that only ten (or less) sofas be stored there at any given time, due to their large size." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:230 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:232 msgid "Only tracked products can trigger :doc:`reordering rules <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>` to generate purchase orders. Untracked goods *cannot* be managed using reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:236 msgid "Reordering rules can be configured directly on the product form via the :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`(refresh)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:240 msgid "If reordering rules already exist on a product, Odoo re-labels this button to :guilabel:`Min / Max`, to show the minimum and maximum number of units that must be in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:246 msgid "Create purchase orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:248 msgid "Both tracked and untracked products can be included in a request for quotation in the **Purchase** app. However, when receiving untracked products, their on-hand quantity does not change upon validating the receipt (`WH/IN`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:253 msgid "Replenish smart button" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:255 msgid "The :guilabel:`Replenish` smart button allows all goods to be restocked directly from the product form, according to the *Preferred Route*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:259 msgid ":doc:`Replenishment <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment>` `Odoo Tutorials: Replenishment Methods for Manufacturing `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:266 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:268 msgid "Both tracked and untracked products can be manufactured, :doc:`subcontracted <../../../manufacturing/subcontracting>`, or included in another product's :doc:`bill of materials (BoM) <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:274 msgid "On the product form for a tracked or untracked good, there are several smart buttons that may appear for manufacturing operations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:277 msgid ":icon:`fa-flask` :guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: This shows the BoMs used to make this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:278 msgid ":icon:`fa-level-up` :guilabel:`Used In`: This shows other goods that include this product in their BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:284 msgid "Transfer goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:286 msgid "*Transfers* are warehouse operations that involve the movement of goods. Examples of transfers include :doc:`deliveries and receipts <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, as well as :doc:`internal transfers <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>` between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:292 msgid "When creating a transfer for tracked products in the **Inventory** app, transfers modify the on-hand quantity at each location. For example, transferring five units from the internal location `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and increases it at `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:297 msgid "For untracked products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at each storage location are not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:305 msgid "Both tracked and untracked (non-inventory), products can be placed in :doc:`packages `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:307 msgid "However, for non-inventory products, the quantity is not tracked, and the product is not listed in the package's :guilabel:`Contents` (which can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and selecting the desired package)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314 msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:314 msgid "An untracked product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section does not list it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:316 msgid "Additionally, if the *Move Entire Packages* feature is enabled, moving a package updates the location of the contained tracked products but not the contained untracked products. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, select any operation, and tick the :guilabel:`Move Entire Packages` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:324 msgid "Inventory reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:326 msgid "**Only** tracked products appear on the following reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:329 msgid "These reports are only available to users with :doc:`administrator access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:332 msgid ":doc:`Stock report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/stock>`: This report provides a comprehensive list of all on-hand, unreserved, incoming, and outgoing tracked inventory. To access the report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:335 msgid ":doc:`Location report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/locations>`: This report shows a breakdown of which tracked products are held at each location (internal, external, or virtual). The report is only available with the *Storage Location* feature activated (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`). To access it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:340 msgid ":doc:`Moves History report <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history>`: This report summarizes where and when this good has moved in/out of stock. To access the report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`. Alternatively, click the :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`In / Out` smart button on a product form to filter the report on that product's specific moves history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:345 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis`: This report provides a pivot table view of inventory transfers by operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/type.rst:347 msgid ":ref:`Stock Valuation report `: A detailed record of the monetary value of all tracked inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:11 msgid "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary. For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:15 msgid "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:18 msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:23 msgid "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:34 msgid "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:43 msgid "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any new units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:47 msgid "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the :guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:54 msgid "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:57 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:68 msgid "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:71 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:75 msgid "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:83 msgid "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:88 msgid ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase |UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse documents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Sell products `: if a different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:102 msgid "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:106 msgid "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:109 msgid "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:113 msgid "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:121 msgid "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of 6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:127 msgid "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:135 msgid "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:138 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:143 msgid "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:150 msgid "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:160 msgid "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:163 msgid "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the |SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom.rst:168 msgid "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team manually posts journal entries, based on the physical inventory of the company, and warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, each product category reflects this, with the :guilabel:`Costing Method` set to :guilabel:`Standard Price`, and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` (not visible by default) set to :guilabel:`Manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:-1 msgid "The Costing Method field is located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "Alternatively, perpetual (automatic) inventory valuation creates real-time *journal entries* in the *Accounting* app whenever stock enters or leaves the company's warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:24 msgid "This document is focused on the proper setup of automatic inventory valuation, which is an integrated valuation method that ensures journal entries in the *Accounting* app match stock valuation updates in the *Inventory* app. For an introduction of inventory valuation in Odoo, refer to the :doc:`using_inventory_valuation` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:30 msgid "Switching from manual to automatic inventory valuation may cause discrepancies between stock valuation and accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 msgid "One `successful strategy `_ for switching to automated valuation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "Clear existing stock (possibly with an :doc:`inventory adjustment <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "Change the inventory valuation method to *Automatic*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 msgid "Return the existing stock, with the original monetary value (using an inventory adjustment)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "Once the existing stock is recovered, the Odoo *Accounting* app automatically generates the journal entries to corresponding stock valuation records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 msgid "To properly set up automatic inventory valuation, follow these steps in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid ":ref:`Install Accounting app and enable specific settings `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 msgid ":ref:`Set Automatic inventory valuation on product categories `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 msgid ":ref:`Set costing method `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "Accounting setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "To use automatic inventory valuation, install the *Accounting* app. Next, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` section, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 msgid "Enabling :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting` shows the previously invisible *Inventory Valuation* field on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:-1 msgid "Automatic Accounting feature in Stock Valuation section of Settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:72 msgid "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and :ref:`Stock input/output ` sections of documentation for details on configuring the accounting journals shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 msgid "Product category setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 msgid "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation `, the next step is to set the product category to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and select the desired product category. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, set the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field to :guilabel:`Automated`. Repeat this step for every product category intending to use automatic inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 msgid "After enabling automatic accounting, each new stock move layer (SVL), that is created during inventory valuation updates, generates a journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:-1 msgid "Inventory Valuation field on the product category, with its various stock accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 msgid "Costing method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "After :ref:`enabling inventory valuation `, the *costing method* for calculating and recording inventory costs is defined on the product category in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and select the desired product category. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` section, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Costing Method`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order differs, the valuation is the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 msgid "Operation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 msgid "Incoming Value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:93 msgid "$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 msgid "0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:244 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:88 msgid "$0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 msgid "Receive 8 products for $10/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:247 msgid "8" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 msgid "8 * $10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 msgid "$80" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:250 msgid "Receive 4 products for $16/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "4 * $10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "$120" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:255 msgid "Deliver 10 products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:235 msgid "2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "-10 * $10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "$20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 msgid "Receive 2 products for $9/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:242 msgid "4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 msgid "2 * $10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "$40" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "Average Cost (AVCO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 msgid "Calculates the valuation of a product based on the average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 msgid "$12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:253 msgid "4 * $16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 msgid "$144" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:187 msgid "-10 * $12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 msgid "$24" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 msgid "Receive 2 products for $6/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 msgid "$9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 msgid "2 * $6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 msgid "$36" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:267 msgid "How are unit cost and inventory value calculated at each step?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:269 msgid "When receiving four products for $16 each:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:199 msgid "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value with the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 msgid "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the quantity on-hand: :math:`$144 / 12 = $12`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:204 msgid "When delivering ten products, the average unit cost is used to calculate the inventory value, regardless of the purchase price of the product. Therefore, inventory value is :math:`$144 + (-10 * $12) = $24`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 msgid "Receive two products for $6 each:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 msgid "Inventory value: :math:`$24 + (2 * $6) = $36`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 msgid "Unit cost: :math:`$36 / 4 = $9`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 msgid "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing Method`, changing the numerical value in the *Cost* field for products in the respective product category creates a new record in the *Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The *Cost* amount is then automatically updated, based on the average purchase price of both the inventory on-hand and the costs accumulated from validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 msgid "First In First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 msgid "Tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing items in real-time, and uses the real price of the products to change the valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good sold, until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the valuation of that specific lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 msgid "This method is arguably the most accurate inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, but it is highly sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:256 msgid "$16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8 * $10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2 * $16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 msgid "$32" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 msgid "$11" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 msgid "$44" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:271 msgid "Inventory value is calculated by adding the previous inventory value to the incoming value: :math:`$80 + (4 * $16) = $144`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 msgid "When delivering ten products, eight units were purchased for $10, and two units were purchased for $16." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:279 msgid "First, the incoming value is calculated by multiplying the on-hand quantity by the purchased price: :math:`(-8 * $10) + (-2 * $16) = -112`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 msgid "The inventory value is calculated by subtracting the incoming value from the previous inventory value: :math:`$144 - $112 = $32`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 msgid "Unit cost is calculated by dividing the inventory value by the remaining quantity: :math:`$32 / 2 = $16`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "When receiving two products for $6, inventory value is :math:`$32 + $12 = $44`. Unit cost is :math:`$44 / 4 = $11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It is highly recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid ":doc:`using_inventory_valuation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is changed manually, Odoo generates a corresponding record in the *Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "With automated inventory valuation set up, the generated journal entries depend on the chosen accounting mode: *Continental* or *Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 msgid "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode`, and navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, look for `Anglo-Saxon Accounting`, to see if the feature is enabled. If it is **not** enabled, *Continental* accounting mode is in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Anglo-Saxon accounting mode feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported when products are sold or delivered. This means the cost of a good is only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:328 msgid "So, for **manual** valuation method, set the *Expense Account* to *Stock Valuation* for the current asset type; for **automatic** valuation method, set the *Expense Account* to an *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type (e.g. *Cost of Production*, *Cost of Goods Sold*, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a product is received into stock. Because of this, the *Expense Account* can be set to **either** *Expenses* or a *Cost of Revenue* type, however, it is more commonly set to an *Expenses* account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:336 msgid "Refer to the :ref:`Expense ` and :ref:`Stock input/output ` sections for details on configuring each account type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expense account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 msgid "To configure the *expense account*, which is used in both manual and automatic inventory valuation, go to the :guilabel:`Account Properties` section of the intended product category (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`). Then, choose an existing account from the :guilabel:`Expense Account` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "To ensure the chosen account is the correct :guilabel:`Type,` click the |right arrow| icon to the right of the account. Then, set the account type based on the information below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 msgid "Anglo-Saxon" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 msgid "Automated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:361 msgid "In Anglo-Saxon accounting for automated inventory valuation, set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the `Expenses` account. Then, click the |right arrow| icon to the right of the account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:365 msgid "In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show **Expense Account** field, and external link icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:273 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 msgid "To configure the :guilabel:`Expense Account`, choose :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` from the field's drop-down menu. Verify the account's type by clicking the |right arrow| icon, and then ensure the :guilabel:`Type` is :guilabel:`Current Assets`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the **Expense Account** field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:382 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:441 msgid "Continental" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:388 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:393 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Expense Account` to the :guilabel:`Expenses` or :guilabel:`Cost of Revenue` account type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "Stock input/output (automated only)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "To configure the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output Account`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field, select :guilabel:`Automated`. Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` section appear. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:410 msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: accounting journal where entries are automatically posted when a product's inventory valuation changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:425 msgid "In Anglo-Saxon accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to *different* :guilabel:`Current Assets` accounts. This way, delivering products and invoicing the customer balance the *Stock Output* account, while receiving products and billing vendors balance the *Stock Input* account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:430 msgid "To modify the account type, go to the click the |right arrow| icon to the right of the stock input/output account. In the pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Current Assets` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Display account setup page, highlighting the **Type** field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:438 msgid "The *Stock Input* account is set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a *Current Asset* account type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:443 msgid "In Continental accounting, the :guilabel:`Stock Input Account` and :guilabel:`Stock Output Account` are set to **the same** :guilabel:`Current Assets` account. That way, one account can be balanced when items are bought and sold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:448 msgid "The stock input and output accounts are both set to `Stock Interim (Received)`, a :guilabel:`Current Assets` account type. They can also be set to the `Stock Interim (Delivered)`, as long as the input and output accounts are assigned to the **same** account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "Show the Stock Input and Output accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:458 msgid "Inventory valuation reporting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:460 msgid "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item to unfold the drop-down menu, and look for the nested :guilabel:`Stock Valuation`, :guilabel:`Stock Interim (Received)`, and :guilabel:`Stock Interim (Delivered)` lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:466 msgid "At the top of the dashboard, click the :guilabel:`As of [date]` button to display accounting records up to a specified date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:470 msgid ":ref:`Stock accounts and what they do `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:471 msgid ":doc:`../../../../finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:477 msgid "Access more specific information by clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon to the right of the desired journal. Select :guilabel:`General Ledger` to see a list of all of the journal entries, where each line item's :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon can be clicked to reveal the :guilabel:`View Journal Entry` option to open the individualized journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:483 msgid "Additionally, annotations to the :guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:-1 msgid "Show Stock Valuation journals in a list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Landed costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "When shipping products to customers, the landed cost is the total price of a product or shipment, including all expenses associated with shipping the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "In Odoo, the *Landed Costs* feature is used to take additional costs into account when calculating the valuation of a product. This includes the cost of shipment, insurance, customs duties, taxes, and other fees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "To add landed costs to products, the *Landed Costs* feature must first be enabled. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Valuation` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:24 msgid "Tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` option, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "Once the page refreshes, a new :guilabel:`Default Journal` field appears below the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature in the :guilabel:`Valuation` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Default Journal` drop-down menu to reveal a list of accounting journals. Select a journal for which all accounting entries related to landed costs should be recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 msgid "Landed Costs feature and resulting Default Journal field in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "Create landed cost product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "For charges that are consistently added as landed costs, a landed cost product can be created in Odoo. This way, a landed cost product can be quickly added to a vendor bill as an invoice line, instead of having to be manually entered every time a new vendor bill is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "To do this, create a new product by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:46 msgid "Assign a name to the landed cost product in the :guilabel:`Product Name` field (i.e. `International Shipping`). In the :guilabel:`Product Type` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Service` as the :guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:51 msgid "Landed cost products **must** have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:53 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` in the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section. Once ticked, a new :guilabel:`Default Split Method` field appears below it, prompting a selection. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Equal`: splits the cost equally across each product included in the receipt, regardless of the quantity of each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`By Quantity`: splits the cost across each unit of all products in the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`By Current Cost`: splits the cost according to the cost of each product unit, so a product with a higher cost receives a greater share of the landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`By Weight`: splits the cost, according to the weight of the products in the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`By Volume`: splits the cost, according to the volume of the products in the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 msgid "Is a Landed Cost checkbox and Default Split Method on service type product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "When creating new vendor bills, this product can be added as an invoice line as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:71 msgid "To apply a landed cost on a vendor bill, products in the original |PO| **must** belong to a *Product Category* with a *Costing Method* of either |AVCO| or |FIFO|, and the valuation method can be :doc:`manual ` or :doc:`automatic `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:79 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New` to create a new request for quotation (RfQ). In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add a vendor to order products from. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, to add products to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:83 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the order. Then, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` once the products have been received, followed by :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:87 msgid "Create vendor bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:89 msgid "Once the vendor fulfills the |PO| and sends a bill, a vendor bill can be created from the |PO| in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:92 msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click into the |PO| for which a vendor bill should be created. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. This opens a new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:96 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, click the line to open a calendar popover menu, and select the date on which this draft bill should be billed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:99 msgid "Then, under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column to select the previously-created landed cost product. Click the :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(cloud with arrow)` icon to manually save and update the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 msgid "Landed Costs column checkboxes for product and landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:107 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column, the product ordered from the vendor does **not** have its checkbox ticked, while the landed cost product's checkbox **is** ticked. This differentiates landed costs from all other costs displayed on the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:111 msgid "Additionally, at the top of the form, a :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 msgid "Create Landed Costs button on vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:117 msgid "Add landed cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:119 msgid "Once a landed cost is added to the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` at the top of the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:122 msgid "Doing so automatically creates a landed cost record, with a set landed cost pre-filled in the product line in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:125 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Landed Cost` form, click the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, and select which transfer the landed cost belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:-1 msgid "Landed cost form with selected receipt transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:132 msgid "In addition to creating landed costs directly from a vendor bill, landed cost records can *also* be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:136 msgid "After setting the picking from the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu, click :guilabel:`Compute` (at the bottom of the form, under the :guilabel:`Total:` cost)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:139 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the impact of the landed costs. The :guilabel:`Original Value` column lists the original price of the |PO|, the :guilabel:`Additional Landed Cost` column displays the landed cost, and the :guilabel:`New Value` displays the sum of the two, for the total cost of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:144 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:146 msgid "This causes a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear at the top of the form. Click the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to open a :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, with the product's updated valuation listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:151 msgid "For a :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to appear upon validation, the product's :guilabel:`Product Type` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:154 msgid "To view the valuation of *every* product, including landed costs, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:158 msgid "Each journal entry created for a landed cost on a vendor bill can be viewed in the *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:161 msgid "To locate these journal entries, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and locate the correct entry, by number (i.e. `PBNK1/2024/XXXXX`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:164 msgid "Click into the journal entry to view the :guilabel:`Journal Items`, and other information about the entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs.rst:0 msgid "Journal Entry form for landed cost created from vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the :guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Set up inventory valuation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves scenario below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "The :doc:`consignment <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock>` feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on :ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the :guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:116 msgid "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with :guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:129 msgid "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select :menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:135 msgid "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:140 msgid "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:-1 msgid "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:150 msgid "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory valuation records are identified by checking values in the :guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` for receipts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:161 msgid "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`. Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:170 msgid "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:178 msgid "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:3 msgid "Valuation by lots/serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:5 msgid "Track :doc:`inventory valuation ` by :doc:`lots or serial numbers <../../product_management/product_tracking>` to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:8 msgid ":ref:`Compare and differentiate purchasing cost `, based on lot or serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:10 msgid "Track the actual cost of manufactured products, based on the real cost of each tracked component used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:12 msgid "Depreciate specific lot or serial numbers when they :doc:`sit in stock for too long <../../warehouses_storage/reporting/aging>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:16 msgid "Please read this :doc:`introduction to inventory valuation ` before setting up valuation by lot/serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:22 msgid "To enable valuation by lots or serial numbers, begin by enabling the :doc:`Lots and Serial Numbers feature <../product_tracking>`. After that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product, or create a new product, by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:26 msgid "On the product form, in the :guilabel:`Category` field, choose a product category. Ensure the product category's :ref:`Costing Method ` is set to *First In First Out (FIFO)* or *Average Cost (AVCO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:31 msgid "To check the costing method set on the product category, hover over the :guilabel:`Category` field, and click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal Link)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`Costing methods `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:37 msgid "Next, activate the product to be tracked by lots or serial numbers by ticking the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox. Then, click the adjacent field that appears, and choose either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:41 msgid "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Valuation by Lot/Serial number` checkbox appear below it. Tick that checkbox, and the configuration to track valuation by lot or serial numbers is complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47 msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:47 msgid "Product form showing the Valuation by Lot or Serial Number feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:50 msgid "Valuation layers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:52 msgid "To understand how valuation by lots and serial numbers works, consider these scenarios:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:54 msgid ":ref:`Purchase and sell products `: cost is calculated based on the *product category's* costing method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`Create new lot/serial numbers ` using an inventory adjustment: value of the new lot/serial number is assigned to the cost from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:59 msgid "Inventory adjustment to update quantities for an :ref:`existing lot/serial number `: value is assigned based on the most recent cost for that lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:63 msgid "For both :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First In First Out)` methods, the *Cost* field on the product form is calculated using this formula:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:66 msgid ":math:`Avg~Cost = \\frac{Total~Value}{Total~Qty}`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:71 msgid "Purchase products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:73 msgid "Consider how purchasing products affect the inventory valuation, in the table below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:81 msgid "Lot number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:82 msgid "Math" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:83 msgid "Average cost on product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:84 msgid "Empty stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:85 msgid "0.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:89 msgid "Day 1: Receive one product at $10/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:95 msgid "1.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:91 msgid "LOT 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:92 msgid ":math:`\\frac{10}{1}`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:94 msgid "Day 2: Receive another product at $20/unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:96 msgid "LOT 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:97 msgid ":math:`\\frac{10+20}{2}`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:98 msgid "$15" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103 msgid "Show Cost on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:103 msgid "As a result, the product form displays an average cost of $15 in the **Cost** field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:108 msgid "Create new lot/serial number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:110 msgid "Creating a new lot/serial number through an :doc:`inventory adjustment <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` assigns the same value as the cost on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:114 msgid "To make an inventory adjustment, and assign a lot number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:117 msgid "In the new inventory adjustment line that appears, set the :guilabel:`Product`, create the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, set the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, and click :icon:`fa-floppy-o` :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:121 msgid "To view the valuation layer, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` per unit matches the *Cost* on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:125 msgid "Continuing the example in the table above, when the product cost is `$15`, the valuation for a newly-created `LOT3` is also be `$15`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show inventory adjustment valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:134 msgid "Existing lot/serial number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:136 msgid "When adjusting the quantity of an existing lot/serial number, the value is based on the most recent valuation layer for that specific lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:140 msgid "Continuing the example in the table above, the value for `LOT 1` is `$10`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:142 msgid "So, when the quantity is updated from `1.00` to `2.00`, the additional quantity is also valued at `$10`, reflecting the latest valuation layer for `LOT 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:0 msgid "Show valuation of LOT 1 getting updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:148 msgid "The inventory adjustment (top line) is valued the same as LOT 1 (bottom line)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:153 msgid "View valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:155 msgid "To find the average cost of a specific lot/serial number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and select the desired record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:158 msgid "Both the :guilabel:`Cost` and :guilabel:`Average Cost` fields show a unit's average cost. The :guilabel:`Total Value` reflects the total on-hand value for that lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:162 msgid "Ensure the costing method is set to *First In First Out (FIFO)* or *Average Cost (AVCO)* to display the cost on this page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "Show cost of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:168 msgid "Lot form, displaying **Cost** field. The **Valuation** smart button is in the top-right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:170 msgid "Valuation layers of a lot/serial number can be viewed through the :ref:`valuation report `, or by clicking the lot/serial number's :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button. These detailed, line-by-line records can help determine how each inventory move of the specific lot/serial number affects its valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:178 msgid "Valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:180 msgid "Display the valuation of lots and serial numbers in the database by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:183 msgid "On the resulting :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, click the search bar, and in the :icon:`oi-group` :guilabel:`Group By` section of the resulting drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:188 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of a collapsed lot number line to :ref:`manually modify the cost `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:191 msgid "This is useful for adjusting individual lot prices when a purchase order or bill includes multiple lots/serial numbers, as initial prices are identical upon reception." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:-1 msgid "Show valuation report, by lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:198 msgid "Valuation smart button" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:200 msgid "To access a filtered part of the *Stock Valuation* report, specific to a lot or serial number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and select the desired item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:203 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` page, click the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves relating to `LOT 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots.rst:208 msgid "All stock moves that affect the valuation of `LOT 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:6 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:8 msgid "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:12 msgid "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:16 msgid "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items or products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:21 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:26 msgid "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:29 msgid "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:38 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:40 msgid "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls or expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:49 msgid "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life cycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:55 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:57 msgid "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:66 msgid "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:379 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:72 msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:76 msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:80 msgid "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:83 msgid "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:88 msgid "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one product per serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:97 msgid "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:13 msgid "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, an additional feature appears to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips`. Activating these features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage product recalls, identify batches of faulty products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` features have been enabled in the **Inventory** app settings, expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form for that particular item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:52 msgid "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as :guilabel:`Goods` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` field, select either :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section. Tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:66 msgid "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:72 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` section, there are four categories of expiration information to configure for the product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products (either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** being dangerous yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a particular serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:85 msgid "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:89 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:94 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "Generating expiration dates for *incoming* goods can be done directly on the :guilabel:`Receipt`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`, then click on a line to open the :guilabel:`Receipt` record." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The receipt cannot be validated without an assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:109 msgid "From here, click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon located on the of the product line. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:112 msgid "In the pop-up, the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` automatically populates, based on the configuration on the product form. Click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field on the appropriate line, then enter the lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:117 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` can be manually entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:120 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` when finished to close the pop-up. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:125 msgid "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated :guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`; and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:131 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order (MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:136 msgid "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Choose a product to manufacture from the :guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the :guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:144 msgid "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a :guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:149 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:151 msgid "The appropriate number of :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` automatically populated in the field. Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(Details)` icon to reveal additional information for those specific numbers. On that pop-up, all expiration information that was previously configured for the product is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 msgid "Components pop-up with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:160 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:162 msgid "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to create a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:165 msgid "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New` to create a new quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:168 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a :guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:171 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected date, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to confirm the date. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:176 msgid "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the product form, then no alerts are created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:179 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:182 msgid "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then :guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:187 msgid "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:197 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:199 msgid "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:202 msgid "Once there, remove any default search filters from the search bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down menu. Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and the assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "Customers can also view the expiration date alert in their customer portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:216 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:218 msgid "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:220 msgid "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. Doing so reveals the serial number detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:224 msgid "To view expiration date information in the list view, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust settings)` icon at the top of the list of records, then tick the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:228 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` detail form, the :guilabel:`Dates` lists all expiration information related to the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "If the expiration date for a lot/serial number has passed, the form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration Alert` at the top of the page to indicate that the products in this lot are either expired or expiring soon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:235 msgid "From here, click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:237 msgid "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that are expired (or will expire soon), click back to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page via the breadcrumbs. Remove all of the search filters from the search bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:241 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "Expiration notifications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "Users can be notified when the expiration date for a product has passed. This can help keep specific employees up to date on the status of items under their purview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:252 msgid "To configure a notification, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. Select a product configured with lot/serial numbers and expiration date tracking. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, select a user in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "When the expiation date passes for a lot/serial number for this product, a notification is sent to the user in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Lot numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:10 msgid "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. They typically represent a specific batch of products that were received, stored, shipped, or manufactured in-house." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:13 msgid "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products sharing common properties, facilitating end-to-end traceability through their lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:16 msgid "Lots are useful for managing large quantities of manufactured or received products, aiding in tracing items back to their group, particularly for product recalls or :doc:`expiration dates `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:26 msgid "To track products using lots, enable the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`Tracking expiration dates `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:33 msgid ":ref:`Print GS1 barcodes for lots and serial numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "Track by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:44 msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, configure individual products to be tracked using lots. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and choose a product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "On the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, select the :guilabel:`By Lots` option in the :guilabel:`Tracking` field. Now, new or existing lot numbers can be assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`expiration_dates`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or serial numbers, a warning message appears. Use an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` to assign lot numbers to existing products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:65 msgid "Assign lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:67 msgid "Assign new lot numbers to :ref:`incoming goods ` on the receipt form. When shipping :ref:`outgoing goods `, select products with specific lot numbers on the delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:75 msgid "On receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "Assigning new or existing lot numbers to incoming goods can be done directly on receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:79 msgid "To begin, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app to `create and confirm `_ a |PO| for products tracked by lot numbers. Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button that appears at the top of the page to navigate to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:85 msgid "Alternatively, navigate to an existing receipt by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban card, and choosing the desired receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:89 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number triggers an error, indicating that a lot number **must** be assigned before validating the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:96 msgid "On the receipt form, on the product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Show the bulleted list icon on the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:103 msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, where the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` and :guilabel:`Quantity` are assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "The two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **importing**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "Manual assignment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 msgid "To manually assign lot numbers, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Input the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Store To` location for the lot, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Destination Package`, if any." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 msgid "To assign multiple lot numbers, or store to multiple locations, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and type a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` for additional quantities. Repeat until the total in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column matches the :guilabel:`Demand` at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:125 msgid "Import lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:127 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots`, then paste the bulk lot numbers, in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:134 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on *Google* spreadsheets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "Lot numbers copied to the lot number line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "Lot numbers pasted to the \"Lots/Serial numbers\" field, in the **Import Lots** pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox to generate *additional* lot numbers in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window. To replace the lot numbers in the list, leave the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option unticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Generate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:148 msgid "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` on the receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid ":ref:`Traceability report for lot numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:157 msgid "On delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:159 msgid "Odoo makes it possible to specify which lot numbers for a product are chosen for outgoing shipment on a delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:162 msgid "To begin, create or select an existing quotation from the :menuselection:`Sales` app. After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button becomes available. Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form for that specific |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:167 msgid "Alternatively, navigate to delivery orders by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:170 msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button opens the the delivery order form, where lot numbers are picked for delivery. In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the |list| icon to the right of the product that is tracked by lot numbers. Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:175 msgid "In the pop-up window, the chosen lot number and its storage location is displayed in the :guilabel:`Pick From` column, with the with the full :guilabel:`Quantity` taken from that specific lot (if there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the :guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the :guilabel:`Quantity` directly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 msgid "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It also depends on the ordered quantity, and whether the lot's on-hand quantity is enough to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 msgid "Repeat the above steps to select enough lots to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to close the pop-up window. Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button on the |DO| to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:203 msgid "Lot management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 msgid "Manage and view existing lot numbers for products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:208 msgid "By default, lot numbers are grouped by product, and selecting the drop-down menu for each product displays the existing lot numbers. Select a lot number to :ref:`modify or add details ` linked to the lot. Lot numbers can also be :ref:`created ` from this page, by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "Show the \"Lot/Serial Number\" dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:218 msgid "Display lot numbers, grouped by products, on the **Lot/Serial Number** dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 msgid "Modify lot" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:225 msgid "Clicking a lot from the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` dashboard reveals a separate page where additional information can be provided about the lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:229 msgid "Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number. However, it can be edited, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number to any desired one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:233 msgid "On the lot number form, the following fields can be modified:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: change the lot number linked to the :guilabel:`Product`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:236 msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Reference`: records an alternative lot/serial number used within the warehouse that differs from the one used by the supplier manufacturer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company where the lot number is available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:239 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: add extra details about the lot or serial number in this text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 msgid "On existing lots, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` fields **cannot** be modified, as the lot numbers are linked with existing stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Show the lot number form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`Set expiration dates for lots `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:253 msgid "Add property" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:255 msgid "To add custom fields to lots for enhanced traceability, there are two methods of adding properties on a lot number form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon at the top-left of the page, then select :icon:`fa-cogs` :guilabel:`Add Properties` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add a Property` button, located below the existing fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "Name and :doc:`configure the new field <../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`. Once finished, enter the property value in the new field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:266 msgid "The new property, `Wood type`, is added. The value is recorded as `Cherry wood`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Add Properties\" button on a lot number form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:273 msgid ":doc:`Configuring custom properties <../../../../productivity/knowledge/properties>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 msgid "Reserve lot number for a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:280 msgid "To create a lot number for a product, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lot/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 msgid "Creating a lot number reserves it for a product but **does not** assign it. To assign lot numbers, refer to the section on :ref:`assigning lot numbers on receipts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:289 msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field on the lot form, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:293 msgid "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:298 msgid "The lot number, `000001`, is created for the product, `Drawer Black`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:304 msgid "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired product, the lot number is saved as an existing lot number linked to the product, and can be selected when :ref:`assigning lot numbers to products on a receipt `, or when making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:310 msgid "After creating the lot number, `000001` appears as an option for `Drawer Black` when assigning lot numbers on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Show how to assign lot numbers on the Inventory Adjustment page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:318 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:320 msgid "By default, new lots can only be created when receiving products, and existing lot numbers cannot be used. For sales orders, only existing lot numbers can be utilized, and new ones cannot be created on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:324 msgid "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:328 msgid "On the operation type form, under the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section, tick the :guilabel:`Create New` checkbox to enable new lot numbers to be created during this operation type. Choose :guilabel:`Use Existing ones` if only existing lot numbers can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:337 msgid "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for warehouse receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:343 msgid "Display lots on delivery slips" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:345 msgid "When selling products tracked with lots, it is possible to include the lot numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to customers in cases where lot numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:349 msgid "To include lot numbers on delivery slips, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:354 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` setting, lot numbers are listed on delivery slips for products tracked by lots, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:357 msgid "To view lot numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and select an order containing a product tracked using lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:361 msgid "To view the lot numbers of products included in the order, make sure the :guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` button to the right of the tab. Ensure that the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The lot number(s) for each product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:367 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:326 msgid "When the order is ready to be processed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery and add product information to the delivery slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:370 msgid "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :guilabel:`Print --> Delivery Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using the device's browser or file manager. Lot numbers are listed next to their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "The order lines section of a delivery slip, showing a product and its serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:381 msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from, when it arrived, where it was stored, who it went to (and when)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:384 msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:388 msgid "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:391 msgid "To group by lots, begin by removing any filters in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(caret down)` icon to open a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` options, and :guilabel:`Favorites`. Under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` option, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:397 msgid "Doing so reorganizes all the records on the page to display all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:405 msgid "Traceability report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:407 msgid "To view a full stock moves report for a lot number, select the lot number line from the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Number` dashboard. On the lot number form, click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:-1 msgid "Show the Traceability Report for a lot, that displays the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:416 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:3 msgid "Reassign lot/serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:5 msgid "Changing a product's tracking settings to use lots or serial numbers, *after* storing products in Odoo without them, can lead to inconsistent records. Follow this documentation to learn how to use an inventory adjustment to assign lot or serial numbers to products that were not originally assigned lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 msgid "Warning message: products in stock have no lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:15 msgid "This document outlines the process of using two inventory adjustments: one to remove incorrect records *without* lot numbers, and another to save the quantities *with* the lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Set up and use lot numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`Use serial numbers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:23 msgid "Change on-hand quantity to zero" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:25 msgid "To change the product's settings to track by lots or serial numbers, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the intended product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:28 msgid "Next, click the product's :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. In the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column, change the value to zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:32 msgid "If the product is stored in multiple locations, make sure the **total** on hand quantity at **all** locations is zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 msgid "Show the Inventory Adjustments model, highlighting the \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:40 msgid "Change traceability setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:42 msgid "Return to the product form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`), and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, change the :guilabel:`Tracking` option from :guilabel:`No Tracking` to :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:55 msgid "Restore on-hand quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:57 msgid "After manually changing the on-hand quantity to zero and changing the :guilabel:`Tracking` setting to lots or serial numbers, restore the quantities by clicking the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button from the desired product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:61 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page, because the on-hand quantity had been previously changed to zero, a :guilabel:`No Stock On Hand` warning appears on the page. From here, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner. Doing so reveals a new, modifiable line on the :guilabel:`Update Quantity` page. Then, input a desired lot number in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` to its original value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 msgid "Fill in the \"Lot/Serial Number\" and \"On Hand Quantity\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:75 msgid "To find the original quantity, and adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` accordingly, after assigning a new lot or serial number, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column. Then, click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button on the far-right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:-1 msgid "Show the \"History\" button on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:84 msgid "The inventory adjustment that changed the on-hand quantity to zero is displayed in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/reassign.rst:0 msgid "Show the history entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo, along with :doc:`lots `. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned to a product to distinguish it from other products in a series. Serial numbers can consist of several character types: they can contain numbers, letters, other typographical characters, or any mix of these character types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "The goal of assigning serial numbers allows for the tracking of individual products and their :doc:`expiration dates ` and location throughout the supply chain. For instance, serial numbers can help manufacturers locate products to provide after-sales services or in the event of a recall." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Serial Numbers `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:23 msgid "To track products using serial numbers, two settings need to be enabled: the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers traceability setting `, and :ref:`serial number usage by operation type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "Traceability setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "The *Lots & Serial Numbers* traceability feature *must* be enabled first to track products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled Lots & Serial Numbers setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:44 msgid "By operation type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Next, specify whether the ability to create new or use existing serial numbers should be turned on for particular operation types (such as shipping or receiving goods). In other words, this setting allows for serial number tracking on warehouse receipts and delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "Enabling the *Create New* option for receipts allows new serial numbers to be assigned as items are received. However, for delivery orders, it is often disabled to prevent workers from accidentally assigning serial numbers that do not exist in inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:55 msgid "To enable the creation of new serial numbers on an operation, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:58 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, select the desired operation type (e.g. :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, or :guilabel:`Manufacturing`), and select the :guilabel:`Create New` option in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` section of the operation type's configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Show \"Create New\" option is selected on the Receipts operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on individual products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:71 msgid "Once the :ref:`Lots & Serial Numbers setting ` has been activated, individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To track a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the product form, make sure the box next to :guilabel:`Track Inventory` is checked. Then, select :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Now, existing or new serial numbers can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:86 msgid "Assign serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:88 msgid "In Odoo, serial numbers can be assigned at several times and places:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:90 msgid "When a product is :ref:`already in stock `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "Via the :ref:`Moves smart button ` on a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:92 msgid "Via the :ref:`Open: Stock move window ` on a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`During a manufacturing order <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product>` for a product tracked by lots/serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:96 msgid "When :doc:`making an inventory adjustment <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no assigned serial number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank lot/serial number form. On this form, a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:110 msgid "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:114 msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:118 msgid "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, to assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for additional traceability), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a specific company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:125 msgid "The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number field is a space for manufacturers to input an additional unique number to allow for easier tracking. For instance, SKU values may be used here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:134 msgid "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product, and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:138 msgid "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Create serial numbers for incoming or outgoing products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "Serial numbers can be assigned to both incoming and outgoing goods. The receipt and delivery order forms mirror one another; the instructions below can be followed to assign serial numbers in either form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "**Incoming goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **receipt**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:152 msgid "**Outgoing goods:** Assign serial numbers directly on the **delivery order**. Receipts can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:156 msgid "Before assigning serial numbers on receipts or delivery orders, be sure that the ability to :ref:`create new serial numbers by operations type ` is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:161 msgid "Lots/serial number field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:163 msgid "Serial numbers can be entered directly into the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Select value for Serial Number field on receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:170 msgid "To make the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` field visible on a receipt or delivery order, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(Adjust Settings)` icon, and in the drop-down menu, tick the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Allow Serial Numbers field to show on a receipt or delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:177 msgid "Example **Serial Numbers** field on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:182 msgid "Stock move pop-up window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:184 msgid "For various methods of assigning serial numbers individually or in bulk, click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the product line of a receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:188 msgid "Add a line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:190 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, manually enter serial numbers in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column. This method is best reserved for adding only one or a few serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Add a line on the stock move pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:200 msgid "Generate Serials/Lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:202 msgid "Assign multiple serial numbers at once by clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Show generate serials pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:208 msgid "Doing so opens a new popup, :guilabel:`Generate Serial numbers`, which contains a few fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:210 msgid ":guilabel:`First SN`: Input the first serial number that should start the sequence. From there, Odoo automatically detects what pattern should be followed to generate more serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Number of SN`: Specify the desired number of serial numbers to generate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "The number of serials generated will be reflected in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field on a receipt or delivery order. Even if the number of serial numbers generated exceeds the :guilabel:`Demand` value, Odoo still allows the quantity (based on the serial numbers) to be delivered or received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Show how the quantity of serial numbers alters the delivery order quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Keep current lines` checkbox: Check this box to keep existing serial numbers that may have been previously added. To replace existing serial numbers in the list, leave the box unchecked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "After filling out these fields, click the :guilabel:`Generate` button. The newly generated serials now appear in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` window. By clicking :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, the :guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` fields on the delivery order or receipt update automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:233 msgid "Import Serials/Lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:235 msgid "Another option for assigning multiple serial numbers at once is to click the :guilabel:`Import Serials/Lots` button in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:239 msgid "If the import button is not visible, ensure the :guilabel:`Create New` box is checked in the :ref:`receipt's configuration page `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Import Serials` pop-up window. Enter each serial number on a separate line in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:245 msgid "As when :ref:`generating serials `, check the :guilabel:`Keep current lines` box to keep existing serial numbers, or leave it unchecked to overwrite them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:250 msgid "To expedite this process, copy/paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet and add them to the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Show import serials pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:259 msgid "For a receipt with a :guilabel:`Demand` of `3.00` products, one product has already been assigned a serial number in the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:262 msgid "So, in the :guilabel:`Import Lots` pop-up window, two serial numbers, `124` and `125` are assigned to the remaining products by entering the following in the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial numbers` input field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:271 msgid "The :guilabel:`Keep current lines` option is selected to add these two serial numbers **in addition** to the serial number, `123`, that has already been assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:0 msgid "Show example of correctly inputting serial numbers in the text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:282 msgid "Accessible from both receipt and delivery order forms, the *Detailed Operations* page shows a detailed view of product movements, including information about serial numbers, exact locations, expiration dates, etc. This level of detail permits more precise tracking, for example, when handling perishable or regulated goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:287 msgid "To access this page, first :ref:`select a warehouse receipt or delivery order `. Then, click on the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Moves` smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column, manually type (or select from the drop-down menu) the desired serial numbers for each individual product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Show the detailed Moves page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:297 msgid "When finished, click the receipt/delivery order's breadcrumbs, and the assigned serial numbers are automatically saved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:301 msgid "Display serial numbers on delivery slips" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "When selling products tracked using serial numbers, it is possible to include the serial numbers on the delivery slips sent to customers. This can be helpful to customers in cases where serial numbers are needed, such as filing an RMA or repair request, or registering the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:307 msgid "To include serial numbers on delivery slips, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, tick the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery Slips` setting, serial numbers are listed on delivery slips for products tracked by serial numbers, once the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:316 msgid "To view serial numbers on delivery orders and delivery slips, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click on :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, and select an order containing a product tracked using serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:320 msgid "To view the serial numbers of products included in the order, make sure the :guilabel:`Operations` tab is selected, then click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the right of the tab. Ensure that the :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` checkbox is ticked, which causes a :guilabel:`Serial Numbers` column to appear. The serial number(s) for each product included in the order are displayed in this column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:329 msgid "At the top of the order's form, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` button, and select :menuselection:`Print --> Delivery Slip`. The delivery slip is then downloaded. Open the delivery slip using the device's browser or file manager. Serial numbers are listed next to their respective products in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:338 msgid "Traceability & reporting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:340 msgid "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the *Lots/Serial Numbers* dashboard and traceability reports to see the entire lifecycle of a product: when and where it originated, where it was stored, and who it was shipped to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:345 msgid "Lots/Serial Numbers dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:347 msgid "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:352 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:354 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, products with serial numbers assigned to them are listed by default. Click the :icon:`fa-caret-right` :guilabel:`(expand)` icon to show which serial numbers are assigned to the chosen product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:358 msgid "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:363 msgid "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots. Each row can be expanded to show all quantities of product assigned to that serial/lot number. For unique serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:371 msgid "For additional information regarding an individual serial (or lot) number, click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:377 msgid ":doc:`Reassign `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:379 msgid "In addition to using the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard, there are several other reporting templates that display the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field or the ability to filter by serial number. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting` to access:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:383 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations` report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:384 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves History` report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:385 msgid ":guilabel:`Moves Analysis` report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:6 msgid "Inbound and outbound flows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:8 msgid "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products (receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:15 msgid "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:16 msgid "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:20 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:22 msgid "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging on shipped products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:30 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:32 msgid "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:34 msgid "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:36 msgid "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:38 msgid "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:40 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:41 msgid "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-perishable items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:42 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:48 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:50 msgid "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:52 msgid "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:55 msgid "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:57 msgid "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:60 msgid "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:83 msgid "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:69 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:71 msgid "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:73 msgid "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass inspection into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:75 msgid "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:77 msgid "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:80 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:81 msgid "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/receipts_three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:88 msgid ":doc:`daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load another truck." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price for it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to *Output*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:9 msgid "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "To change delivery settings from :doc:`one step ` to three steps, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:27 msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select :guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:36 msgid "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:42 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:35 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:47 msgid "To create a new quote, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:51 msgid "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the quotation form. Clicking it opens the picking order to move the ordered product from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:60 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 msgid "The picking order will be created once the sales order is confirmed. To view the picking, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:66 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button, which reveals the picking order generated from the previously confirmed sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Picking order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:80 msgid "After validating the picking, the packing order is ready to process. Click back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pack` task card on the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:83 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button (in this case, :guilabel:`1 To Process`). This reveals the packing order generated from the previously confirmed sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Packing order operation showing source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:93 msgid "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:100 msgid "Once the packing order has been validated, the delivery order is ready to process. Navigate back to the original sales order to process the delivery by going to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and selecting the sales order created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 msgid "Delivery orders can *also* be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Deliveries`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "The :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button now indicates there are 3 transfers, instead of one. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button shows the three operations for this sales order: the picking, the packing, and the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "Click the delivery (WH/OUT) transfer to open the delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropshipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:7 msgid "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the :guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:29 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the :guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "While it is not necessary to enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route in addition to the :guilabel:`Dropship` route, enabling both provides the option of dropshipping the product or purchasing it directly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "When a sales order is created for a dropshipped product, an associated request for quotation (RfQ) is automatically generated to purchase the product from the vendor. Sales orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 msgid "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:62 msgid "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a purchase order, and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button in the top-right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 msgid "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:70 msgid "The dropship receipt displays :guilabel:`Partners/Vendors` in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, and :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field. Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top-left of the dropship receipt to confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:79 msgid "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/dropshipping.rst:-1 msgid "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called *consignment*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing products they don't actually own." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields must match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, :guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "Once the quotation has been confirmed, it becomes a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will *still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, and choose a report to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "Since the consignee does not actually own consignment stock, these products are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the :guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and :guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from :guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the :guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in addition to the quantities per location. For consignment products, the :guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products, or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:5 msgid "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations upon shipment arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:7 msgid "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:10 msgid "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval for future delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:13 msgid "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:18 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:23 msgid "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:38 msgid "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the :guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a :guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:43 msgid "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:47 msgid "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:50 msgid "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location* of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside `WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:55 msgid "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:60 msgid "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field :guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the :guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:72 msgid "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:84 msgid "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:86 msgid "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:90 msgid "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small Refrigerator`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "One-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to process in one step, by default. This means purchases will be received directly into stock, and deliveries will be moved directly from stock to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:28 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments do **not** need to be configured with the same amount of steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:16 msgid "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be received directly in one step, and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + ship)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "To configure one-step receipts and deliveries for a warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)`, and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 step)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to one-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "Since one-step receipt and delivery is the default for incoming and outgoing shipments in Odoo, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is *not* required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 msgid "However, for the :guilabel:`Shipments` settings to appear on a warehouse form, the feature **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Doing so also activates the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:48 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:50 msgid "When products are received in one step, they will move from the vendor location to warehouse stock in the database immediately upon validation of a purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:79 msgid "To create a |PO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:59 msgid "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Supplier` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 msgid "Filled out new request for quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:89 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product to add to the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:92 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This moves the |RfQ| to the :guilabel:`Purchase Order` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:95 msgid "Once the |PO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears at the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse receipt (WH/IN) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 msgid "Receipt smart button on confirmed purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:171 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:249 msgid "Process receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 msgid "Validated warehouse receipt in Done stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121 msgid "Click back to the |PO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view the |PO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the :guilabel:`Received` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 msgid "When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse stock to the customer location in the database immediately upon validation of a sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 msgid "Create sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 msgid "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 msgid "Filled out new sales quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:115 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the :guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery (WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 msgid "Process delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:131 msgid "From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer can be delivered from the warehouse. To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:-1 msgid "Validated delivery order in Done stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:142 msgid "Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to view the |SO| form. On the product line, the quantity in the :guilabel:`Delivered` column now matches the ordered :guilabel:`Quantity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Two-step receipt and delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:10 msgid "Depending on a company's needs, receiving and shipping products in and out of the warehouse might require multi-step operations. In Odoo *Inventory*, this can be done using *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:13 msgid "In the two-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. This kind of process for incoming shipments might be beneficial for warehouses with specific storage locations, such as freezers and refrigerators, secured locked areas, or special aisles and shelves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:17 msgid "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The products are *not* available for further processing, until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:21 msgid "In the two-step delivery process, products are first picked from their respective location in the warehouse, then transferred to an output location before being shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:24 msgid "This might be beneficial for companies using a First In, First Out (FIFO), Last In, First Out (LIFO), or First Expired, First Out (FEFO) removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:30 msgid "For example, a warehouse's settings can be configured so products can be received in two steps (input + stock), and delivered in three steps (pick + pack + ship)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:36 msgid "In Odoo *Inventory*, both incoming and outgoing shipments are configured to process in one step, by default. To change these settings, the *Multi-Step Routes* feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled Multi-Step Routes feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:48 msgid "Next, configure a warehouse for two-step receipts and deliveries. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select a warehouse to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:51 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, set :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` to :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)`, and set :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` to :guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Incoming and outgoing shipments set to two-step on warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:60 msgid "Selecting two-step receipts and deliveries automatically creates new *Input* and *Output* warehouse locations in the database, named `WH/Input` and `WH/Output`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:63 msgid "To rename or edit these locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "On the location's form, change the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other necessary changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70 msgid "Process receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72 msgid "When products are received in two steps, they first move from the vendor location to an input location. Then, they move from the input location to warehouse stock in the database, upon validation of a purchase order (PO), and a subsequent internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:82 msgid "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the |RfQ|, as necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Filled out new Request for Quotation from vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery smart button for validated purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:103 msgid "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the |PO| form **must** be specified as the correct *input location* connected to the two-step warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:107 msgid "This can be done by selecting the warehouse from the drop-down menu that includes the `Receipts` label at the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:113 msgid "From the warehouse receipt form, the products ordered can be received into the warehouse. To receive the products, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the receipt moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage, and the products move to the :guilabel:`WH/Input` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Receipt form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:126 msgid "Process internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "Once the receipt is validated, an internal transfer is created and ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130 msgid "To view the internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:133 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list of all internal transfers to process, and select the transfer associated with the previously validated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:136 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:139 msgid "Once the transfer is validated, the products enter inventory, and are available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 msgid "Process picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of all pickings to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to reveal the picking order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order form reveals the newly created delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 msgid "Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the previously validated picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Three-step receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:5 msgid "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:8 msgid "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not available for further processing until they are transferred out of the quality area and into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 msgid "Odoo is configured by default to :doc:`receive and deliver goods in one step `, so the settings need to be changed in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:26 msgid "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 msgid "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change (or update) the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 msgid "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Once the purchase order (PO) is confirmed, a receipt (`WH/IN`) operation is generated and ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:66 msgid "The receipt can be confirmed from the original purchase order form, or it can be accessed by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locating the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all incoming receipts to process. Click the receipt associated with the previous purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the receipt, and move the product to the destination location, :guilabel:`WH/Input`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Receipt operation for product being moved to WH/Input location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:80 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 msgid "Once the receipt has been validated, an internal transfer operation to move the product to quality control is ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:85 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` in the breadcrumbs to navigate back to the dashboard, and locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` task card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:88 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to reveal all internal transfers to process. Then, choose the internal transfer associated with the validated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:91 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Input` to :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to quality control zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Once the internal transfer to move the product to quality control has been validated, another internal transfer operation to move the product into warehouse stock is ready to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:104 msgid "Click :guilabel:`YourCompany: Internal Transfers` in the breadcrumbs to reveal the list of all internal transfers to process. Then, select the new internal transfer to move the product from `WH/Quality Control` to `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:108 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Quality Control` to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:-1 msgid "Internal transfer for product being moved to warehouse stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the following before proceeding:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three-step delivery <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`Warehouse configurations <../../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding instructions ` to configure the physical stock locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the :guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in the next section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location configured in the :ref:`previous step `, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location (e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to :guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various physical warehouses together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was :ref:`previously created `, from the :guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the quantities:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse `VWH`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created `. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the :guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the :guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from different warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:3 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:5 msgid "A *storage category* is used with :doc:`putaway rules `, as an extra location attribute to automatically propose optimal storage locations for products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:8 msgid "Follow these steps to complete the setup:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:10 msgid ":ref:`Enable the Storage Category feature `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`Define a storage category ` with specific limitations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:12 msgid "Assign a :ref:`category to storage locations `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:13 msgid "Add the storage category as an attribute to a :ref:`putaway rule `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`putaway`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:20 msgid "Assigning categories to storage locations tells Odoo these locations meet specific requirements, such as temperature or accessibility. Odoo then evaluates these locations, based on defined capacity, and recommends the best one on the warehouse transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:28 msgid "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, ensure the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:32 msgid "Next, activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:-1 msgid "Show the Storage Categories feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:41 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:43 msgid "A storage category with specific limitations **must** be created first, before it is applied to locations, in order to decide the optimal storage location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:46 msgid "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Storage Categories`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:49 msgid "On the storage category form, type a name for the category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:52 msgid "Options are available to limit capacity by weight, product, and package type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:55 msgid "Weight limits can be combined with capacity by package or product (e.g. a maximum of one hundred products with a total weight of two hundred kilograms)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:58 msgid "While it is possible to limit capacity by product and package type at the same location, it may be more practical to store items in different amounts across various locations, as shown in this example of :ref:`capacity by package `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the location is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if the same product is already there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored in this location at the same time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:72 msgid "When clicked, the :guilabel:`Location` smart button shows which storage locations the category has been assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:76 msgid "Capacity by weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:78 msgid "On a storage category form (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Storage Categories`), set a maximum product weight in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` field. This limit applies to each location assigned this storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:83 msgid "Capacity by product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:85 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to input items, and enter their capacities in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:89 msgid "Ensure only a maximum of five `Large Cabinets` and two `Corner Desk Right Sit` are stored at a single storage location, by specifying those amounts in the :guilabel:`Capacity by Product` tab of a storage category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Show storage category limiting by product count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:100 msgid "Capacity by package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:102 msgid "For companies using :doc:`packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`, it becomes possible to ensure real-time storage capacity checks, based on package types (e.g., crates, bins, boxes, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:107 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Packages` feature in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` to show the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:111 msgid "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items, by creating the `High Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:114 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, specify the number of packages for the designated :guilabel:`Package Type`, and set a maximum of `2.00` `Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:124 msgid "Assign to location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:126 msgid "Once the storage category is created, assign it to a location. Navigate to the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location. Then, select the created category in the :guilabel:`Storage Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:131 msgid "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category (which limits pallets stored at any location to two pallets) to the `WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:141 msgid "Putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:143 msgid "With the :ref:`storage category ` and :ref:`location ` set up, create the :doc:`putaway rule ` by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:147 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to create the putaway rule. In the :guilabel:`Having Category` field of the new putaway rule form, select the storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:151 msgid "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category is assigned to the putaway rule directing pallets of lemonade to locations with the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category :ref:`assigned to them `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:0 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:160 msgid "Use case: limit capacity by package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:162 msgid "To limit the capacity of a storage location by a specific number of packages, :ref:`create a storage category with a Capacity By Package `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:165 msgid "Continuing the example from above, the `High Frequency Pallets` storage category is assigned to the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:168 msgid "Then, :ref:`putaway rules ` are set, so that any pallets received in the warehouse are directed to be stored in `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:171 msgid "Depending on the number of pallets on-hand at each of the storage locations, when one pallet of lemonade cans is received, the following scenarios happen:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:174 msgid "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are empty, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:175 msgid "If `PAL1` is full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:176 msgid "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "*Routes* in Odoo control the movement of products between different locations, whether internal or external, using push and pull rules. Once set up, these rules help automate the logistics of product movement based on specific conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:10 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Routes `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Standard routes in Odoo <../daily_operations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:14 msgid "Routes are applicable on products, product categories, shipping methods, :ref:`packagings `, and on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "About routes and terminology" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:20 msgid "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations. As the products move through the locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:29 msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:38 msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:50 msgid "Push rules are used to *supply products into a storage locations* as soon as they arrive at a specific receiving location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:57 msgid "In a :doc:`one-step receipt route `, which uses one push rule, when a product arrives in the warehouse, a push rule can automatically transfer it to the *Storage Location*. Different push rules can be applied to different products, allowing for customized storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 msgid "Rule for a Receive in one step route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 msgid "Push rule for the 'Receive in one step' route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:90 msgid "For more information about configuring rules, skip to the :ref:`Configure rules section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:74 msgid "Pull rules trigger product moves on demand, such as a sales order or a :doc:`need to restock <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "Pull rules work backward from the demand location. For example, in a :ref:`two-step delivery ` route, where items move from *Stock* to *Output* before being delivered to the *Customer Location*, the pull rule first creates a transfer from *Output* to the customer. If the product is not at *Output*, another pull rule creates a transfer from *Stock* to *Output*. The warehouse workers then process these transfers in the reverse order: picking, then shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "Example pull rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 msgid "Pull rules for the 'Deliver in two steps' route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98 msgid "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:101 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:105 msgid "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:107 msgid "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:116 msgid "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:119 msgid "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:123 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:125 msgid "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "A pre-configured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:134 msgid "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:143 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In the route form, the user can view which places the route is :guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:150 msgid ":ref:`Applicable on packagings `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:156 msgid "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific :guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an :guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a :guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:167 msgid "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:175 msgid "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the :guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:178 msgid "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to be manually set on the product category form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:183 msgid "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:191 msgid "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to :guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:199 msgid "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:203 msgid "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:210 msgid "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be manually set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:213 msgid "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:222 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:237 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an :guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:244 msgid ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the two situations explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 msgid ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:254 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:262 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or :guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The :guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "Example flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:280 msgid "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:286 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:289 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from :guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:300 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:308 msgid "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:316 msgid "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:323 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:335 msgid "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods.rst:5 msgid "Picking methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:7 msgid "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, reducing the number of times needed to navigate to a warehouse location. When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:12 msgid "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:16 msgid "Batch picking is ideal for industries or warehouses that handle high order volumes with a stable demand. This method increases efficiency by allowing workers to pick items for multiple orders in one trip through the warehouse, reducing travel time and boosting productivity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:23 msgid "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:30 msgid "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:-1 msgid "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`Delivery in two steps <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:42 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:44 msgid "To manually group transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, hover over the desired operation type from the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` menu (e.g. the :guilabel:`Receipts` Kanban card), click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon, then select :guilabel:`Prepare Batch`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 msgid "The Inventory dashboard with the Prepare Batch option highlighted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:230 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:234 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:236 msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the :guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:62 msgid "To learn more about the :guilabel:`Dock Location`, :guilabel:`Vehicle`, and :guilabel:`Vehicle Category` fields, see :doc:`dispatch management system <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:66 msgid "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:69 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:72 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:74 msgid "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:77 msgid "A new batch transfer is assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`, for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:83 msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:87 msgid "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and `WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the :guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:97 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:99 msgid "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the :guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 msgid "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:107 msgid "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:126 msgid "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:117 msgid "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:120 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:135 msgid "The :guilabel:`Description` field can be used to add additional information to help workers identify the source of the batch, where to place the batch, what shipping containers to use, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:126 msgid "To create a batch to be processed at a later time, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:141 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:134 msgid "Automatic batches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:136 msgid "Batches can be automatically created and assigned based on several criteria. The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:140 msgid "In a multi-steps delivery process, the picking operation can be grouped by customer, while the shipping operation can be organized by carrier and destination country." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:143 msgid "To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type (e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Then, select one or more :guilabel:`Batch Grouping` criteria by ticking the appropriate checkbox. Even if more than one grouping option is selected, only one batch is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:148 msgid "Batches can be automatically generated based on the following criteria:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Contact`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Location`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:154 msgid ":guilabel:`Destination Location`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 msgid "The Batch and Wave Transfers settings page with the Auto batch grouping criteria visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:160 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:162 msgid "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:165 msgid "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:170 msgid "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:177 msgid "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and `WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00` quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:185 msgid "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:187 msgid "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:193 msgid "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above `, is only visible in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` quantities in stock to fulfill the batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:197 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again for available products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:203 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:205 msgid "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:208 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:210 msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:213 msgid "When creating a new backorder, the transfers that have **not** been validated in the batch will be removed from it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:216 msgid "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating another batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:218 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:10 msgid "Cluster picking is an advanced picking method that combines the efficiency of :ref:`batch picking ` with immediate sorting during the picking process. It is best suited for warehouses with high order volumes where organization and speed are critical." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:14 msgid "Unlike batch picking, which requires a separate sorting step after picking, cluster picking sorts items directly into designated bins or containers for each *sales order* (SO). This eliminates the need for post-picking consolidation, making it ideal for operations prioritizing speed and accuracy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:18 msgid "Cluster picking is particularly effective in environments where immediate organization is crucial, and orders contain a mix of items that need precise sorting during, rather than after, the picking process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:22 msgid "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:31 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:33 msgid "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:35 msgid "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three empty packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:37 msgid "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:41 msgid "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:50 msgid "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:57 msgid "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:48 msgid "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:64 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:72 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:74 msgid "To configure the containers to be used during the picking process, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`. Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:78 msgid "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:82 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:88 msgid "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:96 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:98 msgid "To create a cluster, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app` and select the operation type card, :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:103 msgid "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`Delivery in one step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`Delivery in three steps <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:110 msgid "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:115 msgid "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above `, in a warehouse configured with two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:119 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:120 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:121 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:129 msgid "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:132 msgid "Then, add a :guilabel:`Description` for this batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:138 msgid "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:147 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:149 msgid "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:152 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked are grouped by location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:154 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Destination Package` to the package dedicated to that particular order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:157 msgid "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:160 msgid "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in all three pickings to one of the three reusable packages, `CLUSTER-PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:163 msgid "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:3 msgid "Wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:7 msgid "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** contains certain parts of different pickings. In Odoo, wave transfers are batch transfers with an extra step: transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:11 msgid "Wave picking is ideal for warehouses that need to optimize the handling of high order volumes while managing complex picking criteria. With wave transfers, orders are grouped into waves based on factors like product location, category, or scheduled shipping times. Each wave is assigned to a different employee for the most efficient execution." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 msgid "Wave picking is particularly useful for operations where multiple sales orders (SOs), or a single order, must be picked across different waves. This approach enables flexible scheduling, allowing warehouses to align picking activities with shipping deadlines, or resource availability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:21 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and one orange" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:22 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and one banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:23 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, one orange, and two bananas" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:25 msgid "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C. A warehouse employee is assigned to the wave, and is provided with the following instructions:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:28 msgid "Shelf A: Pick three apples. Place them into a central cart designated for the wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:29 msgid "Shelf B: Pick two oranges. Add them to the same cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:30 msgid "Shelf C: Pick three bananas. Add them to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:32 msgid "The employee then takes the cart to the sorting/packing station. Items are then sorted and packed into individual orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:38 msgid "To enable wave picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to enable the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 msgid "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:45 msgid "Next, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:51 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:54 msgid "Create a wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:56 msgid "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. Find the desired Kanban card, then click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` icon to open the options menu. Under :guilabel:`New`, click :guilabel:`Prepare Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:66 msgid "Create a new wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:68 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Prepare Wave` pop-up, stock moves lines are grouped by source location. Select the checkboxes for the product lines that should be added. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:75 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same product, location, carrier, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:79 msgid "Add products to an existing wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:81 msgid "To add products to an existing wave, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the appropriate wave from the list to open it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:84 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, search for the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:88 msgid "Process a wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:90 msgid "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Click on the appropriate wave from the list to open it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:93 msgid "To assign the wave to a specific employee, click the :guilabel:`Responsible` field and select the appropriate name from the drop-down list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:96 msgid "To designate a :ref:`Dock location `, select an option from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Docks Location` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:100 msgid "The :doc:`dispatch management system <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch>` feature in Odoo is used to plan and build shipments. Assigning batches to loading docks ensures the right products are pack into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:104 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Vehicle` from the drop-down. Making a selection in this field automatically updates the :guilabel:`Vehicle Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:107 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Description` for this wave, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:110 msgid "The :guilabel:`Description` field is automatically generated for :ref:`automatic waves `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:116 msgid "Automatic waves" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:118 msgid "Waves can be automatically created and assigned based on different criteria. The *Automatic Batches* option is defined on the *operation type* level, which enables the creation of waves with distinct grouping criteria for each operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:122 msgid "To enable *Automatic Batches*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type (e.g. :guilabel:`Delivery`, :guilabel:`Pick`, etc). Under the :guilabel:`Batch & Wave Transfers` heading, tick the :guilabel:`Automatic Batches` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:127 msgid "Then, select one or more :guilabel:`Wave Grouping` criteria by ticking the appropriate checkbox. Even if more than one grouping option is selected, only one wave is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:130 msgid "Automatic waves can be created based on the following criteria:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: Split transfers by product, then group transfers that have the same product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: Split transfers by product category, then group transfers that have the same product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:-1 msgid "The Automatic batches feature with the wave grouping option for product category selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:8 msgid "For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest expiration date helps minimize food spoilage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:12 msgid "The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically select how products are selected for orders:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`FIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`LIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`FEFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Closest Location `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Least Packages `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:26 msgid "Based on" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Incoming date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`Location sequence `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Package quantity `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:32 msgid "Selection order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "First in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:34 msgid "Last in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`First to expire `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:36 msgid "Alphanumeric name of location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:37 msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:39 msgid "For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to each individual documentation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:47 msgid "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 msgid "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:53 msgid "Configure removal strategies on the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:58 msgid "To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:62 msgid "These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:64 msgid "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:69 msgid "When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is applied as top priority." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:94 msgid "Required features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:76 msgid "While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:81 msgid "Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on requirements and usage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:89 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "LIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:91 msgid "FEFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:92 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:93 msgid "Least Packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:96 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:98 msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:104 msgid "Lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:106 msgid "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:121 msgid "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using an :doc:`inventory adjustment <../warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products>` or during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:128 msgid "**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy since it is only applied at the location level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:132 msgid "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the locations and route features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 msgid "Expiration date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:145 msgid "Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:149 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:161 msgid "The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required for the least packages removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:164 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the packages feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/configure/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:173 msgid ":doc:`2-step delivery `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies.rst:174 msgid ":doc:`3-step delivery `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3 msgid "Closest location removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5 msgid "For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on the alphanumeric order of storage location titles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8 msgid "The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider the following example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19 msgid "A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:-1 msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26 msgid "The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and `Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic order, based on ease of access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31 msgid "To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 msgid "Location names" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 msgid "To configure location names, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46 msgid "Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the :ref:`parent location `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 msgid "To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of the alphabetically named storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53 msgid "Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57 msgid "In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62 msgid "To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, 'WH/Stock'." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67 msgid "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 msgid "Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 msgid "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81 msgid "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84 msgid "After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87 msgid "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:-1 msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3 msgid "FEFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5 msgid "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for removal based on their assigned removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14 msgid "Removal date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16 msgid "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19 msgid "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27 msgid "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31 msgid "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the product was received to the number of days specified in the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34 msgid "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`Expiration dates <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following :guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:-1 msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51 msgid "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57 msgid "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60 msgid "Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:-1 msgid "Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n" "smart button from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71 msgid "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74 msgid "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing twelve eggs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77 msgid "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24 msgid ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35 msgid "LOT1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36 msgid "LOT2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37 msgid "LOT3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38 msgid "On-hand stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:231 msgid "5" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96 msgid "1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98 msgid "April 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99 msgid "April 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100 msgid "April 15" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102 msgid "February 26" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103 msgid "March 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104 msgid "March 9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106 msgid "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December 29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113 msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120 msgid "Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:-1 msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3 msgid "FIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5 msgid "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock retention of specific styles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14 msgid "Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are selected first for picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 msgid ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29 msgid "Arrival date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31 msgid "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34 msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39 msgid "Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49 msgid "To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 msgid "The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55 msgid "The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62 msgid "The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:228 msgid "3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Created on `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77 msgid "March 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78 msgid "April 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79 msgid "May 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 msgid "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order ` for six white shirts by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87 msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from `LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3 msgid "Least packages removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5 msgid "The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock without needing to open multiple boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12 msgid "To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk packages of `100 kg`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15 msgid "To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21 msgid "A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24 msgid "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25 msgid "When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 msgid "Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is used to fulfill an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35 msgid "The :ref:`Packages feature ` **must** be enabled to use this strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38 msgid "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44 msgid ":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47 msgid "To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54 msgid "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighty kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58 msgid "On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount automatically picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61 msgid "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:-1 msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3 msgid "LIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5 msgid "The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8 msgid "Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16 msgid "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19 msgid "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28 msgid "The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various lot number details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43 msgid "June 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 msgid "June 3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45 msgid "June 6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47 msgid "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order ` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54 msgid "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from` field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:-1 msgid "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6 msgid "Reservation methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:8 msgid "Companies that sell and deliver goods to customers need to make sure they always have stock on-hand, so when new sales orders are confirmed, they can deliver products on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:11 msgid "In Odoo, this can be handled using *reservation methods*. Reservation methods control how products included in a delivery order (DO) should be reserved for delivery, ensuring they are reserved at the correct times, for the correct orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:15 msgid "There are three different reservation methods in Odoo: *At Confirmation*, *Manually*, and *Before scheduled date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:20 msgid "At Confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:22 msgid "Reserves products **only** when a sales order is confirmed, **and** if stock is already available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:25 msgid "Manually" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:27 msgid "Once a quote is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:30 msgid "Before scheduled date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:32 msgid "A specific number of days can be selected; this is the maximum number of days **before** a scheduled delivery date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:38 msgid "Reservation methods are set on individual operations types. To configure reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired operation type. Or, create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:42 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be used for this type of operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:50 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Before scheduled date` reservation method is selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:38 msgid "Changing the :guilabel:`days before` value changes the maximum number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:58 msgid "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum number of days before a scheduled date that starred (favorited) transfers for products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:0 msgid "Reserve before scheduled date fields with before scheduled date method chosen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:66 msgid "Required applications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:68 msgid "The two required applications that **must** be :ref:`installed ` to use reservation methods are the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:72 msgid "In addition to delivery orders, reservation methods can also be used for *manufacturing orders*, *resupply subcontractor* orders, orders for *repairs*, and *internal transfers*, if desired. To enable this, configure the additional settings:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:76 msgid "**For manufacturing orders:** Install the *Manufacturing* application by going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Manufacturing* app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:79 msgid "**For resupply subcontractor:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Subcontracting`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:82 msgid "**For repairs:** Install the *Repairs* application by going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Repairs* app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:84 msgid "**For internal transfers:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:88 msgid "Once these apps are installed, no additional features need to be enabled from the settings for reservation methods to work. They will be available by default on certain operations types, and can be viewed and changed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:33 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:-1 msgid "Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:3 msgid "At confirmation reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:9 msgid "The *at confirmation* reservation method reserves products **only** when a sales order (SO) is confirmed, **and** if enough stock of the products included in the |SO| is already available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`About reservation methods <../reservation_methods>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:18 msgid "To set the reservation method to *at confirmation*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:22 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General` tab on the operation type form, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`At Confirmation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:32 msgid "To see the *at confirmation* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:42 msgid "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product to add to the quotation from the drop-down menu. Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to sell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:46 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:41 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip, which reveals the :guilabel:`Reserved` number of units for this order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:57 msgid "If there is **not** sufficient quantity of stock for the product included in the |SO|, the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon is red, instead of green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:49 msgid "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:56 msgid "Forecasted Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:58 msgid "To see all the factors that affect product reservation, click the :guilabel:`View Forecast` internal link arrow to view the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:61 msgid "The :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` displays forecast information about the product(s) included in the sales order; namely, any live receipts of the product, and any active sales orders, which are listed in the :guilabel:`Used By` column. See how each order is fulfilled in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:66 msgid "Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:74 msgid "If one order should be prioritized over another order, click the :guilabel:`Unreserve` button on the corresponding order line in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:77 msgid "To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads `Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read `100.00`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation reservation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:108 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`Manual reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Before scheduled date reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:3 msgid "Before scheduled date reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:9 msgid "The *Before scheduled date* reservation method allows users to select a specific number of days that act as the maximum number of days **before** a scheduled delivery date, when products included in a sales order (SO) should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:19 msgid "To set the reservation method to *Before scheduled date*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:23 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`Before scheduled date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:34 msgid "Once selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:41 msgid "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved if the transfers are starred (favorited)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:45 msgid "Here, the :guilabel:`days before` value is set to `2` days before, and the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value is set to `3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:48 msgid "This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for starred (favorited) transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:55 msgid "This is the configuration applied for the following workflow found below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:58 msgid "Edit product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:60 msgid "Before the *Before scheduled date* reservation method can be used, ensure that a *customer lead time* is added to products that plan to be sold with this method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:63 msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:66 msgid "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:69 msgid "For this example workflow, change it to `5` days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:71 msgid "This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days after the creation date of the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:81 msgid "To see the *Before scheduled date* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:84 msgid "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, then, in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product from the drop-down menu that has a configured *customer lead time*, to add to the quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:88 msgid "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to sell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:90 msgid "For this sample workflow, set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to `10`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:94 msgid "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method is set to *Before scheduled date*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:99 msgid "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the quantity is available, but the scheduled date, for this example workflow, is five days from the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:102 msgid "Since reservation is not until two days before the scheduled delivery, it will not reserve the products until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:60 msgid "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Reserved`, and reveals the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:63 msgid "Additionally, unless there is a set replenishment or a live receipt, it also reads :guilabel:`No future availability`, in red text." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:119 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to see the delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:121 msgid "On the delivery order form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of green. This is because there is sufficient stock on-hand for this order, but no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:125 msgid "Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:133 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column do not match (in this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:137 msgid "The :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0` because the products aren't reserved until two days *before* their delivery date. Odoo automatically reserves the products once the scheduled date arrives, at which point the :guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns will match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:142 msgid "If the products in the |SO| should be reserved *sooner* than the scheduled reservation date, the reservation can be manually overridden. To manually reserve the products sooner than scheduled, click :guilabel:`Check Availability` at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:146 msgid "This turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`At confirmation reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:3 msgid "Manual reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:9 msgid "Unlike the *At Confirmation* reservation method, the *Manually* reservation method does **not** reserve products automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:12 msgid "Instead, once a sales order (SO) is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:21 msgid "To set the reservation method to *Manually*, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to be configured, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:25 msgid "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`Manually`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:39 msgid "To see the *Manually* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:48 msgid "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method is set to *Manually*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:53 msgid "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the quantity is available, but must be manually reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:70 msgid "Once the |SO| is confirmed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:73 msgid "The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been reserved yet, or are not in stock at all." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:81 msgid "To see the |SO| created previously, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button on the card (in this case, `8 Waiting`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:84 msgid "Locate the delivery order (DO) tied to the |SO| that was previously created, and click the line to view it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:87 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of green. This is because there is sufficient stock on hand for this order, but no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:91 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column do *not* match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:94 msgid "In this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:101 msgid "To manually reserve the specified quantity of the product for this order, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the form. Doing so turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:106 msgid "This is because there is sufficient quantity in stock to reserve for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:111 msgid "Multiple orders with a *Waiting* status can be manually reserved at the same time, and set to *Ready* status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:114 msgid "To do that, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, which reveals the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page. The :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page is also accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Overview`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:118 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:121 msgid "Then, tick the checkboxes to the left of each desired order, or tick the checkbox in the header row, to the far-left, to select all orders on the page at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:124 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:126 msgid "If the products included in every selected order have enough stock on-hand, this reserves the products, and moves the order into :guilabel:`Ready` status. Upon receiving a :guilabel:`Ready` status, the order disappears from the :guilabel:`Waiting` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:130 msgid "If there is *not* enough stock on-hand, the order retains its current status, and remains on the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:0 msgid "List of orders in waiting status and check availability button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:7 msgid "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping carts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:10 msgid "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier `, shipping prices are calculated based on the carrier's pricing information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:14 msgid ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:21 msgid "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:24 msgid "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Install the Delivery Costs module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:33 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:35 msgid "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:39 msgid "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a :guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:42 msgid "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights (that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` to add the shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:47 msgid "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:50 msgid "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the :guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:54 msgid "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:265 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:63 msgid "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:3 msgid "Bpost integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:5 msgid "Set up the *Bpost* shipping connector in Odoo to manage Bpost shipments to clients directly within Odoo. To configure it, complete these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:8 msgid "Create a Bpost account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:9 msgid "Get the :ref:`Account ID and passphrase `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:10 msgid ":ref:`Set up the shipping method in Odoo `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:12 msgid "Upon completion, it is possible to calculate the cost of shipping, based on package size and weight, have the charges applied directly to a Bpost business account, and automatically print Bpost tracking labels through Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:10 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`dhl_credentials`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`ups_credentials`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:23 msgid "Account setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:25 msgid "To begin, go to the `Bpost website `_ to create, or log into, the company's Bpost business account. When creating the Bpost account, have the company's VAT number and mobile phone number ready." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:29 msgid "Follow the website's steps to complete registration, and sign up for shipping services. Doing so submits a request to enter a contractual business relationship between the company and Bpost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:33 msgid "Odoo **cannot** be integrated with `non-business Bpost `_ accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:35 msgid "After completing the setup, get the Bpost account ID and passphrase, by navigating to the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` menu item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:40 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Manager` page, go to the :guilabel:`Admin` tab, then the :guilabel:`General Settings` tab, to find the :guilabel:`Account ID` and :guilabel:`Passphrase` needed to configure Odoo's shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:-1 msgid "In the *Admin* tab, show the Account ID and Passphrase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:50 msgid "Shipping method configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:52 msgid "With those necessary credentials, configure the Bpost shipping method in Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:55 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:57 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`Bpost` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab at the bottom of the form, where the Bpost credentials can be entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:61 msgid "For details on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, such as :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:65 msgid "To generate Bpost :doc:`shipping labels ` through Odoo, ensure the :guilabel:`Integration Level` option is set to :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:68 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Bpost Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Bpost Account Number` (required field): enter the company's unique :ref:`account ID ` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Passphrase` (required field): enter the :ref:`passphrase ` from the Bpost website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Bpost Delivery Nature`: select either :guilabel:`Domestic` or :guilabel:`International` shipping services. Choosing :guilabel:`Domestic` shows the :guilabel:`Options` section, while :guilabel:`International` enables the :guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` and :guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Instructions` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`Bpost Package Type`: select the type of shipping service from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:80 msgid "For `domestic delivery `_, the options are: :guilabel:`bpack 24h Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack 24h business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Bus`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:83 msgid "For `international delivery `_, the options are: :guilabel:`bpack World Express Pro`, :guilabel:`bpack World Business`, or :guilabel:`bpack Europe Business`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Bpost Shipment Type` (required field): for international deliveries, declare the type of goods in the package as :guilabel:`SAMPLE`, :guilabel:`GIFT`, :guilabel:`GOODS`, :guilabel:`DOCUMENTS`, or :guilabel:`OTHER`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Bpost Parcel Return Address`: return address when an international shipment fails to deliver. Select from the drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Destroy`, :guilabel:`Return to sender by air`, or :guilabel:`Return to sender by road`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Type`: choose :guilabel:`A6` or :guilabel:`A4` label sizes from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Format`: choose :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`PNG` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:95 msgid "For domestic deliveries, these features are available in the :guilabel:`Options` section:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:97 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Delivery on Saturday` feature to include Saturdays as possible delivery dates. Depending on the :guilabel:`Bpost Package Type` selected, this option might incur additional costs to the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:100 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Generate Return Label` feature to automatically print a return label upon validating the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/bpost.rst:-1 msgid "Show Bpost shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:8 msgid "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:12 msgid "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:20 msgid "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:24 msgid "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:42 msgid "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:163 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:164 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "DHL integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "DHL is one of the shipping carriers for which a *shipping connector* is available in Odoo's **Inventory** app. By enabling the shipping connector in the app's settings, and configuring at least one *shipping method*, the process of :doc:`calculating shipping rates <../setup_configuration>` and :doc:`generating shipping labels ` is greatly simplified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "While a variety of shipping connectors are available for different carriers, this documentation details the configuration settings specific to integrating DHL. For instructions on configuring the integration settings common to all shippers, see the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Enable DHL shipping connector" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Before creating a DHL shipping method, it is necessary to enable the carrier's shipping connector. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`DHL Express Connector`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:25 msgid "Once the connector has been enabled, a :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`DHL Shipping Methods` link appears below. Click the link to open a page showing all shipping methods configured for DHL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:29 msgid "Configure DHL shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:31 msgid "After enabling the shipping connector for DHL, shipping methods can be configured for the carrier. Once configured, a shipping method can be added as a line item to sales orders (SOs), which allows for automatic computation of shipping rates, and generation of shipping labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:35 msgid "To create a new DHL shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, select the :guilabel:`DHL Shipping Methods` link below the :guilabel:`DHL Express Connector` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:40 msgid "It is also possible to see existing shipping methods for every carrier, by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank shipping method form. If a shipping method has already been created, it can be selected from this screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "The form for a DHL shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:60 msgid "General information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:53 msgid "Begin configuring the shipping method by entering its title in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:56 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Provider` drop-down menu, select the :guilabel:`DHL` option. After doing so, a new :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab appears at the bottom of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:59 msgid "All other fields in this section are identical on the shipping method forms for each shipping carrier. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers ` for instructions on how to properly configure them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:64 msgid "DHL Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:66 msgid "The :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab on the shipping method form is used to connect the user's DHL account to Odoo, and configure the shipping method's details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:70 msgid "DHL SiteID, password, and account number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:72 msgid "A DHL SiteID, password, and account number are used to link a DHL account with third-party services, like Odoo's **Inventory** app. The SiteID and password are different credentials than the ones used to log in to a DHL account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:76 msgid "To obtain a DHL SiteID, password, and account number, it is necessary to register on the `DHL API Developer Portal `_, by filling out the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`First name`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Last name`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Email address`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Username`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:87 msgid "After filling out all of the fields, tick the :guilabel:`I have read and accept the terms of use and the privacy policy` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Send` to register." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:90 msgid "After registering, a confirmation email is sent to verify the application. Click the link inside the email to activate the developer portal account, and set a password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:93 msgid "This email also includes the account number for the developer portal account. Enter the number in the :guilabel:`DHL Account Number` field on the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:96 msgid "Once the developer portal account has been confirmed, log in to the portal using the username and password. Click on the user avatar in the top-right corner of the screen to open the user dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:99 msgid "On the dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`Apps` tab, and select an app. In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, click the :guilabel:`Show key` button below the :guilabel:`API Key` and :guilabel:`API Secret` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:103 msgid "Return to the shipping method form in the Odoo database. Enter the *DHL API Key* in the :guilabel:`DHL SiteID` field, and the *API Secret* in the :guilabel:`DHL Password` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:123 msgid "Shipping details" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:109 msgid "The rest of the fields in the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab are used to configure the shipping method itself:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Region`: the region in which the shipping method is used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`DHL Product`: the shipping service purchased from DHL (e.g. Express Worldwide)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`DHL Package Type`: the type of DHL package used for delivery (e.g. DHL Box)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: the unit of measure used to display package weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Dimension Unit`: the unit of measure used to display package size." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:117 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Format`: the file format used to generate shipping labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Template`: the paper size used to print shipping labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:121 msgid "Before selecting service options for a shipping method, make sure those services are actually available for the DHL account. Available services depend on the contract negotiated with DHL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:125 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:127 msgid "Additional settings are available in the :guilabel:`Options` section at the bottom of the :guilabel:`DHL Configuration` tab:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Enable this option to automatically generate a return label after validating a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Dutiable Material`: Enable this option if the shipping method is liable to customs or other duties." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:3 msgid "Dispatch management system" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:5 msgid "The *dispatch management system* feature in Odoo is used to plan and build shipments. Key features include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:8 msgid "**Load building**: Group products for specific carriers, assign those :doc:`batches <../picking_methods/batch>` to loading docks, and manage vehicle assignments based on fleet capacity. This ensures the right products are packed into the appropriate trucks for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Fleet management <../../../../hr/fleet>`: Track and manage the capacity of in-house delivery vehicles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:17 msgid "To use the dispatch management system, the following setup must be completed:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Install ` the **Fleet** application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:20 msgid "Configure vehicle :ref:`capacity (volume and weight) `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:22 msgid "Enter vehicle :doc:`car model(s) <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:23 msgid "Enable :ref:`necessary features ` in the **Inventory** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:25 msgid "Set up :ref:`vehicles as delivery methods `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:27 msgid "Create :ref:`dock locations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:32 msgid "Vehicle capacity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:34 msgid "To configure the vehicle capacity, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:37 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`New` to add a new category, or click into an existing category to modify it. In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter the type of vehicle (e.g., `Pick-up truck`, `Van`, or `Cargo truck`). Then, enter the vehicle capacity in the :guilabel:`Max Weight` (in kilograms) and :guilabel:`Max Volume` (in cubic meters) fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 msgid "Vehicle categories with defined weight and volume." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:47 msgid "The units of measurement for vehicle capacity are assigned at the global level in the **Settings** app, in the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 msgid "Show units of measure settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:54 msgid ":ref:`Vehicle category `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:58 msgid "Car model" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:60 msgid "Configuring a vehicle's car model is required when adding vehicles in Odoo. Ensure the correct *Category* is selected for a car model. Doing so automatically applies weight and volume capacities to all vehicles of that type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:64 msgid "To configure, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Models`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:66 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Models` list, select an existing model, or click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner to create a new model. Then, set the relevant :guilabel:`Category` field to the relevant vehicle category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`Create car model <../../../../hr/fleet/models>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:77 msgid "Inventory settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:79 msgid "Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable the required features for dispatch management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:82 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Batch, Wave & Cluster Transfers` checkbox to prepare batches of orders for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:85 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, tick the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` and :guilabel:`Dispatch Management System` checkboxes. Doing so allows specific vehicles to be :ref:`set as carriers `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:89 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox to assign specific locations in the warehouse as loading zones for delivery trucks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:92 msgid "Then, once all the configurations are complete, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:99 msgid "Next, assign each delivery vehicle as a *Carrier* by configuring a delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:101 msgid "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Select an existing delivery method, or click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery method <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:107 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Method` form, enter a name for the delivery method. It is recommended to use identifying information, such as the vehicle description and license plate number (e.g. `Truck 123-ABCD`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:111 msgid "Since the delivery methods are managed internally, set the :guilabel:`Provider` to either :guilabel:`Fixed Price` or :guilabel:`Based on Rules`. For more information about how shipping prices are calculated, refer to the :doc:`Delivery method <../setup_configuration>` article." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:115 msgid "Next, set a :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, which is the product that shows up as the customer's :ref:`delivery charge ` on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:118 msgid "Optionally, in the :guilabel:`Availability` tab, set the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, or :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` to limit the range of local delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124 msgid "Delivery method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:124 msgid "Example delivery method, with the :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes` set to San Francisco's zip code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:129 msgid "Dock locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:131 msgid "Each loading dock must have a dedicated location. To create or configure dock locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:134 msgid "Click the desired location, which opens the :guilabel:`Location` form. In the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, tick the :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140 msgid "Location configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:140 msgid "Location configuration page with :guilabel:`Is a Dock Location` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:143 msgid "Build loads" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:145 msgid "Once setup is complete, :ref:`assign orders to a carrier ` and :ref:`group them into batches `. Then, :ref:`configure the batch form `, as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:150 msgid "To group products, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Deliveries`, which reveals a list of outgoing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:154 msgid "Since this article is about a specific use case, explore details about each picking method in their dedicated articles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/batch`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`Wave picking <../picking_methods/wave>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../picking_methods/cluster`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:165 msgid "Carrier assignment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:167 msgid "Reveal the *Carrier* column, if it is not visible by default, by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings)` icon in the top-right corner, and ticking the :guilabel:`Carrier` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:172 msgid "Other useful columns to enable can be :guilabel:`Zip` code, :guilabel:`Shipping Weight`, and :guilabel:`Shipping Volume`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:175 msgid "Select the delivery orders for the batch by ticking the checkboxes on the left. Next, click into the line's :guilabel:`Carrier` fields. In the resulting drop-down menu, choose the desired vehicle's :ref:`delivery method `. A :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window appears, indicating the number of orders being added to the batch. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the carrier is updated for all the selected records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184 msgid "Set carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:184 msgid "The delivery method `Truck 1-MER-001` is set as the :guilabel:`Carrier` for two delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:189 msgid "Create batch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:191 msgid "With the carrier set, begin adding orders to a batch or wave transfer by ticking the checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:194 msgid "If a delivery order is already assigned to a batch transfer, assigning a batch transfer here does **not** update it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:197 msgid "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and click either :guilabel:`Add to batch` or :guilabel:`Add to wave`. In the pop-up window, ensure :guilabel:`Add to` is set to :guilabel:`a new [batch/wave] transfer`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204 msgid "Example wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:204 msgid "Delivery orders are selected to be grouped into a wave transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:207 msgid "Alternative batch creation method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:209 msgid "Another place to create batches is by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(three dots)` icon. In the resulting drop-down menu, click :guilabel:`Prepare batch`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:214 msgid "The :guilabel:`Transport Management` drop-down menu contains other tools for fleet management:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Batches`: open list of batches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:217 msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Dispatching`: open weekly calendar view of scheduled batch operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Batches by Route`: Kanban view of batches grouped by fulfillment route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:219 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: open hourly calendar view of scheduled operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Statistics`: open pivot table of the batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 msgid "Show prepare batch option from the Transport Management drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:228 msgid "Batch form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:232 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:238 msgid ":guilabel:`Dock Location`: select the loading location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:239 msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle, which will auto-fill :guilabel:`Vehicle Category`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Category`: show if the order exceeds the :ref:`vehicle's capacity limits `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:244 msgid "The :guilabel:`Volume` bar is grayed out because the capacity has been reached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:0 msgid "Show batch form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:250 msgid "Prepare delivery route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:252 msgid "To help the driver prepare, click the :guilabel:`Map` button at the top of the batch or wave form to view delivery destinations on a map. Selecting an individual delivery order pinpoints its location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:256 msgid "The :guilabel:`Map` button is only visible for transfers with the :guilabel:`In progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 msgid "Show map in Odoo, with information of the delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:261 msgid "Additionally, use the :guilabel:`View in Google Maps` button to generate a route from the warehouse to the delivery points." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dispatch.rst:-1 msgid "Show Google Map route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:3 msgid "FedEx integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:5 msgid "Integrating a FedEx account with Odoo's **Inventory** app makes it possible to :doc:`calculate shipping rates <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate shipping labels ` within Odoo. This is accomplished by enabling the FedEx *shipping connector*, then configuring at least one *shipping method*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:11 msgid "This documentation contains configuration details specific to FedEx integration. See the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers ` for general shipper integration instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:16 msgid "Enable shipping connector" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:18 msgid "To enable the shipping connector for FedEx, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:22 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. After doing so, a :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping Methods` button appears below :guilabel:`FedEx Connector`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:-1 msgid "The FedEx Shipping Methods button below the FedEx Connector." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:30 msgid "Configure shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:32 msgid "Once the FedEx shipping connector is enabled, it is necessary to configure at least one shipping method. After doing so, the shipping method can be included in sales orders (SOs), and used to compute shipping costs, and print shipping labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:36 msgid "To enable a shipping method, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and click the :guilabel:`FedEx Shipping Methods` button below the :guilabel:`FedEx Connector` checkbox. Doing so opens a page that shows all existing FedEx shipping methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:41 msgid "To see all shipping methods for every shipper with a connector enabled, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:44 msgid "Select a shipping method to open its form. Alternatively, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank form, and configure a new shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:-1 msgid "The form for a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:52 msgid "Enabling the FedEx shipping connector automatically creates two default shipping methods: :guilabel:`FedEx US` and :guilabel:`FedEx International`. Each of these methods are pre-configured with test credentials, allowing them to be used for testing purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:56 msgid "Before the shipping method can be used to create actual shipments, the test credentials must be replaced with credentials from a valid FedEx account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:62 msgid "At the very top of a shipping method form are fields used to configure the way the method operates in Odoo. In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`FedEx` from the drop-down menu, if it is not already selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:66 msgid "The rest of the fields in this section are general to all shipping providers. For details on how to fill them out, see the documentation on :doc:`third-party shippers `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:70 msgid "Fedex Configuration tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:72 msgid "The options in the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of a FedEx shipping method form are used to connect the method to a FedEx account, and configure the shipping details associated with the method (drop-off type, package type, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:76 msgid "A FedEx business account is required to obtain the information needed to fill out the fields in this tab. To create a new account, navigate to FedEx's `Open Account `_ page, click on :guilabel:`Create Account`, and follow the instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:82 msgid "Developer Key and Meter Number fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:84 msgid "A *developer key* is used to integrate a FedEx account with an external service, like the Odoo **Inventory** app. A *meter number* is a unique ID number used by FedEx to identify negotiated shipping rates for each account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:88 msgid "To get a developer key and meter number, begin by navigating to FedEx's `Developer Resource Center `_. Then, click on the :guilabel:`FedEx Web Services` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Get Test Key` to start the process of getting a developer key and meter number which can be used to configure a shipping method for testing purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:95 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Get Production Key` to start the process of getting a developer key and meter number, which can be used to configure a shipping method that generates real shipments with FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:98 msgid "After clicking either option, follow the instructions until the :guilabel:`Confirmation` screen is reached. This screen displays the developer key and meter number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:101 msgid "Once the developer key and meter number are determined, enter them in the :guilabel:`Developer Key` and :guilabel:`Meter Number` fields on the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:106 msgid "Password and Account Number fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:108 msgid "A *password* is used, along with a username, to log into a FedEx account. An *account number* is the unique number assigned to each FedEx account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:111 msgid "To find a FedEx account number, log in to a FedEx account at https://www.fedex.com. Click on the account holder's name in the top-right corner of the screen, and select :menuselection:`My Profile` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:115 msgid "On the profile page, click :guilabel:`Account Management` on the left side of the screen. The account number is displayed on this screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:118 msgid "Once the password and account number are determined, enter them in the :guilabel:`Password` and :guilabel:`Account Number` fields on the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:125 msgid "The main section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab includes a number of additional fields used provide information about the shipping method:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Fedex Service Type`: The FedEx service used to ship a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Fedex Drop-Off Type`: The method for getting a package into FedEx's possession." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`Fedex Package Type`: The type of package used for the shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure used to weigh packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Length Unit`: The unit of measure used to determine the dimensions of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Type`: The type of shipping label used for packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Format`: The file format used by Odoo to generate shipping labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`Commercial Invoice Type`: The dimensions and type of the paper used to print invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:138 msgid "The options that should be selected on the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab of a shipping method depend on the negotiated shipping services of the associated FedEx account. To confirm the available services for a FedEx account, visit the *Account Management* page after logging in to the FedEx website, or speak with a customer service representative." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:144 msgid "Options section" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:146 msgid "The :guilabel:`Options` section of the :guilabel:`Fedex Configuration` tab provides a few additional options to further configure the shipping method:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Saturday Delivery`: Tick the checkbox to allow packages shipped with the delivery method to be delivered on Saturdays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Tick the checkbox to automatically generate a return label upon validation of a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Use the drop-down menu to select whether duty charges should be paid by the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:157 msgid "Activate shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:159 msgid "By default, shipping methods in Odoo are created within a *test environment*. This means they can only be used for testing purposes, and are unable to generate actual shipping orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:162 msgid "To activate a shipping method in a *production environment*, click the :icon:`fa-stop` :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form. After doing so, the smart buttons changes to read :icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:166 msgid "With the production environment enabled, validating a delivery order using the shipping method generates an actual shipping label with FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:169 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-play` :guilabel:`Production Environment` smart button to return the shipping method to a test environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/fedex.rst:173 msgid "**Do not** enable the production environment for a shipping method before it is ready to be used for actual shipping orders. Doing so may lead to the creation of unwanted charges with FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Shipping cost invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing customers for shipping after delivery ensures accurate charges based on real-time shipping factors like distance, weight, and method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, shipping costs can be invoiced in two ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer on a fixed cost and :ref:`include it in the sale order. `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`Invoice shipping costs to the customer post-delivery `, reflecting the actual expenses incurred by the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:19 msgid "To set prices to delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping` section, enable the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the \"Delivery Methods\" feature in Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "Next, configure the the price of each delivery method by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods` and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*required*) the name of the delivery method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider` (*required*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, if using a third-party carrier Ensure the integration with the shipping carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply the method to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*required*): the product listed on the :ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery charge." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "Invoice cost on sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "To invoice shipping costs on the sales order, before the item is delivered, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and select the desired sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:62 msgid "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button at the bottom-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 msgid "Click \"Add Shipping\" button at the bottom right, near the total." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:68 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, choose the intended carrier in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:71 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Get Rate` button to the calculate shipping price based on real-time shipping data Odoo's shipping carrier integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:74 msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` is automatically calculated using the weight of the items in the order. Finally, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to close the window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 msgid "Calculate shipping by selecting a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "On the sales order, the delivery product appears in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, with the :guilabel:`Unit Price` set as the shipping cost calculated in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:91 msgid "Finally, after the product is delivered, click the :guilabel:`Create invoice` button, and an invoice is created that includes the shipping cost that was added earlier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 msgid "Show \"Create Invoice\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:98 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` button, and a draft invoice is generated, with the shipping cost included in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 msgid "Show delivery product in the invoice line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:108 msgid "Invoice real shipping costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:110 msgid "To modify the invoice to reflect the real cost of shipping, follow the steps :ref:`above ` to create an invoice with a delivery product with a :guilabel:`Unit Price` of zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:114 msgid "Then, on a draft invoice, modify the :guilabel:`Unit Price` to reflect the real shipping cost. Finally, invoice the customer the adjusted shipping cost by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:-1 msgid "Show delivery product on the invoice line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured to fit the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:15 msgid "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:23 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:30 msgid "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:37 msgid "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:45 msgid "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:52 msgid "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:62 msgid "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/label_type.rst:-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:3 msgid "Print shipping labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:8 msgid "Integrate Odoo with :doc:`third-party shipping carriers <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>` to automatically generate shipping labels that includes prices, destination addresses, tracking numbers, and barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`Automatically print shipping carrier labels `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:18 msgid "To generate labels for a third-party shipping carrier, first :doc:`install the third-party shipping connector <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. Then, configure and activate the :ref:`delivery method `, being sure to set the :guilabel:`Integration Level` to :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to generate shipping labels. Finally, provide the company's :ref:`source address ` and :ref:`product weights `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 msgid "Set the \"Get Rate and Create Shipment\" option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:36 msgid "Labels for multi-step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:38 msgid "For companies using :doc:`two <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or :doc:`three step delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, labels can be triggered to print after validating the picking or packing operation. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and choose the desired operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:43 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Operation Type` configuration page, tick the :guilabel:`Print Label` checkbox. Enabling this feature ensures that the third-party shipping label is printed upon validating this operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:48 msgid "For :doc:`two-step delivery <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, where products are placed directly in packages during picking, companies can print shipping labels during picking instead of delivery. Odoo allows users to enable the :guilabel:`Print Label` feature on the `Pick` operation itself to achieve this flexibility." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Enable the \"Print Label\" feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:58 msgid "Print tracking labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:60 msgid "Tracking labels are printed when specific operations are validated. By default, validating a delivery order (DO) generates a tracking label in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:64 msgid "For companies using two or three step delivery, refer to the :ref:`printing labels for multi-step delivery ` section to learn how to print the label after validating a picking or packing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:68 msgid "When both the *Sales* and *Inventory* apps are installed, begin in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and proceed to the desired quotation or sales order (SO). There, and :ref:`add the shipping cost ` to the order. Then, navigate to the linked |DO| — or another operation type when using multi-step delivery — to validate the operation and print the label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:74 msgid "If only the *Inventory* app is installed, create :abbr:`DOs (Delivery Orders)` directly in the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, :ref:`add the third-party carrier ` in the :guilabel:`Carrier` field, and validate the |DO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:82 msgid "Add shipping on quotation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:84 msgid "To generate a tracking label for an order, begin by creating a quotation in :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`, clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the quotation form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 msgid "Show the \"Add Shipping\" button on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:92 msgid "In the resulting pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field is automatically populated, based on the :ref:`weight of products in the order `. Modify this field to overwrite the predicted weight, and use this weight to estimate the cost of shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:97 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` to display the shipping cost for the customer, via the third-party carrier in the :guilabel:`Cost` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:101 msgid "If clicking :guilabel:`Get Rate` results in an error, ensure the :ref:`warehouse's address ` and :ref:`weight of products in the order ` are properly configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:105 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the cost to the quotation, which is listed as the :ref:`configured delivery product `. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` on the quotation, and click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to access the |DO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 msgid "Show \"Get rate\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:115 msgid "For users who do not have the *Sales* app installed, specify the :guilabel:`Carrier` by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, navigating to the |DO|, and going to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:0 msgid "Show the \"Additional Info\" tab of a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:126 msgid "Validate delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:128 msgid "On a delivery order form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab to ensure the third-party shipping carrier has been added to the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:132 msgid "If the *Sales* app is not installed, the third-party carrier is set in the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:135 msgid "After the items in the order have been packed, click :guilabel:`Validate` to get the shipping carrier's tracking number, and generate the shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:139 msgid "Create or select an existing delivery order by going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and selecting the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:142 msgid "The :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` number is generated in the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab of the delivery order. Click the :guilabel:`Tracking` smart button to access the tracking link from the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:146 msgid "The tracking label is found in PDF format in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:-1 msgid "Show generated shipping label in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:153 msgid "For multi-package shipping, one label is generated per package. Each label appears in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:160 msgid "Sample label generated from Odoo's shipping connector with FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:5 msgid "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:13 msgid "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:26 msgid "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same item, or both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:30 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:37 msgid "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:41 msgid "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:51 msgid "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of the selected items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:58 msgid "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:62 msgid "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:66 msgid "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the items included in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:78 msgid "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:81 msgid "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above ` to package them as required. If they will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:86 msgid "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as :guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a :guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will be shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:95 msgid "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 msgid "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:103 msgid "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:111 msgid "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:116 msgid "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to create the first backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Add a new delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "The *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping carts. The shipping cost can then be added to a sales order as a delivery product, and the shipping details can be added to the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:15 msgid "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` option is not available from the :guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:23 msgid "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "The Delivery Methods feature enabled in the settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:31 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Methods` page, add a method by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an **eCommerce** page. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like FedEx, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier `. Ensure the integration with the shipping carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down menu. For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed price ` or :ref:`based on rules ` options, refer to their respective sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: If the shipping method should apply to a specific company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply the method to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Routes`: select the applicable routes to define different delivery methods, such as standard or express shipping, based on varying lead times. For more information, jump to the :ref:`Set routes on shipping method ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the :ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery charge." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking Link`: This option adds a link to the portal so the customer can track their delivery. When a custom carrier is added in a delivery order, the tracking button is enabled, and the link directs to the tracking portal with that URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Availability` tab to define conditions for the delivery method based on the order's content or destination:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Countries`: Specify one or more countries where the method is available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: Set a maximum weight; the method is only available for orders below this limit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Max Volume`: Set a maximum volume; the method is only available for orders below this limit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Must Have Tags`: The method is available only if at least one product in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Excluded Tags`: The method is unavailable if at least one product in the order has one of these tags." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:72 msgid "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:77 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:79 msgid "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the :guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in the amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:89 msgid "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:104 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:106 msgid "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the :guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:111 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:113 msgid "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the :guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the :guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:121 msgid "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the :guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:127 msgid "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the **eCommerce** website, in the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:134 msgid "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the :guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:138 msgid "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:144 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:147 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is `$9.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:-1 msgid "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:152 msgid "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + 9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * 50) + 9)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:158 msgid "Route on shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:160 msgid "Optionally, set different warehouse delivery processes for a shipping method by configuring different :doc:`routes <../daily_operations/use_routes>` for it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:164 msgid "Configuring multiple routes per shipping method is helpful for adjusting warehouse delivery processes based on:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:167 msgid "speed (e.g., use :doc:`one-step delivery <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>` for express shipping, or :doc:`two-step <../daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` for standard shipping)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:170 msgid "international shipping (e.g. use :doc:`three-step delivery <../daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` to prepare documents for customs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:172 msgid "in-store pickup or home delivery: ship from the central warehouse, or pick from the store's stock, depending on customer selection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:175 msgid "To set up routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`. Click :guilabel:`New`, or select the desired route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:178 msgid "On the route form, in the :guilabel:`Applicable On` section, tick the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 msgid "Routes form with the Shipping Methods checkbox selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:184 msgid "Routes form with the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` checkbox ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:186 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery Methods`, and select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:189 msgid "On the shipping method form, in the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the available fulfillment routes from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:193 msgid "If the desired route is not selectable, check that the *Shipping Methods* option is enabled in the route's *Applicable On* section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/new_delivery_method.rst:-1 msgid "Show set routes on shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:3 msgid "Printable delivery PDFs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:5 msgid "Automatically print delivery-related PDFs documents and labels in Odoo, containing package recipient details, contents, or handling instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:8 msgid "The following PDFs can be configured to print upon validating an *Inventory* operation (e.g. receipt, picking, delivery orders, quality checks):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:11 msgid ":ref:`Delivery slip `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:12 msgid ":ref:`Return slip `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:13 msgid ":ref:`Product labels of items in the order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:14 msgid ":ref:`Lot and serial number labels `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Carrier labels `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Export documents `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`Package content `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`Package label `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:22 msgid "To automatically print these forms, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`, and select the desired operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:25 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick each of the desired options available in the :guilabel:`Print on Validation` section to download the PDF of those selected documents automatically after validating the :guilabel:`Operation Type`. For details on what each of the checkbox options do, jump to the related section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 msgid "Show the *Print on Validation* option in the \"Pick\" *Operation Type*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:37 msgid "Delivery slip" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:39 msgid "A *delivery slip* contains recipient and package details, usually placed inside (or attached to) the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`Tracking label <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:45 msgid "After :ref:`enabling the Delivery Slip setting ` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired operation type downloads a PDF of the delivery slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:49 msgid "The delivery slip shows products, quantities, the delivery order reference number, and the total order weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 msgid "Example delivery slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:59 msgid "Return slip" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:61 msgid "Print a *return slip* to include in a delivery for customer return packages. It identifies the return, links to the sales order, and includes item details and customer information. It can also include specific return instructions for the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:65 msgid "After :ref:`enabling the Return Slip setting ` in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab configuration options, clicking :guilabel:`Validate` on the desired operation type downloads a PDF of the return slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:69 msgid "The return slip displays the company's return address, along with barcodes for both the order and the return operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 msgid "Example return slip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:79 msgid "Product labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:81 msgid "Print *product labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential information, such as product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:84 msgid "After navigating to the intended operation type (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`), in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Product Labels` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:140 msgid "Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Print label as:` drop-down menu visible, where each product label can be printed as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`2 x 7 with price`: PDF displays product name, barcode, and price, fitting two rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 2 x 7 with price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`4 x 7 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price, fitting four rows and seven columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 7 with price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`4 x 12`: displays product name and barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Example 4 x 12." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:117 msgid ":guilabel:`4 x 12 with price`: displays product name, barcode, and price. Fits four rows and twelve columns of product labels per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels`: prints labels in the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) containing the product name and barcode. Readable for Zebra printers to automatically print labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels with price`: prints labels in the :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)` containing the product name, barcode, and price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:125 msgid "Product labels can be manually printed from any delivery order, by clicking the :guilabel:`Print Labels` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:131 msgid "Lot/SN Labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:133 msgid "Print *lot/SN labels* to affix to items in an order, providing essential information, such as product name, lot or serial number, and the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:136 msgid "To automatically print this PDF, navigate to the intended operation type's options page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`). Then, in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Lot/SN Labels` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per lot/SN`: PDF with labels for unique lot/serial numbers in the order, including product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:153 msgid "Labels for an order with only one unique set of lot/serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:155 msgid ":guilabel:`4 x 12 - One per unit`: PDF with labels matching the quantity of items, displaying the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode. Fits four rows and twelve columns per page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:157 msgid ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per lot/SN`: prints labels in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:159 msgid ":guilabel:`ZPL Labels - One per unit`: prints labels with the quantity of items in :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming Language)`, containing the product name, lot/serial number, and barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:165 msgid "Carrier labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:167 msgid "To automatically print a *carrier label* with the recipient address, tracking number, and carrier details for specific third-party shipping carriers, complete the following setup:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:170 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Carrier Labels` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:257 msgid ":doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` to Odoo's *IoT* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:173 msgid ":ref:`Assign the carrier label to the printer `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:174 msgid "Configure the shipping method's :ref:`label type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:179 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:261 msgid "Assign printer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:181 msgid "Refer to the :doc:`Connect a printer <../../../../general/iot/devices/printer>` documentation for details on connecting a printer to Odoo's *IoT* app. Upon completion, assign the carrier label to the printer, by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`, and selecting the desired printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 msgid "Show a list of IoT devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:190 msgid "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab to configure the types of documents the printer automatically prints. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type `Shipping`, and select :guilabel:`Shipping Labels`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:196 msgid "The :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report is for :ref:`export documents `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 msgid "Show carrier label report added to the *Printer Reports*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:203 msgid "After adding the :guilabel:`Shipping Labels` report in the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Report Type` matches the IoT-connected printer's type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:206 msgid "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:207 msgid "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Report Type` to :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:212 msgid "Shipping carrier label type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:214 msgid "Next, complete the setup for the :doc:`third-party shipping connector <../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`. After that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:218 msgid "On the shipping method configuration form, in the :guilabel:`[carrier name] Configuration` tab, ensure the :guilabel:`Label Format` matches the :ref:`report type assigned earlier `:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:222 msgid "For laser printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`PDF`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:223 msgid "For Zebra printers, set the :guilabel:`Label Format` to :guilabel:`ZPL2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:-1 msgid "Show the *Label Type* field on FedEx's shipping method configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:230 msgid "Example carrier label" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:232 msgid "After validating the operation, the carrier label is generated in the chatter, and printed using the IoT-connected printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Show an example carrier label for FedEx." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:241 msgid "Carrier label for FedEx, containing the recipient address, tracking number, barcode, and other shipping information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:245 msgid ":doc:`Print carrier labels <../setup_configuration/labels>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:250 msgid "Export document" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:252 msgid "An *export document*, required by customs to ship packages from one country to another, can be automatically printed in Odoo by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:255 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Export Documents` checkbox in the :ref:`operation type settings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:258 msgid "Assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:263 msgid "Similar to the :ref:`printer assignment instructions for carrier labels `, after connecting a compatible printer to the Odoo *IoT* app, go to :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`, and select the desired printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:267 msgid "In the printer configuration form, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the :guilabel:`Add: Reports` pop-up window that appears, add the :guilabel:`Shipping Documents` report to assign the export document to the printer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:277 msgid "Export document for a shipment from the USA to Belgium." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:282 msgid "Package content" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:284 msgid "A *package content* PDF includes the package's barcode, packed date, along with a list of contained products and quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:287 msgid "To print this form automatically, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operation Types`, and select the desired operation type. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, and tick the :guilabel:`Package Contents` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:292 msgid "If the option is not available, enable the :doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>` feature, by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, ticking the :guilabel:`Packages` checkbox, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:297 msgid "After enabling the feature in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab, validating the operation prints a PDF of the package contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "Package contents form showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:306 msgid "Package contents showing the package contents, barcode, and pack date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:311 msgid "Package label" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:313 msgid "A *package label* that shows the package's barcode and pack date can be configured to print upon clicking the *Put in Pack* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:317 msgid "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available **only** when the :doc:`Packages <../../product_management/configure/package>` feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:321 msgid "After it is enabled, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is available on all inventory operations (e.g. receipt, pickings, internal transfers, delivery orders, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:324 msgid "To automatically print the package label when the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button is clicked, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operation Types`. Select the desired operation type, and tick the :guilabel:`Package Label` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Hardware` tab. Labels can be printed in :guilabel:`PDF` or :guilabel:`ZPL` file formats, as defined in the :guilabel:`Print label as` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/print_on_validation.rst:0 msgid "PDF of package barcode and package date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Sendcloud integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate (or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping rules, or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is **required**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:183 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:39 msgid "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse address`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:46 msgid "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63 msgid "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:69 msgid "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:72 msgid "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the :guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the :guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. `Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:77 msgid "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:165 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:87 msgid "To ensure seamless Sendcloud integration with Odoo, :ref:`install ` and :ref:`link ` the Sendcloud shipping connector to the Sendcloud account. Then, :ref:`configure Odoo fields `, so Sendcloud can accurately pull shipping data to generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Install Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the `Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:110 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112 msgid "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116 msgid "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:131 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:135 msgid "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the shipping products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:137 msgid "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping products` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:139 msgid "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries and returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:140 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:143 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria` `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` `Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` `Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` `Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` `Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:169 msgid "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is cancelled within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after the creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment settings can be toggled back and forth from their respective smart buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181 msgid "Shipping information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "To use Sendcloud to generate shipping labels, the following information **must** be filled out accurately and completely in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "**Customer information**: when creating a quotation, ensure the selected :guilabel:`Customer` has a valid phone number, email address, and shipping address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:189 msgid "To verify, select the :guilabel:`Customer` field to open their contact page. Here, add their shipping address in the :guilabel:`Contact` field, along with their :guilabel:`Mobile` number and :guilabel:`Email` address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:193 msgid "**Product weight**: ensure all products in an order have a specified :guilabel:`Weight` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of their product form. Refer to the :ref:`Product weight section ` of this article for detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "**Warehouse address**: ensure the warehouse name and address in Odoo match the :ref:`previously defined warehouse ` in the Sendcloud setup. For details on warehouse configuration in Odoo, refer to the :ref:`warehouse configuration section ` of the third-party shipping documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:204 msgid "Generate labels with Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:206 msgid "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "When return labels are created, Sendcloud automatically charges the configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 msgid "Shipping rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:223 msgid "Optionally, create shipping rules to automatically generate shipping labels tailored to different product needs. For example, a shipping rule can be created for customers shipping expensive jewelry items to purchase insurance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:228 msgid "Shipping rules do **not** affect :ref:`shipping rate calculations `, and are only used to improve the process of :doc:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:232 msgid "To use shipping rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Delivery: Shipping Methods`, and select the intended `Sendcloud` shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Configuration` tab, in the :guilabel:`OPTIONS` section, choose the kind of shipments the shipping rules apply to, via the :guilabel:`Use Sendcloud shipping rules` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:239 msgid "From here, choose either: :guilabel:`Shipping` to customers, :guilabel:`Returns` from customers, or :guilabel:`Both`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Use Shipping Rules field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:246 msgid "Then, in the Sendcloud website, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Shipping rules`. Create a new shipping rule by clicking :guilabel:`Create New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:249 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Actions` section, set a :guilabel:`Condition` to determine when the rule applies. Then, configure what to do when packages meet the condition." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:253 msgid "`Create shipping rules on Sendcloud `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:257 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:260 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:262 msgid "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:266 msgid ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:271 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:273 msgid "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers --> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:281 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the CSV file template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:285 msgid "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:291 msgid ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click :guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:294 msgid "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:298 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:300 msgid "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* (:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:305 msgid "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute the volumetric weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:309 msgid "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:313 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:315 msgid "First, verify that the product being shipped has a weight that is supported by the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier. The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15 msgid "Setup in Starshipit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "Create an account and activate couriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20 msgid "To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform `_ to configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25 msgid "Pickup address configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the :guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Couriers configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45 msgid "For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's support center `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49 msgid "Checkout rates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51 msgid "To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "Starshipit API key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61 msgid "Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders based on specific conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click :guilabel:`Add a new rule`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66 msgid "While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81 msgid "In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93 msgid "Install" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database. To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the :guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106 msgid "Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110 msgid "After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the :guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118 msgid "Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127 msgid "The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit. For more information about the other fields, refer to :doc:`../setup_configuration`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained from the same place as the :ref:`API key `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and :ref:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143 msgid "To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149 msgid "To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152 msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156 msgid "The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159 msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170 msgid "Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be charged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173 msgid "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used to create labels, then those labels are immediately cancelled after creation — this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180 msgid "Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the :guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188 msgid "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194 msgid "Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, labeled as the *delivery product*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199 msgid "Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo *Sales* and *eCommerce* applications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202 msgid "Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207 msgid ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214 msgid "Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218 msgid "Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220 msgid "Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are set upon sending a shipping order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Returns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227 msgid "Australia Post eParcel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228 msgid "TNT" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229 msgid "Couriers Please" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230 msgid "Aramex" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231 msgid "StarTrack" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232 msgid "DHL Express" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "NZ Post Domestic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235 msgid "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the :guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242 msgid "If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the cancellation manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "Third-party shipping carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "Users can link third-party shipping carriers to Odoo databases, in order to verify carriers' delivery to specific addresses, :doc:`automatically calculate shipping costs <../setup_configuration>`, and :doc:`generate shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "In Odoo, shipping carriers can be applied to a sales order (SO), invoice, or delivery order. For tips on resolving common issues when configuring shipping connectors, skip to the :ref:`Troubleshooting ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`sendcloud_shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:23 msgid "The following is a list of available shipping connectors in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "Carrier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:30 msgid "Region availability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`FedEx `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:36 msgid "All" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid ":doc:`DHL Express `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`UPS `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "US Postal Service" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "Some European countries (see details below)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "Easypost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:44 msgid "North America" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "Shiprocket" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "India" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`Starshipit `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "Australia and New Zealand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53 msgid "Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** any European country." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid ":ref:`Install the shipping connector `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid ":ref:`Set up delivery method `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63 msgid ":ref:`Activate production environment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Configure warehouse `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`Specify weight of products `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70 msgid "Install shipping connector" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72 msgid "To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:74 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same :guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100 msgid "Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as :doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the *Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114 msgid "The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` fields become available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an :ref:`estimated shipment cost ` on an |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:128 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name that is added to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping costs ` document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, packaging materials, exchange rates, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding :guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:142 msgid ":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in transit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields (e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the following documents:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:165 msgid "Production environment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:167 msgid "With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:171 msgid "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:185 msgid "Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and :guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select the desired warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:189 msgid "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:196 msgid "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:206 msgid "Product weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:208 msgid "For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:211 msgid "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the :guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221 msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:223 msgid "Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:225 msgid "After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method ` in Odoo, create or navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:232 msgid "Sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:234 msgid "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243 msgid "In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:247 msgid "the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights ` in the order is used)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:249 msgid "the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address ` and the customer's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:254 msgid "After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:260 msgid ":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:267 msgid "For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as :guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:273 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set to :ref:`production mode `, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:279 msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:288 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:290 msgid "Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some checks to try when things are not working as expected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:293 msgid "Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information ` (e.g., address and phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the shipping provider's website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:296 msgid "Verify that the :ref:`package type ` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:299 msgid "When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to :ref:`production environment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:303 msgid "Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the *debug logs*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:307 msgid "When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's side." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:312 msgid "Debug log" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:314 msgid "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that, go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate :guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:323 msgid "With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the :guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Database Structure section --> Logging`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:329 msgid "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate ` button is clicked on :abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:338 msgid "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:-1 msgid "Show debug request history in Settings > Technical > Logging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "UPS integration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "UPS is a shipping carrier service that integrates with Odoo to coordinate shipping to all regions. Once integrated, users can create shipping methods that estimate shipping costs and :doc:`generate labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:12 msgid "To set up the UPS shipping connector in Odoo, complete these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Create a UPS account to get :ref:`account number `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:16 msgid "Create UPS developer account to get :ref:`client credentials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:18 msgid "Set up shipping method in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:21 msgid "When configuring a shipping method to use UPS, make sure the :guilabel:`Provider` is set to :guilabel:`UPS`, **NOT** :guilabel:`UPS Legacy`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:24 msgid "If shipping methods currently exist with the :guilabel:`Provider` set to :guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive them, and create new shipping methods using :guilabel:`UPS`, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:28 msgid "UPS account setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "To get started, go to the `UPS website `_ and click the :guilabel:`Log In` button in the top-right corner to log in or create a UPS account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:33 msgid "After logging in, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and select :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Show how to navigate to the \"Accounts and Payment\" page from the home screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:40 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payment Options` page, two accounts must be configured: an Odoo shipment account and a payment card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:44 msgid "Shipping account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:46 msgid "To add an Odoo shipment account, select :guilabel:`Add New Account` from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Display \"Add an account\" option from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:53 msgid "On the next screen, labeled :guilabel:`Open a Shipping Account`, complete the forms to configure the shipping account type (e.g. :guilabel:`Business`) and if any regulated items will be shipped. Then finish the remaining three steps in the wizard to :guilabel:`Add Addresses`, :guilabel:`Verify Identity`, and :guilabel:`Explore Discounts`, with the last option being optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:58 msgid "When complete, submit the application on the last page of the wizard to finish setting up the shipping account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Display UPS form to fill out company shipping information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:68 msgid "Get account number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:70 msgid "With the shipping account set up, the UPS :guilabel:`Account Number` becomes available. To access it, navigate to :menuselection:`Profile --> Accounts and Payment` and refer to the shipping account's :guilabel:`Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Show Account \"Number\" field for the shipping account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:79 msgid "Payment card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:81 msgid "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Accounts and Payments` page and select the :guilabel:`Add Payment Card` option from the :guilabel:`Add a Payment Method` drop-down menu. Then, complete the form to add the credit card information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Show \"Add Payment Card\" option from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:90 msgid "UPS developer account setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:92 msgid "Next, log into the `UPS developer account `_ to generate the developer key. To begin, click the profile icon in the top-right corner, and choose the :guilabel:`Apps` option from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Display the \"Apps\" drop-down option after clicking the profile picture icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:101 msgid "Add app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:103 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Add Apps` button to begin filling out the form. In the :guilabel:`I need API credentials because \\*` field, select :guilabel:`I want to integrate UPS technology into my business`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:107 msgid "Under the next label, :guilabel:`Choose an account to associate with these credentials. \\*`, select :guilabel:`Add existing account` from the drop-down menu in the corresponding field, and then select the :ref:`account number ` linked to the UPS account created in the previous step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Show form to fill in the UPS account number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:116 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Next`, and proceed to the :guilabel:`Add App` form, and fill out the fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`App Name`: Type the name to identify the app by." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Callback URL`: Type the URL of the Odoo database, in the format: `https://databaseName.odoo.com`. Do **not** include `www` in the URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:122 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Add Products` section on the right, search for and click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add the following products to the app:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Authorization (O Auth)`: Used to generate the authorization token to request information from the UPS API." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Validation`: Validates addresses at the street level in the United States and Puerto Rico." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Locator`: Enables search for UPS shipping locations based on type and available services." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Paperless Documents`: Enables the upload of document images to link to shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping`: Enables UPS shipping services, such as preparing packages for shipment, managing returns, and cancelling scheduled shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Compare delivery services and shipping rates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:136 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` and accept UPS's terms and conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:139 msgid "`UPS API Catalog `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Show \"Add Apps\" form, where the app details are configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:148 msgid "Client ID and Client Secret" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:150 msgid "With the new app created, in the :menuselection:`Profile --> My Apps --> App` page, select the app from the :guilabel:`Credentials` section to view the UPS credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Show newly created app in the \"My Apps\" section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:157 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` section, copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` key." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Display the \"Client ID\" and \"Client Secret\" key." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:167 msgid "With the credentials obtained, configure the UPS shipping method in Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:170 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:173 msgid "For existing UPS shipping methods whose :guilabel:`Provider` is :guilabel:`UPS Legacy`, archive it and create a new shipping method using :guilabel:`UPS`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:176 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Provider` field, select :guilabel:`UPS`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, where various fields must be entered. For details instructions on configuring the other fields on the shipping method, refer to the :doc:`Configure third-party carrier ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:181 msgid "In the :guilabel:`UPS Configuration` tab, complete the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:183 msgid ":guilabel:`UPS Account Number`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`account number ` from the UPS portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`UPS Client ID`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client ID ` from the UPS developer website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:187 msgid ":guilabel:`UPS Client Secret`: (*required*) Get the :ref:`Client Secret ` key from the UPS developer website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`UPS Service Type`: Select from the drop-down menu the type of shipping service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`UPS Package Type`: (*required*) Select from the drop-down menu the :doc:`package type <../../product_management/configure/package>` that is supported for the shipping service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:192 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Weight Unit`: The unit of measure for the package weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Size Unit`: The unit of measure for the package dimensions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Label Format`: Choose the label format shipping labels: :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`ZPL`, :guilabel:`EPL`, or :guilabel:`SPL`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:-1 msgid "Show the \"UPS Configuration\" tab on the Shipping Methods form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:201 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Options` section, the following features are available:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:203 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill My Account`: Charge the user's UPS account for shipping in the *eCommerce* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Collect on Delivery`: Collect payment from customers for shipping after the shipment is delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Generate Return Label`: Print the return label for the order after the delivery order is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:208 msgid ":guilabel:`Duties paid by`: Select whether duties or other fees are charged to the :guilabel:`Sender` or :guilabel:`Recipient` of the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:3 msgid "Zebra label configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:7 msgid "In Odoo, labels printed in the Zebra Programming Language (ZPL) file format are designed to fit a four-by-six inch label. To resize (or reformat) text to fit a variety of |ZPL| label sizes, :ref:`navigate to the ZPL label view `, and alter the |ZPL| code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:13 msgid "When customizing code in Odoo, please note that upgrading the database to newer versions may break custom |ZPL| code. **Customers are responsible for maintaining their custom code**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:16 msgid "Refer to the following sections for explanations, and example code, for frequently requested Zebra label customizations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Adjust margins `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Enlarge/minimize barcodes `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Rotate elements `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:26 msgid "Navigate to ZPL label view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:28 msgid "To begin customizing a Zebra label in Odoo, turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and on the main Odoo dashboard, type `Reports`. From the search results that appear in the resulting pop-up window, choose :guilabel:`Settings / Technical / Reporting / Reports` to open the :guilabel:`Reports` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:34 msgid "To manually navigate to the :guilabel:`Reports` page, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Reporting: Reports`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:-1 msgid "Show global search result for \"Reports\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:41 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Reports` page, in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, type `ZPL`, and hit :kbd:`Enter`. Upon doing so, Odoo presents a list of available Zebra labels in Odoo. Select the desired Zebra label from the list to modify it on a separate page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:46 msgid "Printable ZPL labels in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:48 msgid ":ref:`lot/serial number `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:49 msgid "operation type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:50 msgid "package barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:51 msgid ":ref:`product label `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:52 msgid "product packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:53 msgid "finished product (Odoo *Manufacturing* app required)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:55 msgid "Next, click the :icon:`fa-code` :guilabel:`Qweb Views` smart button, and choose the desired label :doc:`view <../../../../../developer/reference/user_interface/view_records>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62 msgid "Show Qweb smart button on the Lot and Serial Number (ZPL) report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:62 msgid "**Lot and Serial Number (ZPL)** report, highlighting the Qweb smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:64 msgid "On the resulting view form, go to the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab to view the |ZPL| code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:67 msgid "To ensure the customization is **not** overwritten during an update, click the :icon:`fa-bug` :guilabel:`(bug)` icon on the view page. Then, select the :guilabel:`View Metadata` option from the resulting drop-down menu, in order to open the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window. Then, ensure the :guilabel:`No Update` field is set to :guilabel:`true (change)`. Click :guilabel:`Ok` to exit the :guilabel:`View Metadata` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:-1 msgid "Architecture tab in the view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:80 msgid "Adjust margin" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:82 msgid "Text gets cut off from standard |ZPL| labels printed in Odoo when the line exceeds fifty-five characters. To fit long product names, or lot numbers, on a single line, adjust the margin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:85 msgid "To begin, navigate to the :ref:`ZPL code of the label ` in the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab. In the |ZPL| code for product labels, look for the `^FT` command, which specifies where to start placing the text, or graphic element, on the label. The two numbers immediately following `^FT` define the x-coordinate and y-coordinate in dots (:dfn:`similar to pixels for printers`) from the left and top margins." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:92 msgid "When customizing lot/serial number labels, look for the `^FO` command, instead of `^FT`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:96 msgid "The following is an example where the product's name gets cut off with Odoo's default |ZPL| formatting. In the **Fixed** tab, the x-coordinate of the starting position of the label is changed from `^FT100,80` to `^FT0,80`, to fit the entire name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:203 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the product name cut off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:225 msgid "**Code**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:219 msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the product name margin adjusted to the left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:135 msgid "Resize barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:137 msgid "To adjust the size of the barcode to scale, begin by navigating to the :ref:`ZPL code of the label ` in the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab. Look for the `^FO` command (typically in the third line), which is the starting point of the margin for the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:141 msgid "The `^BY` command configures barcode size, and takes three numbers: bar width, width of wide bars relative to narrow bars, and bar height. By default, |ZPL| code in Odoo uses `^BY3`, setting the bar width to three dots, a typical size that is easy for barcode scanners to read." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:146 msgid "To shrink the barcode to scale, `^BY3` is reduced to `^BY2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode size reduced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:185 msgid "Rotate elements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:187 msgid "To rotate elements in |ZPL|, begin by navigating to the :ref:`ZPL code of the label ` in the :guilabel:`Architecture` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:190 msgid "The `^BC` command's first parameter (:dfn:`information that affects the behavior of the command`) defines the rotation of an item, which can be:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:193 msgid "`N`: display normally" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:194 msgid "`R`: rotate 90 degrees" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:195 msgid "`I`: rotate 180 degrees" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:196 msgid "`B`: rotate 270 degrees" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:199 msgid "To rotate the barcode, `^BCN` is changed to `^BCB`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/zebra.rst:0 msgid "Example barcode label with the barcode rotated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:6 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:8 msgid "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, :doc:`warehouses ` handle the broader organization and distribution of stock across different physical sites, while :doc:`locations ` provide a more detailed breakdown within each warehouse for efficient item management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:13 msgid "This document serves as an introduction to the terminology and concepts necessary to master *Inventory*. For specific instructions and examples of how things work, refer to individual documentation pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:18 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Warehouses & Locations `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:33 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`Warehouses ` represent a physical place, with a physical address, where a company's items are stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:26 msgid "Configure :doc:`routes <../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` in a warehouse to control how products move to customers, from vendors, within the warehouse, or :doc:`between warehouses `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:33 msgid ":doc:`Locations ` refer to specific areas within a warehouse, such as shelves, floors, or aisles. These are sub-divisions within a warehouse, and are unique to that warehouse. Users can create and manage numerous locations within a single warehouse to organize inventory more precisely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/use_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:40 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:41 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`inventory_management/scrap_inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:47 msgid "Location types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:49 msgid "*Location types* in Odoo help categorize and manage where products are, and what actions need to be taken with them. By default, on the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations` page, only internal locations are displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:53 msgid "To view the seven location types in Odoo, select any location, and in the :guilabel:`Location Type` field, there are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor Location`: defines an area where products purchased from vendors originate. Items here are **not** in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`View`: used to organize and structure the warehouse hierarchy. For example, the view location `WH` (short for warehouse) groups all internal locations, such as `Stock`, receiving docks, quality checkpoints, and packing areas to show they all belong to the same warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:64 msgid "View locations should **not** contain products, but it is possible to move them there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Internal Location`: storage locations within the warehouse. Items stored in these locations are accounted for in :doc:`inventory valuation <../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer Location`: where sold products are tracked; items here are no longer in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Loss`: counterpart location to consume missing items or create stock, accounting for discrepancies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:75 msgid "In Odoo, examples of inventory loss locations are *Inventory Adjustment*, used to account for discrepancies during an inventory count, and *Scrap*, which is where damaged goods are sent to account for inventory losses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:80 msgid "`Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment` is a location with the :guilabel:`Inventory Loss` type. The database shows `65` units in `WH/Stock`, but an inventory check reveals `60`. To correct the quantity, five units are moved from `WH/Stock` to `Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:0 msgid "Product ends up in Virtual Locations/Inventory Adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Production`: where raw materials are consumed, and :doc:`manufactured products <../../manufacturing>` are created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Transit Location`: used for inter-company or inter-warehouse operations to track products shipped between different addresses, such as :ref:`Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:-1 msgid "List of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "In Odoo, location types are color-coded:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:102 msgid "**Red**: internal locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:103 msgid "**Blue**: view locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:104 msgid "**Black**: external locations (including inventory loss, vendor, and customer locations)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:107 msgid "View locations in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:109 msgid "Odoo databases include pre-configured view locations to organize the hierarchy of locations. These provide helpful context, and distinguish between internal and external locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:112 msgid "*Physical locations* serve as an umbrella for external locations, without changing a product's inventory value. (Inventory valuation changes occur when products move from internal to external locations)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:119 msgid "When moving products in warehouses `WH` and `WH2`, the items are not in either warehouse, but still belong to the company. While in transit, they are placed in the `Inter-warehouse transit` location, a :guilabel:`Transit Location` type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:123 msgid "This location is under the view location, `Physical Locations`, indicating that `Inter-warehouse transit` is outside of a warehouse, but still part of the company. Doing so does not affect the inventory valuation of the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:127 msgid "*Partner locations* group customer and vendor locations (external locations) together. Transfers to these locations affect inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:129 msgid "*Virtual locations* are locations that do **not** exist physically, but it is where items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that are no longer in inventory due to loss, or other factors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:8 msgid "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the warehouse. Discrepancy between counts can be due to damage, human error, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:15 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:17 msgid "To view the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page lists all products that are currently in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "Only products with a quantity greater than zero are listed on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. To view product lines with zero current quantity, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:30 msgid "For each product line, the following information is listed:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product is stored. This column is **only** visible if :doc:`Storage Locations ` are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Favorite`: identifies products that have been favorited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory adjustment line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:40 msgid "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more than one serial number, or lot number, assigned to it, each uniquely-identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: the date on which the goods with this serial number are due to expire." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Last Count Date`: the last time the quantity was updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Package`: the package containing the quantity listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. Unless otherwise specified (e.g., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or :guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is :guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory count. This field is left blank by default but can be changed, depending on if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the count in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:65 msgid "Additional columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon to the far right of the form's top row, and reveal any desired column by ticking the checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:72 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so creates a new, blank inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:78 msgid "|Ia| can also be created from the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` on an individual product record. To open the report, navigate to a product record and click the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart button. Then, at the top of the page, click :guilabel:`Update Quantity`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0 msgid "The Update Quantities button on a Forecast report in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:86 msgid "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the :guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial number needs to be chosen from the drop-down menu under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:92 msgid "The inventory adjustment line can also be used to create or record lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:94 msgid "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:97 msgid "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific inventory adjustment for traceability purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:103 msgid "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:205 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the quantities match, and have not been changed at all, no value appears in the :guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:115 msgid "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:122 msgid "Apply adjusted count" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:124 msgid "|Ia| can be completed in several ways. The first way is to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the page. The second way is to tick the checkbox on the far left of the line. Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:130 msgid "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reason` field is pre-populated with today's date, the date the adjustment is being made on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:134 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "Applying an inventory adjustment simultaneously creates a :doc:`stock move line (SML) <../reporting/moves_history>` in the *Moves History* report for traceability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:144 msgid "Relocate products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "|Ia| can also be used to relocate products to different storage locations, or to different packages. To relocate a product, tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the desired product. At the top of the page, click the :guilabel:`Relocate` button. Doing so opens a pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "The Relocate products pop-up on the Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "On the resulting pop-up, enter the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:156 msgid ":guilabel:`To Location`: the new location for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:157 msgid ":guilabel:`To Package`: the new package for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for relocation`: the reason for the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:161 msgid "Product relocations **only** work on internal locations. Products **cannot** be moved between companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "Only users with *Administrator* rights can perform product relocations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:167 msgid "Set to zero" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:169 msgid "|Ia| can also be used to clear inventory counts by setting the quantity to zero. To do this, tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the desired product. At the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`Actions` button to open a drop-down menu. Click :guilabel:`Set to 0`. Once this is complete, :ref:`apply ` the adjusted count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:175 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:177 msgid "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the :icon:`fa-bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the :guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of clicking the :icon:`fa-bullseye` :guilabel:`Set` icon, record the real value in the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:197 msgid "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of `0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:201 msgid "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:217 msgid "The :guilabel:`Actions` menu appears when one or more products' checkboxes are selected. The :guilabel:`Actions` menu includes the option to :guilabel:`Set to quantity on hand`, which sets the selected products' :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` to the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Set to 0`, which sets the selected products' :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` to zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Inventory Adjustments Actions menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:314 msgid "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "Revert an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:235 msgid "To revert the changes made in an inventory adjustment, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:238 msgid "Tick the checkbox at the far left of the line for the desired product. At the top of the page, click the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`Actions` button to open a drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Revert Inventory Adjustment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:243 msgid "After an inventory adjustment is reverted, the line is not removed from the :guilabel:`Moves History` report. Instead, an additional line is added, this time with the word `[reverted]` added to the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:0 msgid "The reference fields on the Moves History report in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:251 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:253 msgid "By default, the *scheduled date* for |ia| are always scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:257 msgid "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:264 msgid "To change the day, click the `31`, enter a number from `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:117 msgid "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:270 msgid "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:273 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:275 msgid "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:278 msgid "Then, select the desired products to be counted by ticking the checkbox on the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:282 msgid "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, tick the checkbox at the top of the table, in the header row next to the :guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Request a count pop-up on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:289 msgid "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a Count` button at the top of the page. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Request a Count` pop-up window, where the following information can be filled:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:293 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:295 msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To pre-fill the on-hand quantity of each product line with the current value recorded in the database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:301 msgid "The :guilabel:`Leave Empty` option forces the employee conducting the audit to manually type in the number they counted, while the :guilabel:`Set Current Value` option only requires the employee to *verify* the counted quantity and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:305 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:311 msgid "In the Odoo **Barcode** app, users can only view inventory counts that are assigned to *them*, and are scheduled for *today* or *earlier*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:321 msgid "Adjustment history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:323 msgid "Details regarding inventory adjustment can be viewed by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:326 msgid "The user who performed the count is listed in parenthesis in the :guilabel:`Reference` field, while the user who applied the count is listed in the :guilabel:`Done By`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:-1 msgid "The history record for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:333 msgid "Inventory audit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:335 msgid "An inventory audit can be accessed from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page. This audit includes an inventory record both before and after a count is completed, to track what changed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:338 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, tick the checkbox at the top-left of the page to select all of the lines. Then click the :guilabel:`Request a Count` button. On the pop-up, set :guilabel:`Count` to :guilabel:`Set Current Value`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:342 msgid "After returning to the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` page, select all of the lines again. Click :menuselection:`Print --> Count Sheet`. The :guilabel:`Count Sheet` exports in PDF form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:346 msgid ":doc:`cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "In Odoo, cycle counts are performed by location. Therefore, the *Storage Locations* feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled Storage Locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "Once the *Storage Locations* feature is enabled, and there are multiple locations created in the warehouse, the inventory count frequency can be changed for specific locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and configuration page for that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, locate the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` by default (if this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the value to any number of days desired for the frequency of counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:57 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Physical Inventory`. This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all products currently in-stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:64 msgid "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options (accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:68 msgid "To select a specific location, and view all products within that location, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon, to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, in the :guilabel:`Group By` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to reveal a new drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 msgid "Filters and Group By menu on Inventory Adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:76 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu. Doing so sorts products into their storage locations on the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, and a cycle count can be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:81 msgid "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:85 msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to open an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:88 msgid "In the first field, click the value and select :guilabel:`Location` from the list of options. Select :guilabel:`contains` in the second field. In the third field, type in the name of the location being searched for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:92 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:0 msgid "Add Custom Filter pop-up window with location values entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:101 msgid "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date for full inventory counts of all in-stock products in the warehouse can also be manually changed, to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:105 msgid "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting field, which includes a drop-down field that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December`, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:114 msgid "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:120 msgid "Once all necessary changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`use_locations`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:3 msgid "Product catalog" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:10 msgid "The product *catalog* is a feature integrated with any Odoo app that allows users to add products or components to an order. This includes the **Inventory**, **Manufacturing**, **Sales**, **Purchase**, and **Repairs** apps, among others." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:14 msgid "The product catalog can be accessed from the first tab of a quotation, request for quotation (RfQ), order, or bill of materials (BoM) form, and opens in a new page when selected. The catalog displays products and components in a user-friendly, POS-style format, from which they can be selected and added to forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:19 msgid "The product catalog simplifies the creation of new sales orders (SOs), purchase orders (POs), manufacturing orders (MOs), bill of materials (BoMs), and more, by providing a visual interface through which products and components can be quickly selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:24 msgid "Use product catalog" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:26 msgid "To use the product catalog, begin by creating or opening a quotation, |RfQ|, order, or |BoM| to which products or components can be added. For example, create a new sales quotation by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:30 msgid "On the form (quotation, |RfQ|, order, |BoM|), make sure the first tab on the bottom is selected. Depending on the form being configured, this tab may be titled *Order Lines*, *Components*, *Products*, or *Parts*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:34 msgid "On the first blank line of the tab, click the :guilabel:`Catalog` link to open the catalog in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Catalog\" button on the \"Order Lines\" tab of a sales quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:41 msgid "The product catalog displays a card for each product added to Odoo. Each card displays a few key details about the corresponding product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:44 msgid "Product photo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:45 msgid "Product title" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:46 msgid "Price or cost of the product, depending on whether it is bought, sold, or used as a component" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:48 msgid "Reference code (e.g. *DESK0005*)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:49 msgid "On-hand quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:50 msgid "Variant attributes (e.g. *Color: White*)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 msgid "A product card in the product catalog." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:56 msgid "Products can be filtered using the search bar at the top of the page, or the sidebar on the left side of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:59 msgid "To filter by product type, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` button on the right side of the search bar to open the search menu. In the :guilabel:`Filters` section, select the :guilabel:`Services` filter to only show service products, or the :guilabel:`Products` filter to only show physical products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:64 msgid "When creating or configuring a quotation or |SO|, specifically, an :guilabel:`In the Order` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the search bar. Select this filter to only show products that have already been added to the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:68 msgid "In the sidebar on the left side of the page, select an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`PRODUCT CATEGORY` section to filter by product category, or an option in the :icon:`fa-th-list` :guilabel:`ATTRIBUTES` section to filter by variant attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 msgid "The filter sidebar in the product catalog." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:76 msgid "To add a product, click on the product's card, or click the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` :guilabel:`Add` button in the bottom-right corner of the card. Doing so adds one unit of the product, which is displayed in a field in the bottom-left corner of the card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:80 msgid "Once a product has been added, clicking the product card continues to add units of the product in increments of one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:83 msgid "To adjust the quantity of the product added, click the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` button to reduce the quantity by one, or the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` button to increase it by one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:87 msgid "Alternatively, a specific quantity can be entered by selecting the field between the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` and :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` buttons, and typing in the desired quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:91 msgid "To remove a product from the order or |BoM| entirely, either click the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`Remove` button in the bottom-right corner of the product card, or click the :icon:`fa-minus` :guilabel:`(minus)` button until the quantity has been reduced to zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:-1 msgid "A product card for a product that has been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:99 msgid "Once the desired quantity of each product has been added, return to the form by clicking the :guilabel:`Back to [X]` button at the top of the screen. This button differs depending on the type of form being configured (quotation, |BoM|, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/product_catalog.rst:104 msgid "Products appear in the product catalog, and can be added to orders, even if there are zero units of the product on hand. As a result, it is important to confirm the quantity of a product being added to an order is actually available, or inventory inconsistencies may arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:8 msgid "Sometimes, products in a company's warehouse stock might be found to be damaged or defective, past the point of being reparable. If it is not possible to repair the product, or return the product to a vendor, it can be scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:12 msgid "Odoo *Inventory* allows users to scrap inventory, designating goods or materials that are no longer usable or sellable for disposal (or recycling)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:15 msgid "Scrapping inventory in a database helps stock counts remain accurate, by removing scrapped products from physical inventory, and placing it in a virtual scrap location (*Virtual Locations/Scrap*)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "*Virtual locations* in Odoo are **not** real, physical spaces in a warehouse. Rather, they are designated locations in a database that provide tracking of items that shouldn't be counted in a physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:23 msgid "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about the different types of :ref:`location types `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:27 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "To create a new scrap order (SP) for an in-stock product, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Scrap`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new |SP| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:32 msgid "Click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the product that should be scrapped from inventory. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, change the value to the quantity of the product that should be scrapped (by default, this value is set to `1.00`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 msgid "Filled out new scrap order form with product details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:40 msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product is currently stored. The :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to the designated scrap location (:guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`). Either of these locations can be changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "If the scrapping is tied to a specific existing operation, specify the operation in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:48 msgid "The :guilabel:`Company` field displays the company whose warehouse this product belongs to. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:52 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the new |SP|. Once validated, a :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button appears at the top of the form. Click the smart button to view the details of the scrap operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 msgid "Product Moves smart button on new scrap order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "To view the all-time total quantities of scrapped items, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Click the :guilabel:`x (remove)` button on the :guilabel:`Internal` filter in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, to display virtual locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:65 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. From the :guilabel:`Scrap` location's form, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button, at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:68 msgid "A list of all scrapped products, and their quantities, is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:0 msgid "Current Stock list of all scrapped products in virtual scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:75 msgid "Scrap from an existing operation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:77 msgid "Scrap orders (SPs) can *also* be created from existing operations, such as receipts, delivery orders, and internal transfers, before they are entered into, or removed from, stock for an operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "To scrap a product during an operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation's task card (i.e. the :guilabel:`Receipts` task card)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 msgid "# To Process button on Receipts task card on Inventory Overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:89 msgid "Then, select an operation to process from the resulting list of existing orders. Doing so opens that operation's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:92 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(cog)` icon, and select :guilabel:`Scrap` from the resulting drop-down menu. This opens a :guilabel:`Scrap Products` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 msgid "Scrap Products pop-up window on operation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:99 msgid "From this pop-up window, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and select the products from the operation that should be scrapped. Adjust the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:103 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Product` selected is tracked using a lot or serial number, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` field appears. Specify the tracking number in that field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:106 msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` and :guilabel:`Scrap Location` can be changed, if needed. If a replenishment rule is set up for the product being scrapped, and if the product should be replenished, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Replenish Quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:110 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Scrap Products`. A :guilabel:`Scraps` smart button appears at the top of the operation form. Click this smart button to view the details of all scrap orders created from this specific operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory.rst:-1 msgid "Scraps smart button showing all scrap orders from operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, room, aisle, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:10 msgid "To create specific storage locations, enable the *Storage Locations* feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouses` section, tick the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:15 msgid "Typically, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is used with :doc:`Multi-Step Routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, which controls how products move between locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 msgid "Show Storage Locations feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create new location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "After enabling *Storage Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 msgid "List of internal locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "On this page, click :guilabel:`New`. The new location form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Location Name`: recognizable name of the location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location within which the new location exists. After the location is created, it is listed on the :guilabel:`Locations` page using a *location hierarchy*, to describe how a specific location fits within larger areas of the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:41 msgid "In `WH/Stock/Zone A/Refrigerator 1`, \"Refrigerator 1\" is the location name, \"Zone A\" is the parent location, and everything before it is the path showing where this spot is within the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Additional Information section" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "In addition to the required fields above, configure the following location fields to ensure the location serves its intended purpose in the database:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Location Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Vendor Location`, :guilabel:`View`, :guilabel:`Internal Location`, :guilabel:`Customer Location`, :guilabel:`Inventory Loss`, :guilabel:`Production`, or :guilabel:`Transit Location` to categorize the location. For details on each location type, refer to the :ref:`Location Types section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Storage Category`: only available with the :doc:`Storage Categories <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category>` feature enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the location belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow for scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: tick this checkbox to allow products to be returned to this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: used with the *Barcode* app, enter the barcode to :ref:`identify actions ` at this location when scanned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: used for :doc:`configuring routes <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`, tick this checkbox to set the location as a destination for receiving products from *Buy*, *Manufacture*, or other procurement routes, ensuring products are correctly supplied to the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 msgid "Additional Information section of new location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:75 msgid "Configure the remaining fields in the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose warehouse the location is inside of. Leave this field blank if this location is shared between companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode assigned to the location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish Location`: tick this checkbox to get all quantities to replenish at this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:87 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Cyclic Counting` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field from the default `0`, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:-1 msgid "Cyclic Counting section of new location creation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:94 msgid "When different than `0`, the inventory count dates for products stored at this location are automatically set at the defined frequency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:97 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, in the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field, click the drop-down menu and select the :doc:`removal strategy <../../shipping_receiving/removal_strategies>` for how items should be removed from this location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:104 msgid "Cyclic Counting section" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:106 msgid "To schedule regular inventory counts at this location, set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field to the desired interval. By default, it is set to `0` (no scheduled counts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:109 msgid "For example, setting this field to `30`, schedules a count every thirty days. For more specifics on setting up and using this feature, refer to the :doc:`Cycle Counts documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:112 msgid "The :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` field displays the date the last inventory count at this location occurred. When scheduled inventory counts are enabled, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` field displays the date of the next inventory count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:117 msgid "With inventory counts scheduled to occur every `30` days, and the :guilabel:`Last Effective Inventory` count occurring on July 16, the :guilabel:`Next Expected Inventory` is August 15." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show Cyclic Count section of the locations form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:125 msgid "Logistics section" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:127 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Logistics` section of the locations form, optionally select a :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` to determine the order and priority of how products are picked from inventory. The options are: :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`, :guilabel:`Last In First Out (LIFO)`, :guilabel:`Closest Location`, and :guilabel:`First Expiry First Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:136 msgid "Current stock at location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:138 msgid "To view the current stock at a single location, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the desired location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:141 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button to get a list of all products at the location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:145 msgid "A list of current stock at `Shelf 1` consists of `266` cabinets and `39` desks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:0 msgid "Show stock at Shelf 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "In the Odoo *Inventory* app, a *warehouse* is a physical space with an address for storing items, such as a storage facility, distribution center, or physical store." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Each database has a pre-configured warehouse with the company's address. Users can set up multiple warehouses, and :doc:`create stock moves <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>` between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:15 msgid "To create or manage warehouses, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:18 msgid "Then, select an existing warehouse, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the warehouse form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:21 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse` (*required field*): the full name of the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name` (*required field*): the abbreviated code for the warehouse (maximum five characters). The short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is `WH`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:26 msgid "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on warehouse documents, so it is recommended to use an memorable one, like \"WH[first letters of location]\" (e.g. `WHA`, `WHB`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Address` (*required field*): the address of the warehouse. To change the warehouse address when creating two or more warehouses, hover over the field, and click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Company` (*required field*): the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as the company that owns the Odoo database, or the company of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Intrastat region`: :doc:`region name <../../../../finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat>` required for companies in the European Union." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:39 msgid "The options below are available **only** when the *Multi-Step Routes* feature is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`: select the option to receive products from the warehouse in :doc:`one <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, :doc:`two <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or :doc:`three <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`: select the option to deliver products from the warehouse in :doc:`one <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, :doc:`two <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`, or :doc:`three <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>` steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* feature enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Tick this checkbox to purchase components from vendors, and dropship them to subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: available with the *Subcontracting* feature, tick this checkbox to supply subcontractors with raw materials stored in *this* specific warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for items to be manufactured in this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: choose whether to manufacture products in :doc:`one <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>`, :doc:`two <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>`, or :doc:`three steps <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: tick this checkbox to allow for purchased products to be delivered to the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: available with multiple warehouses in the database, select warehouses to pull stock *from* to fulfill orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`Use inventory adjustments to add stock to new warehouses `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Example warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:15 msgid "In Odoo, stock can be replenished one of three ways: *reordering rules*, the *make to order* (MTO) route, or using the *master production schedule* (MPS)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:18 msgid "Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice depending on the business process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:42 msgid "Replenishment strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:45 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:47 msgid "Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish stock to the maximum level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:52 msgid "When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report ` and :doc:`reordering rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56 msgid "Key points include:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58 msgid ":ref:`Automatic reordering rules `: Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:61 msgid ":ref:`Manual reordering rules `: Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `: A strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:76 msgid "An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81 msgid "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:84 msgid "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:88 msgid "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:91 msgid "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Master production schedule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:100 msgid "The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order or produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104 msgid "This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual replenishment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:11 msgid "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer expectations. In Odoo, the **Inventory** app allows for comprehensive lead time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing orders, deliveries, and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:16 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:18 msgid "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:24 msgid ":ref:`Customer lead time `: default time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. This serves as a buffer to allow ample time to prepare the outgoing shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: number of days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:39 msgid ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`Days to Purchase `: days needed for the vendor to receive a request for quotation (RFQ) and confirm it. It advances the deadline to schedule a |RFQ| by a specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:49 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: number of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:54 msgid ":ref:`Days to prepare manufacturing order `: number of days needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product. Either set one directly on the bill of materials (BoM), or click *Compute* to sum up purchase and manufacturing lead times of components in the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:60 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the |MO| forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with :ref:`replenish to order `, the security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:68 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:70 msgid "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:74 msgid "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:78 msgid "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:85 msgid "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected delivery dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:88 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:90 msgid "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery order from start to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:96 msgid "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:106 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:108 msgid "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:111 msgid "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:114 msgid "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than the scheduled date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:118 msgid "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th, but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:127 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:129 msgid "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:145 msgid "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date is April 2nd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:148 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:155 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:157 msgid "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:160 msgid "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:165 msgid "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`PO scheduling with reordering rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:175 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:177 msgid "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor location, begin by navigating to a product form through :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:180 msgid "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, :guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:186 msgid "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:190 msgid "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:196 msgid "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the expected timeframe." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:202 msgid "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the :guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:216 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:218 msgid "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:221 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:224 msgid "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier deliveries. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:228 msgid "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by two days. In that case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be April 8th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:0 msgid "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:239 msgid "Days to purchase lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:241 msgid "To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` section, in the :guilabel:`Days to Purchase` field, specify the number of days required for the vendor to confirm a |RFQ| after receiving it from the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:248 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:250 msgid "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:253 msgid "The |MO| deadline, which is the deadline to begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:261 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:263 msgid "Manufacturing lead times for products are configured from a product's bill of materials (BoM) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:265 msgid "To add a lead time to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM| to edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:268 msgid "On the |BoM| form, click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Change the value (in days) in the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field to specify the calendar days needed to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "Manuf. Lead Time value specified on a product's Bill of Material form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:275 msgid "If the selected |BoM| is a multi-level |BoM|, the manufacturing lead times of the components are added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:278 msgid "If the |BoM| product is subcontracted, the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` can be used to determine the date at which components should be sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:281 msgid "Establish a |MO| deadline, based on the *expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:284 msgid "The |MO| deadline, which is the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the |MO|, is calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:287 msgid "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the delivery date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:289 msgid "However, it is important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity* (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center simultaneously`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:294 msgid ":doc:`Manufacturing planning <../../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:295 msgid ":doc:`Schedule MOs with reordering rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:298 msgid "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment date is August 1st." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:305 msgid "Days to prepare manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:307 msgid "Configure the days required to gather components to manufacture a product by going to its |BoM|. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:311 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BoM|, specify the calendar days needed to obtain components of the product in the :guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order` field. Doing so creates |MOs| in advance, and ensures there is enough time to either replenish components, or manufacture semi-finished products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:317 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Compute`, located next to the :guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order` field, calculates the longest lead time among all the components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:320 msgid "*Purchase security lead times* that impact this specific |BoM| are also added to this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:324 msgid "A |BoM| has two components, one has a manufacturing lead time of two days, and the other has a purchase lead time of four days. The :guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order` is four days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:331 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:333 msgid "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Planning` heading, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:337 msgid "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the manufacturing process. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:344 msgid "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the |MO| reflects the latest date to begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the |MO| is August 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:350 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:352 msgid "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:355 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:356 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:357 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:358 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:359 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:361 msgid "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, September 20th:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:368 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:370 msgid "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:373 msgid "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:376 msgid "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September 19th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:380 msgid "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by a day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:384 msgid "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:13 msgid "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time it is required to fulfill a sales order (SO), or when it is needed as a component in a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "For products that are purchased from a vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created to replenish the product, while an |MO| is created for products that are manufactured. The creation of an |RFQ| or |MO| occurs every time an |SO| or |MO| that requires the product is confirmed, regardless of the current stock level of the product being ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "In order to use the |MTO| route, the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32 msgid "Unarchive MTO route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:34 msgid "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:46 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55 msgid "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the search bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page now shows all unarchived routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is selectable on the *Inventory* tab of each product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60 msgid "Configure product for MTO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:62 msgid "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:66 msgid "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, along with the :guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Manufacture` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71 msgid "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture it)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:79 msgid "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill |SOs|, enable the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other tabs below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87 msgid "Specifying a vendor is essential for this workflow, because Odoo cannot generate an |RFQ| without knowing who the product is purchased from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "If the product is manufactured, make sure it has a bill of materials (BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`New` on the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:95 msgid "For a full overview of |BOM| creation, see the documentation on :doc:`bills of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99 msgid "Replenish using MTO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:101 msgid "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is created for it every time an |SO| or |MO| including the product is confirmed. The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition to |MTO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:105 msgid "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a |PO| is created upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:109 msgid "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is always created upon confirmation of an |SO| or |MO|. This is the case, even if there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|, without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with the *Buy* or *Manufacture* routes, the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`New`, which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a product configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the quotation is turned into an |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:121 msgid "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears at the top of the page. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a |PO|. A purple :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears above the |PO|. Once the products are received, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to open the receipt order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to enter the products into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:129 msgid "Return to the |SO| by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting the|SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:132 msgid "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the order to open the delivery order. Once the products have been shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137 msgid "For information on workflows that include the |MTO| route, see the following documentation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "*Reordering rules* are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21 msgid "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a *request for quotation* (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a *manufacturing order* (MO) is created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:28 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:30 msgid "To set up reordering rules for the first time, refer to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Reordering rules setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136 msgid ":ref:`Trigger `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:137 msgid ":ref:`Preferred route `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:36 msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:141 msgid ":ref:`Visibility days `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:44 msgid "Reordering rules setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:46 msgid "To configure automatic and manual reordering rules, complete the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:48 msgid ":ref:`Product type configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:49 msgid ":ref:`Replenishment method `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:50 msgid ":ref:`Create rule `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:55 msgid "Product type configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:57 msgid "A product must be configured correctly to use reordering rules. Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:61 msgid "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Goods`, and make sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked. This is necessary for Odoo to track the product's stock levels and trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 msgid "Product Type and Track Inventory configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "Replenishment method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "Next, configure the replenishment method (e.g., buy or manufacture) by going to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes from the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:76 msgid "If the product is purchased, :ref:`install ` the **Purchase** app, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Purchase` checkbox is enabled under the product name. In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, add at least one vendor to the :doc:`vendor pricelist <../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`. Odoo uses the vendor at the top of the list to generate |RFQs| when reordering rules are triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's :guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the :guilabel:`Buy` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`Buy route <../../../purchase/manage_deals/rfq>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid ":doc:`Vendor pricelist <../../../purchase/products/pricelist>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:87 msgid "If the product is manufactured, :ref:`install ` the **Manufacturing** app, and in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab's :guilabel:`Routes` field, tick the :guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "Next, ensure at least one :doc:`bill of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>` (BoM) is displayed in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product form. This is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products with a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:95 msgid "If a |BoM| does not already exist for the product, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`Manufacture route <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:106 msgid "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and fill out the following fields for the new reordering rule line item:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:111 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Min`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Max`: The maximum quantity at which the stock is replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: If the product should be ordered in specific quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the :guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 products are replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid "To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and :guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 msgid "For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering rule fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:138 msgid ":ref:`Vendor `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:139 msgid ":ref:`Bill of materials `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:140 msgid ":ref:`Procurement group `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:144 msgid "The fields above are not available by default, and must be enabled by selecting the |adjust| in the far-right corner and selecting the desired column from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:150 msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:152 msgid "The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156 msgid "The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:159 msgid "The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order* route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:163 msgid "The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be used as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166 msgid "Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the *Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 msgid "See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) ` documentation for a full overview of the MTO route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 msgid "To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175 msgid "At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to begin configuring a new reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:179 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:182 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:185 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a value of `1.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:191 msgid "With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the :guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:197 msgid "A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the *Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:200 msgid "An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:204 msgid "Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:212 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "A reordering rule's *trigger* can be set to *automatic* or *manual*. While both function the same way, the difference between the two types of reordering rules is how the rule is launched:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 msgid ":ref:`Auto `: A purchase or manufacturing order is automatically created when the forecasted stock falls below the reordering rule's minimum quantity. By default, the :guilabel:`Auto` trigger is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:220 msgid ":ref:`Manual `: The :doc:`Replenishment report ` lists products needing replenishment, showing current/forecasted stock, lead times, and arrival dates. Users can review forecasts before clicking *Order*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:224 msgid "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`. Then, click the |adjust|, located to the far-right of the column titles, and tick the :guilabel:`Trigger` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or :guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different types of reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:234 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 msgid "*Automatic reordering rules*, enabled by setting the reordering rule's :guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generate purchase or manufacturing orders when either:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 msgid "The scheduler runs, and the *Forecasted* quantity is below the minimum, or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 msgid "A sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the product below the minimum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:243 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an |RFQ| is generated. To view and manage |RFQs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:246 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an |MO| is generated. To view and manage |MOs|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:249 msgid "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:255 msgid "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure :ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:260 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 msgid "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "*Manual reordering rules*, configured by setting the reordering rule's :guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, list a product on the :doc:`replenishment dashboard ` when the forecasted quantity falls below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, for which the forecasted quantity is not enough." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:281 msgid "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items, thanks to the :guilabel:`To Reorder` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:286 msgid "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the :guilabel:`Order` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 msgid "Click the Order button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:295 msgid "Route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:297 msgid "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected as replenishment methods under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, indicating to Odoo that the product can be bought or manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:302 msgid "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering rule. This is the replenishment method (e.g., buying or manufacturing) that the rule defaults to, if multiple are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306 msgid "To specify a preferred route, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:309 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden. To reveal it, select the |adjust| to the far-right of the column titles, and ticking :guilabel:`Route` from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:312 msgid "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the preferred route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:319 msgid "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the *Buy* route, then *Manufacture*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:323 msgid "Advanced uses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:325 msgid "Pairing :guilabel:`Route` with one of the following fields on the replenishment report unlocks advanced configurations of reordering rules. Consider the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:330 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: When the selected :guilabel:`Route` is :guilabel:`Buy`, setting the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to one of the multiple vendors on the vendor pricelist indicates to Odoo that the vendor is automatically populated on |RFQs| when a reordering rule triggers the creation of a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:337 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: When the :guilabel:`Route` is set to :guilabel:`Manufacture`, and there are multiple |BoMs| in use, specifying the desired |BoM| in the replenishment report, draft manufacturing orders are created with this |BoM| in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:343 msgid ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: This is a way to group related |POs| or |MOs| that are tied to fulfilling a specific demand, like an |SO| or a project. It helps organize and track which orders are linked to a particular demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:348 msgid "Procurement groups link replenishment methods to demand, enabling smart buttons to appear when using the :doc:`MTO route `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Showing smart button to PO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:354 msgid "Sales order (demand) with a linked purchase order (replenishment method)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:356 msgid "In the context of reordering rules:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:358 msgid "Reordering rules do not automatically assign a procurement group, which is why there are no smart buttons that link |SOs| to |POs|, unlike the :abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:360 msgid "To enable smart buttons for products replenished by reordering rules (not :abbr:`MTO (Make to Order)`), with specific quantities linked to specific demands (e.g. |SOs|), assign a procurement group." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:363 msgid "Without a procurement group, demands for the same product can be combined into a single |RFQ|, even if the reordering rule is executed multiple times for those demands. This allows for more efficient procurement by consolidating demands into fewer orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:367 msgid "Selecting a procurement group in the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field on the replenishment report ensures that all linked orders are grouped under the same demand, based on the defined route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:372 msgid "How can you set the *Procurement Group*, *Vendor*, and *Route* fields on the replenishment report to generate a single |RFQ| for five different products in sales order SO35, given they share the same vendor, Azure Interior, and ensure other demands for these products are handled separately?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:379 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` to `SO35`, in the reordering rule for all five products. This groups the demands for `SO35` in the same |RFQ| or |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:381 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Vendor` to `Azure Interior` to ensure the |RFQ| is created for the same supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:383 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Route` to :guilabel:`Buy` to generate an |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:384 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Order` button to generate a single |RFQ| for the five products tied to `SO35`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different |RFQs| (the usual behavior)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:394 msgid "Just-in-time logic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:396 msgid "*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted date `, which determines when replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:400 msgid "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor lead times ` and :ref:`purchasing delays ` for purchases, or :ref:`manufacturing lead times ` for production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:408 msgid "For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just in time for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:411 msgid "Important considerations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:413 msgid "**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead times ` for more flexibility." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:415 msgid "While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, **reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are immediately triggered when needed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:422 msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:424 msgid "To view the *forecasted date*, go to the replenishment report and click the :icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:428 msgid "The *forecasted date* is the total time needed to procure a product in Odoo. It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433 msgid "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** the customer can receive the product if the replenishment process began right **now**. It is calculated by adding all lead times related to the product to the current date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:438 msgid "A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:440 msgid "Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and the days to purchase is 2 days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:442 msgid "Today's date is November 26." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:443 msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:445 msgid "A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in the **To Order** field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448 msgid "However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely when needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:455 msgid "The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:458 msgid "For example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:460 msgid "If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:462 msgid "If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, replenishment can wait." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464 msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:466 msgid "By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without the stress!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:471 msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:473 msgid "|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:476 msgid "They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted quantity**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:485 msgid "Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities are zero." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show forecasted report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:491 msgid "Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` units is `5.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:496 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:498 msgid "*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional future demand by the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:503 msgid "This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:506 msgid "To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:510 msgid "Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the |adjust| to the far right and choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, enter the desired visibility days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:514 msgid "The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on the forecasted date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:518 msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:520 msgid "A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs <../../product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs>` and tariffs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:524 msgid "November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:525 msgid "|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:526 msgid "|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov 19, costing an additional $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:528 msgid "|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov 25, costing another $100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:531 msgid "Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 msgid "Show forecasted date visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:536 msgid "Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" 20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:539 msgid "It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by consolidating orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:540 msgid "|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the other two orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 msgid "Visibility days visualization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:546 msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:548 msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:550 msgid "**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:551 msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:552 msgid "|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment notification until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:555 msgid "This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing it to balance replenishment costs more effectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:-1 msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:8 msgid "The *replenishment report* is an interactive dashboard that uses :doc:`manual reordering rules `, lead times, and upcoming demands to forecast quantities of products that need restocking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:12 msgid "Reordering rules used on this dashboard are normal reordering rules, but the user benefits from a monitoring menu with extra options to manage suggestions for replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:15 msgid "This enables users to anticipate future needs, keep less products on hand without the risk of running out, plan and consolidate orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:18 msgid "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:21 msgid "The fields and features unique to the replenishment dashboard are displayed below. For definitions of the other fields, go to the :ref:`Create reordering rules section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:25 msgid "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the :guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :icon:`fa-truck` :guilabel:`Order Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:30 msgid "Clicking :icon:`fa-bell-slash` :guilabel:`Snooze` temporarily deactivates the reordering rule for the set period, hiding the entry from the replenishment dashboard, when it is supposed to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:34 msgid "Defining a :guilabel:`Vendor` allows filtering or grouping demands by the vendor. This simplifies the process of identifying products to order and can reduce shipment costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:-1 msgid "Replenishment report that displays recommended quantities to order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:41 msgid "Automatic reordering rules appear on this menu, too but are hidden by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:44 msgid "Replenishment information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:46 msgid "In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window, which displays the *lead times* and *forecasted date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:50 msgid "For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to the :ref:`Just in time logic ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:7 msgid "When a business operates multiple locations, such as warehouses, retail shops, or manufacturing facilities, resupplying stock from a central warehouse is sometimes necessary. Odoo uses a *Route* configuration that enables locations to replenish from a central distribution center, automatically generating *inter-warehouse transfers*. Odoo :guilabel:`Inventory` manages these transfers to keep stores in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "This guide explains how to conduct inter-warehouse transfers using two replenishment strategies:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:15 msgid ":ref:`Make to order (MTO) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Reordering rule `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`Difference between MTO and reordering rules <../replenishment>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:35 msgid "Configure the settings for the central warehouse and connecting storage locations by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Each central warehouse and other locations *must* have its own warehouse. For example, each shop is considered a local warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:42 msgid "Select an existing warehouse, or create a new one to be resupplied from the central warehouse, by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, give the warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`, which will appear on that warehouse's transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:46 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Resupply From` field. Check the box next to the central warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:52 msgid "The central warehouse that will supply the shops is called `Central warehouse`. The :guilabel:`Resupply From` field is set to this warehouse on the shop's warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:64 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:66 msgid "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be transferred between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:70 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the new route appears as :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, where 'X' is the store's warehouse that receives products, and 'Y' is the warehouse that sends products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:74 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` checkbox, which is intended to be used with the |MTO| route or a reordering rule to replenish stock by moving the product from one warehouse to another. Proceed to the dedicated sections below to continue the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:81 msgid "MTO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "To replenish products using the make-to-order method, go to the product form and ensure the :ref:`MTO route is unarchived `, so it appears in the :guilabel:`Routes` section of the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:87 msgid "With the resupply and |MTO| routes ticked, jump to the section titled: :ref:`Replenish from another warehouse `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "The product, sold at the warehouse, `Store`, is resupplied from the central warehouse, named `YourCompany`. To replenish the product using |MTO|, the following routes are selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Store: Supply Product from YourCompany`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:104 msgid "Reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:106 msgid "To replenish products using reordering rules, first ensure the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` route is selected in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:109 msgid "Then, create a reordering rule to automate replenishment by clicking the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:112 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`, and set:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the stock location of the retail store. For example, `SHOP/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Route`: :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` to trigger automatic stock transfers when inventory falls below the set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "A :ref:`0/0 reordering rule ` to replenish the shop's warehouse is created, with the :guilabel:`Location` set to `SHOP/Stock`, and the :guilabel:`Route` set to :guilabel:`Store: Resupply from YourCompany`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Show reordering rule configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:134 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:136 msgid "After completing the setup, trigger replenishment using one of several methods, such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:138 msgid "Navigate to the product form of the product that is resupplied from another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:140 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top-left of the product page. In the pop-up window, set the warehouse to the retail shop, (e.g. `Store`), and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Replenish pop-up window on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "Create a quotation, and in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Warehouse` to the retail shop (e.g. `Store`), when selling the product makes the on-hand quantity of the product go below the minimum set on the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Create a quote at the store." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "Once triggered, Odoo creates two transfers: One is a *delivery order* from the central, supplying warehouse, which contains all the necessary products to the store, and the second is a *receipt* at the shop, from the main warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:159 msgid "While in transit, the product is located at `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:162 msgid "A sales order for the product at the shop is created. To replenish the product at the shop and ship it from there, Odoo generates a delivery order from the central warehouse's stock, `WH/Stock` to the shop's warehouse `SHOP/Stock`. While the products are traveling between warehouses, they are in `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:167 msgid "The final delivery order is from the shop to the customer's delivery address, and is not pertinent to the workflow in this guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Show shipments from warehouse to store." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:3 msgid "Stock valuation dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:7 msgid "When a company has physical assets, such as inventory, they often want to know approximately how much has been spent on these goods, or how much they are worth at the moment. This process of assigning a monetary value to account for inventory is known as *stock valuation*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:11 msgid "This value is often reported for accounting purposes. For instance, an insurance company may want to know the value of goods stored in a warehouse, in the event of a flood or fire." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`Stock valuation <../../product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` typically utilizes one of two accounting systems:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:17 msgid "**Perpetual**: The inventory is constantly (perpetually) being updated, and the value is constantly changing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:19 msgid "**Periodic**: The inventory value is checked on an occasional (periodic) basis, and the value is set at this occasional time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:22 msgid "Using :ref:`tracked inventory ` in Odoo necessitates a *perpetual* inventory accounting system because of the need to know when and where inventory exists, and how much of it is available or forecasted. There are a few common :ref:`stock valuation methods ` used in Odoo: *standard price*, *average cost* (AVCO), and *first in, first out* (FIFO) accounting. It is important to know that the valuation method chosen for a product impacts the calculation of several fields in the stock valuation reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:31 msgid "Open the dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:33 msgid "Odoo's *Stock Valuation* dashboard displays the financial value of all tracked inventory, according to each product's stock valuation method. This report can provide insights into potential issues in the supply chain, such as sunken purchase costs or delays in profitability. To access the dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:39 msgid "The :menuselection:`Reporting`` menu in **Inventory** is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:42 msgid "This dashboard has three different views, or inventory reports — :ref:`list view ` (i.e. the default stock valuation report), :ref:`pivot view ` (i.e. the stock aging report), and :ref:`graph view `. Each view can be customized with different fields to break down inventory valuation by product, operation type, date, or company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:48 msgid "All three views can be filtered by various fields. To apply filters, click into the search bar at the top of the report, or click the drop-down arrow next to it. For example, selecting the filter :guilabel:`Has Remaining Qty` will show only products that are currently in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:55 msgid "List view: stock valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:57 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays in *list view*, represented by the :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` icon. This report shows a detailed record of stock movements and their valuations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:199 msgid "Configure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:64 msgid "The following columns are displayed by default:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date and time when the :ref:`stock move ` was created. The valuation report is sorted by this field by default, emphasizing the importance of time when valuing inventory. To sort the report by a different column, simply click on the column title." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Reference`: the reference document associated with this stock move (e.g., a warehouse receipt, a delivery order, or a manual inventory adjustment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that is being moved and valued." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units by which this product's stock has increased or decreased in this particular stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Value`: the value of the product's stock in this particular stock move, calculated by multiplying the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:79 msgid "If a :guilabel:`Reference` document includes several goods, there will be a separate line item generated on the report for each good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:82 msgid "There are additional fields that can be added to this view to provide more insight into the stock's valuation. To add fields, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and select the desired fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the uniquely identifying lot or serial number for this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: for businesses that operate with multiple companies, this field displays the company by which this stock move took place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`: the number of units remaining for this valuation of the product, after demand has been accounted for (even from other stock moves). This field can be especially helpful for :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` accounting, as it conveys which units of stock came into a warehouse first and the value of said stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit Value`: the cost of one unit of the product for the company (**not** the price to consumers)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: a description of the reason for this stock valuation (typically, a stock move has occurred). By default, this field is set as the concatenation of the :guilabel:`Reference` and :guilabel:`Product` fields. However, the field may also display other important messages for this line item, such as a note stating that the line item is an adjustment due to a change in the product's inventory valuation method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:100 msgid ":guilabel:`Remaining Value`: the value of this product's current stock levels for this particular stock move, after demand has been accounted for. Along with :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity`, this field can be especially helpful for :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` accounting, as they convey which stock came into a warehouse first and the value of said stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:107 msgid "Some of these settings may not appear unless first enabled in Odoo's **:doc:`Settings <../../../general>`** application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:-1 msgid "Stock valuation report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:116 msgid "Stock valuation layers (SVLs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:118 msgid "Each line item in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report represents a record in Odoo's system known as a *stock valuation layer (SVL)*. :abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)` are generated when products move in a way that impacts their stock valuation. Specifically, the stock moves that generate :abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)` are warehouse receipts, deliveries, dropshipping orders, and dropshipping returns. These stock moves must first be validated (by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button) for the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` to be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:125 msgid "If a product's inventory valuation method changes on the product form, new line items are generated on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report to reflect the resulting :abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)`. For example, if the valuation method changes from *standard price* to either :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` or :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting, *revaluation entries* will be automatically posted to reflect the change in pricing for goods that remain in stock. One entry will be negative to \"remove\" the old pricing, and the second entry will be positive to record the new pricing. These entries are connected to journal entries in Odoo's **Accounting** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:133 msgid "Below is an example of what the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` table shows when a few stock moves have occurred for a product using standard price accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:-1 msgid "Stock valuation table in standard price accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:139 msgid "Conversely, the following image depicts what the *Stock Valuation* Report table might look like after a product has switched from standard price to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:-1 msgid "Stock valuation table after switching from standard price to FIFO accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:146 msgid "The :guilabel:`Remaining Value` and :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` fields are derived from what occurs at the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` level in Odoo and, as such, are better understood with an example." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:150 msgid "Frankie's Consignment Shop buys sweaters at the cost, or :guilabel:`Unit Value`, of `5.00` dollars. For the first time, Frankie's purchases and receives a :guilabel:`Quantity` of `100.00` sweaters in one stock move, then re-sells and delivers `-10.00` sweaters in a second stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:154 msgid "In the first stock move line item, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will change from `100.00` to `90.00`, once the second stock move is recorded. This change reflects that, although 100 sweaters were originally purchased, only 90 of those sweaters remain in stock and should be counted in the valuation. Similarly, the :guilabel:`Remaining Value` will drop from `$500.00` to `$450.00`. The :guilabel:`Total Value` will remain at `$500.00`, regardless of subsequent transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:161 msgid "On the other hand, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the second stock move line item will be recorded and remain at `0.00` because the quantity of `-10.00` was sold. In the system, because the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` was a sale, there is no stock left that needs to be valued from that transaction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:0 msgid "Remaining value and quantity are calculated based on :abbr:`SVLs (stock move layers)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:170 msgid "Change the valuation date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:172 msgid "To see the valuation of stock moves at a specific date and time, click the :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page. The report will show the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Total Value` of each stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:177 msgid "The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` of the stock moves will *not* be point-in-time for any dates chosen in the past. The stock moves shown when selecting a past date will still display the *current on-hand quantity and value* of the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:182 msgid "A business has 100 sofas in stock on January 1st and sells 20 of those sofas on February 1st. The :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` of the :abbr:`SVL (stock move layer)` will drop from `100.00` to `70.00` on February 1st. If no other stock moves take place, and on February 1st, the :guilabel:`Valuation at Date` is selected as January 1st, the :guilabel:`Remaining Quantity` will still show as `70.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:191 msgid "Pivot view: stock aging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:193 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, access pivot view by clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon. This view is essentially a *stock aging report*, and it shows the on-hand quantity and value of inventory by purchase date, which can help monitor products with expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:201 msgid "By default, the pivot view shows the value of all *product categories* by *day and month*. Clicking the :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon in each column or row will reveal a drop-down list of options to create a more granular breakdown of the inventory valuation. The drop-down options include: :guilabel:`Product`, :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Company`, or :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` Clicking the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`(minus)` icon collapses the field back to an empty state." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:208 msgid "In the table, the :guilabel:`Remaining Qty` column displays the number of on-hand items, and :guilabel:`Remaining Value` displays the total cost of purchasing these items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:-1 msgid "Stock aging report, showing product row items and day columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:301 msgid "Graph view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:219 msgid "The stock value can be depicted graphically by clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon. By default, the graph is displayed in :icon:`fa-line-chart` line chart view and filtered to show the cumulative total of all inventory value over time in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:223 msgid "At the top of the report, a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` bar chart or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` pie chart view can be selected instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/aging.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting essentials <../../../../essentials/reporting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:7 msgid "The *Locations* dashboard in the *Inventory* application provides an overview of on-hand storage locations for company products. Use this report to see where stock is stored, identify :ref:`misplaced items `, or view past inventory to see product locations on specific dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:13 msgid "The *Reporting* menu in *Inventory* is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:16 msgid "To access the locations report, the *Storage Locations* feature must be enabled. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Then, access the locations dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:24 msgid "Navigate the locations dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:26 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard lists all on-hand products in stock (in the :guilabel:`Product` column), along with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current storage location. If a product is stored at `Shelf 1` and `Shelf 2`, the product is listed twice, showing quantities at each location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Package`: the package that the product is stored in, if any." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: if the product has a lot or serial number, it is specified here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Reserved Quantity`: on-hand quantity reserved for operations, such as pickings, delivery orders, or manufacturings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: the unit of measure of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:52 msgid "Click the buttons to the right of each row item to access additional information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:42 msgid ":icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:47 msgid "View what the product is reserved for, by clicking the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button on the far-right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:50 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Moves History` page, remove the :icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`Done` filter. Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal filter options, and select the :guilabel:`To Do` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Display *Moves History* page of to-do deliveries that reserved the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:58 msgid ":icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules <../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page to replenish products at the specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:61 msgid "In the upper-left corner of the page, click the the :guilabel:`New` button to make an :doc:`inventory adjustment <../inventory_management/count_products>` to record quantities of a certain product at a specific :guilabel:`Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:65 msgid "To view products, quantities, and their locations for a specified date, click the :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button (also located in the upper-left corner of the page). Select a date and time in the :guilabel:`Inventory at Date` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:70 msgid "Generate reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:72 msgid "After learning how to :ref:`navigate the locations dashboard `, it can be used to create and share different reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:76 msgid "A few common reports that can be created using the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard are detailed below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:80 msgid "Dead stock report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:82 msgid "To get list of expired items, also referred to as *dead stock*, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:142 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:143 msgid "Then, click the |down| icon to the right of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to reveal a drop-down list of :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorite` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:87 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts` option under the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:90 msgid "The report now displays a list of expired products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:93 msgid "This report can also be generated from the :ref:`Lot and Serials Numbers ` page, accessed by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:-1 msgid "Show a list of products whose expiration dates have exceeded today." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:104 msgid "Stranded inventory report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:106 msgid "Businesses using multi-step flows in the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* apps, may have *stranded* items, which are products not in their proper storage locations, due to human error. Use this report to periodically check transfer locations (e.g. *WH/Input*, *WH/Pre-Processing*) to ensure items are moved to their intended storage locations, and accurately recorded in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:111 msgid "To get a list of items that might be sitting idly in storage, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:114 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, begin typing the name of the location where products are intended to be moved to, such as `WH/Input`, or `WH/Packing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:116 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Search Location for:` [location name] option from the resulting drop-down menu that appears beneath the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show search result for the location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:123 msgid "The report now displays a list of products at the transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:126 msgid "Searching `Input` in :guilabel:`Location` shows a list of products at a *WH/Input* location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:128 msgid "The list shows `500` quantities of `Chicken`, which is alarming if not refrigerated soon after reception. The stranded inventory report helps identify items that have been idling in non-storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items stored at a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:137 msgid "Inventory discrepancy report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:139 msgid "To generate a report of items that have been moved since the last :doc:`inventory audit <../inventory_management/cycle_counts>`, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:145 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Internal Locations` and :guilabel:`Conflicts` option from the :guilabel:`Filters` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:147 msgid "The report now displays items whose quantities have changed since the last cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show items from the *Conflicts* filter in the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:153 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-history` :guilabel:`History` button to view inventory transfers, including receipts and deliveries, that have occurred since the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/locations.rst:0 msgid "Show *Moves History*, showing a delivery that occurred after an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:3 msgid "Moves history dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:5 msgid "The *Moves History* report in Odoo *Inventory* provides a detailed record of product movements (containing past and current locations), lot numbers, and reasons for movement. Reports can be generated for any time frame, making this report essential for analyzing stock levels, monitoring inventory turnover, and identifying any discrepancies in inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:9 msgid "The reporting feature is only accessible to users with :doc:`admin access <../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:14 msgid "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Moves History`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:-1 msgid "Display Moves History report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:23 msgid "Navigate the moves history report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:25 msgid "In the report, the columns represent:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: calendar date and time of the stock move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Reference`: description of the reason for the stock move or quantity change, such as a receipt number (e.g. `WH/IN/00012`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product involved in the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: specifies the lot or serial number of the tracked product being moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`From`: source location of the moved product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`To`: destination location of the moved product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: number of products moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit`: unit of measure of the products moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: indicates the move status, which can be :guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available` (ready for action), or :guilabel:`Partially Available` (insufficient quantities to complete the operation)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:66 msgid "Search options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:44 msgid "Use the following search options to customize the :guilabel:`Moves History` report to display relevant information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:70 msgid "Filters" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:72 msgid "The :guilabel:`Filters` section allows users to search among pre-made and custom filters to find specific stock records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`To Do`: show stock move records that are in progress. This includes lines with a :guilabel:`Status` column value of :guilabel:`Available` or :guilabel:`Partially Available`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Done`: completed stock moves, with a :guilabel:`Status` of :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: displays move records from vendor locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: displays move records to customer locations, including customer returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Internal`: displays move records from one internal location to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacturing`: shows records where products were produced from the virtual, production :doc:`location <../inventory_management/use_locations>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: select this drop-down menu to access various date filter options and view stock moves from a specific month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Last 30 Days`: show records that occurred in the last thirty days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Last 3 Months`: show records from the last three months." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:111 msgid "Group By" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:70 msgid "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom groupings to the search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: group records by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: group records by the three status types: :guilabel:`Done`, :guilabel:`Available`, and :guilabel:`Partially Available`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: group records by :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Day`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`Transfers`: group records by operation number, e.g. `WH/OUT/00012`, `WH/MO/00211`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: group records by source location (the :guilabel:`From` column in this report)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: group records by product category. To configure these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Batch Transfer`: group records by :doc:`batch <../../shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:123 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:89 msgid "To save the current applied filters and groups, so the same information can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current search`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:92 msgid "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this current view the default filter when opening the :guilabel:`Moves History` report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:132 msgid "Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/moves_history.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`../../../../essentials/search`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:3 msgid "Stock report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:5 msgid "Use the stock report in Odoo *Inventory* for a detailed list of all stored products, including those reserved, purchased and in transit, as well as those delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:12 msgid "To access the stock report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:-1 msgid "Show the stock report, accessible by going to Inventory > Reporting > Stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:19 msgid "Navigate the stock report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:21 msgid "On the stock report, the left sidebar includes several groupings to narrow down what is being shown. The default groupings are :guilabel:`Warehouses`, which filters products by specific warehouses, and :guilabel:`Category`, which shows products within a selected product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:26 msgid "The :guilabel:`Warehouse` grouping is only available when there are multiple warehouses in the database. Refer to the :doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses` documentation for more details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:29 msgid "In the report itself, the columns represent:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: name of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit Cost`: average inventory valuation per unit, adjusted based on the cost to purchase and/or manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Value`: Total inventory valuation of the product, calculated by multiplying unit cost by on-hand quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:38 msgid ":ref:`Compute average cost inventory valuation per unit `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Inventory valuation methods <../../product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: current quantity of products. Click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon to :doc:`modify the on-hand quantity <../inventory_management/count_products>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Free to Use`: on-hand quantity that are **not** reserved for delivery or manufacturing orders, and are available to sell or use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Incoming`: items expected to arrive at the warehouse. Number of products is based on quantities in confirmed purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Outgoing`: items expected to leave the warehouse or be consumed in manufacturing orders. Number of products is based on quantities in confirmed sales or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`History`: access the stock move history of the product, displaying information about the quantity and description of why the product was moved from one location to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Replenishment`: access the :doc:`reordering rules <../replenishment/reordering_rules>` page for the product to create or manage methods of procuring the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: break down of on-hand quantity at multiple storage locations. Only available when the product is stored in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Forecast`: access the forecasted report to view on-hand, incoming, and outgoing quantities. Report also contains links to confirmed purchase, sales, or manufacturing orders. Only available when there are confirmed sales, purchase, or manufacturing orders for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: display products published on the website. Only available with the *Website* app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Available in POS`: display products available through the *Point of Sale* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`Available in Self`: display products available in self order through the *Point of Sale* app. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Available in Self Order` checkbox was ticked in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of a product form's :guilabel:`Sales` tab. The option is only available when the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox is ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:0 msgid "In the Sales tab of a product form, showing *Available in Self Order* setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Not available in Self`: display products available in *PoS*, but not available in self order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:91 msgid "`Configure PoS products `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: display products that can be sold to customers. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` checkbox is ticked on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Purchased`: display products that can be bought from vendors. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is ticked on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Recurring`: show subscription products, indicated by ticking the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox on the product form. Only available with the *Subscription* app activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:100 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Rented`: show products that can be loaned to customers for a certain time. Appears in the search because the :guilabel:`Can be Rented` checkbox was ticked on the product form. Only available with the *Rental* app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Subcontracted`: display products that can be produced by a third-party manufacturer. Available only with the *Manufacturing* app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Expensed`: show items that can be expensed. Only available with the *Expenses* app installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`../../product_management/configure/type`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:113 msgid "The :guilabel:`Group By` section allows users to add pre-made and custom groupings to the search results." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: group items by :doc:`product type <../../product_management/configure/type>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:118 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Category`: group items by product category. To configure these, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Products: Product Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`POS Product Category`: group items by :doc:`point of sale product categories <../../../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:125 msgid "To save the current applied filters and groupbys, so the same information can be easily accessed after closing this page, click :guilabel:`Save current search`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting/stock.rst:128 msgid "Optionally, tick the :guilabel:`Default filter` checkbox to make this current view the default filter when opening the stock report. Or tick the :guilabel:`Shared` checkbox to make the search option available to other users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an employee and a department" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting :guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the page can be used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's warranty will expire" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab at the bottom of the page provides information about the failure frequency of the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days the equipment is expected to operate between failures. This number can be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the average number of days the equipment operates between failures. This number is calculated automatically based on previous failures, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the estimated date the equipment may experience its next failure. This date is calculated automatically based on the data in the :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure` and :guilabel:`Latest Failure` fields, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: the most recent date on which the equipment failed. This date is based on the creation date of the equipment's most recent maintenance request, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the average number of days needed to repair the equipment. This number is calculated automatically based on the duration of previous maintenance requests, and cannot be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for a piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:91 msgid "To see any open maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for the equipment, and click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance calendar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:7 msgid "Avoiding equipment breakdowns, and blocks in warehouse work centers, requires constant equipment maintenance. Timely corrective maintenance for machines and tools that break unexpectedly, as well as preventive maintenance to ensure that such issues are avoided, are key to keeping warehouse operations running smoothly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:12 msgid "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can access the *Maintenance Calendar* to create, schedule, and edit both corrective and preventive maintenance requests, to stay on top of equipment and work centers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16 msgid "Create maintenance request" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:18 msgid "Maintenance requests can be created directly from the *Maintenance Calendar*. To access the calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:21 msgid "To create a new request, click anywhere on the calendar. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up window. In the :guilabel:`Name:` field, assign a title to the new request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "New event creation pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:28 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the pop-up window saves the new request with no additional details. If the request's creation should be cancelled, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:31 msgid "To add more details and schedule the request for a specific date and time, click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:33 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens a blank maintenance request form, where various details about the request can be filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:37 msgid "Edit maintenance request" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:39 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Request` field, assign a title to the new request. In the :guilabel:`Created By` field, from the drop-down menu, select which user the request was created by. By default, this field populates with the user actually creating the request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "New maintenance request form creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:47 msgid "In the :guilabel:`For` field, from the drop-down menu, select if this request is being created for a piece of :guilabel:`Equipment`, or a :guilabel:`Work Center`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:51 msgid "If :guilabel:`Work Center` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field's drop-down menu, two additional fields appear on the form: :guilabel:`Work Center` and :guilabel:`Block Workcenter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:54 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, select which work center in the warehouse this maintenance request applies to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:57 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Block Workcenter` option's checkbox is ticked, it is not possible to plan work orders, or other maintenance requests, in this work center during the time that this request is being performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:61 msgid "If :guilabel:`Equipment` is selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, which it is by default, select which machine or tool requires maintenance from the :guilabel:`Equipment` field. Once a specific piece of equipment is selected, a greyed-out :guilabel:`Category` field appears, listing the *Equipment Category* to which the equipment belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:66 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field, if necessary, click the drop-down menu to select a worksheet template. These templates are custom templates that can be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:70 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Category` field, the :guilabel:`Request Date` field displays the date requested for the maintenance to happen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:73 msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field provides two selectable radio button options: :guilabel:`Corrective` and :guilabel:`Preventive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Corrective` maintenance is for requests that arise for immediate needs, such as broken equipment, while :guilabel:`Preventive` maintenance is for planned requests, to avoid breakdowns in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:80 msgid "If this request is tied to a specific |MO|, select that |MO| from the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:83 msgid "From the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the desired maintenance team who will perform the maintenance. In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, select the technician responsible for the request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Filled-out details of maintenance request form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:91 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to open a calendar popover. From this popover, select the planned date of the maintenance, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:94 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Duration` field, enter the the amount of hours (in a `00:00` format) that the maintenance is planned to take." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:97 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Priority` field, choose a priority between one and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`. This indicates the importance of the maintenance request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:100 msgid "If working in a multi-company environment, from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company to which this maintenance request belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:103 msgid "At the bottom of the form, there are two tabs: :guilabel:`Notes` and :guilabel:`Instructions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:105 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, type out any internal notes for the team or technician assigned to the request, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:108 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab, if necessary, select one of the three radio button options to provide maintenance instructions to the assigned team or technician. The available methods for providing instructions are via :guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`Google Slide`, or :guilabel:`Text`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Instructions tab options on maintenance request form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:117 msgid "Calendar elements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:119 msgid "The *Maintenance Calendar* provides various views, search functions, and filters to help keep track of the progress of ongoing and planned maintenance requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:122 msgid "The following sections describe elements found across various views of the calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:125 msgid "Filters and Favorites" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:127 msgid "To access the maintenance calendar, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:130 msgid "To add and remove filters for sorting data on the *Maintenance Calendar*, click the :guilabel:`🔻 (triangle pointed down)` icon, to the right of the search bar at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:133 msgid "The left-hand side of the resulting drop-down menu lists all the different :guilabel:`Filters` users can select. By default, :guilabel:`To Do` and :guilabel:`Active` are selected, so all open requests are displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:138 msgid "To add a custom filter to the :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar`, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, under the :guilabel:`Filters` section of the drop-down menu. This opens an :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:142 msgid "From this pop-up window, configure the properties of the new rule for the filter. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:145 msgid "The right-hand side of the drop-down menu lists the :guilabel:`Favorites`, or any searches that have been saved as a favorite to be revisited at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Favorites section of filters drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:152 msgid "To save a new :guilabel:`Favorite` search, select the desired :guilabel:`Filters`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save current search`. In the field directly below :guilabel:`Save current search`, assign a name to the search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:156 msgid "Under the assigned name, there are two options, to save the current search either as the :guilabel:`Default filter`, or as a :guilabel:`Shared` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:159 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Default filter` sets this filter as the default when opening this calendar view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:162 msgid "Selecting the :guilabel:`Shared` filter makes this filter available to other users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:164 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save`. When clicked, the new :guilabel:`Favorite` filter appears in the :guilabel:`Favorites` column, and a :guilabel:`⭐ (gold star)` icon appears with the filter's name in the search bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:169 msgid "Views" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:171 msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is available in six different views: :guilabel:`Calendar` (default), :guilabel:`Kanban`, :guilabel:`List`, :guilabel:`Pivot`, :guilabel:`Graph`, and :guilabel:`Activity`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Different view type icons for maintenance calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:180 msgid "Calendar view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar` is the default view displayed when the :guilabel:`Maintenance Calendar` is opened. There are a number of options in this view type for sorting and grouping information about maintenance requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:186 msgid "In the top-left corner of the page, there is a drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default. Clicking that drop-down menu reveals the different periods of time, in which the calendar can be viewed: :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. There is also an option to :guilabel:`Show weekends`, selected by default. If unselected, weekends are not shown on the calendar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Calendar period drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:196 msgid "To the left of this menu, there is a :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` icon and a :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon. Clicking these arrows moves the calendar backward or forward in time, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:199 msgid "To the right of the drop-down menu set to :guilabel:`Week`, by default, is a :guilabel:`Today` button. Clicking this button resets the calendar to view today's date, no matter which point in time is being viewed before clicking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:203 msgid "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, displaying all the *Technicians* with requests currently open. Click the :guilabel:`(panel)` icon at the top of this sidebar to open or close the sidebar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:209 msgid "The :guilabel:`Technician` list only displays if technicians are assigned to open requests, and individual technicians are only listed, if they are listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` on at least **one** maintenance request form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:214 msgid "Kanban view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:216 msgid "With the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, all open maintenance requests are displayed in Kanban-style columns, in their respective stages of the maintenance process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:219 msgid "Each maintenance request appears on its own task card, and each task card can be dragged-and-dropped to a different stage of the Kanban pipeline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:222 msgid "Each column has a name (i.e. :guilabel:`In Progress`). Hovering at the top of a column reveals a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon reveals a list of options for that column: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Automations`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Column options for stage in Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:230 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` folds the column to hide its contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:232 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Edit` opens an :guilabel:`Edit: (stage name)` pop-up window, with the corresponding stage name, wherein the column's details can be edited. The following are the column options that can be edited:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Edit In Progress pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the stage in the Kanban pipeline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:241 msgid ":guilabel:`Folded in Maintenance Pipe`: when checked, this stage's column is folded by default in the :guilabel:`Kanban` view type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:243 msgid ":guilabel:`Request Confirmed`: when this box is not ticked, and the maintenance request type is set to *Work Center*, no leave is created for the respective work center when a maintenance request is created. If the box *is* ticked, the work center is automatically blocked for the listed duration, either at the specified date, or as soon as possible, if the work center is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: the order in the maintenance process, in which this stage appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:249 msgid ":guilabel:`Request Done`: if ticked, this box indicates this stage is the final step of the maintenance process. Requests moved to this stage are closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:252 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. If no changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Discard`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:256 msgid "List view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:258 msgid "With the :guilabel:`List` view selected, all open maintenance requests are displayed in a list, with information about each request listed in its respective row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:261 msgid "The columns of information displayed in this view type are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:263 msgid ":guilabel:`Subjects`: the name assigned to the maintenance request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:264 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the employee who originally created the maintenance request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:265 msgid ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for the maintenance request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:266 msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: the category the equipment being repaired belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:267 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage`: the stage of the maintenance process the request is currently in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company environment, the company in the database the request is assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:272 msgid "Pivot view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:274 msgid "With the :guilabel:`Pivot` view selected, maintenance requests are displayed in a pivot table, and can be customized to show different data metrics." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:277 msgid "To add more data to the pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`Count` is selected. Additional options to add to the table are :guilabel:`Additional Leaves to Plan Ahead`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and :guilabel:`Repeat Every`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Measures options on Pivot view page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:285 msgid "To the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` button is the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. Clicking this button opens a pop-up window titled :guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your pivot.`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:289 msgid "There are two tabs in this pop-up window: :guilabel:`Spreadsheets` and :guilabel:`Dashboards`. Click into one of these tabs, and select a spreadsheet or dashboard in the database to add this pivot table to. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. If this table shouldn't be added to a spreadsheet or dashboard, click :guilabel:`Cancel`, or click the :guilabel:`X` icon to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:294 msgid "To the right of the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button are three buttons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Flip axis`: the x and y axis of the pivot data table flip." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Expand all`: all the available rows and columns of the pivot data table expand fully." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Download xlsx`: the pivot data table is downloaded as an .xlsx file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:303 msgid "With the graph view selected, the following options appear between the search bar and visual representation of the data. These graph-specific options are located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` and :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Graph type icons on Graph view page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:311 msgid "There are three different types of graphs available to users to view the data:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:313 msgid ":guilabel:`Bar Chart`: the data is displayed in a bar chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:314 msgid ":guilabel:`Line Chart`: the data is displayed in a line chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Pie Chart`: the data is displayed in a pie chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:317 msgid "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Bar Chart` graph, the data can be formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:320 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:327 msgid ":guilabel:`Stacked`: the data is stacked on the graph." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:329 msgid ":guilabel:`Descending`: the data is displayed in descending order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:322 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:330 msgid ":guilabel:`Ascending`: the data is displayed in ascending order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:324 msgid "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Line Chart` graph, the data can be formatted in the following ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Cumulative`: the data is increasingly accumulated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:332 msgid "When viewing the data as a :guilabel:`Pie Chart` graph, all relevant data is displayed by default, and no additional formatting options are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:336 msgid "Activity view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:338 msgid "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, all open maintenance requests are listed in their own row, with the ability to schedule activities related to those requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Maintenance requests on Activity view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:345 msgid "Maintenance requests are listed in the :guilabel:`Maintenance Request` column as activities. Clicking a request opens a :guilabel:`Maintenance Request` popover that indicates the status of the request, and the responsible technician. To schedule an activity directly from the popover, click :guilabel:`➕ Schedule an activity`. This opens a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:350 msgid "From the pop-up window, choose the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, provide a :guilabel:`Summary`, schedule a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and choose the responsible user in the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Schedule Activity pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:358 msgid "Type any additional notes for the new activity in the blank space under the greyed-out :guilabel:`Log a note...` field. When clicked, this changes to :guilabel:`Type \"/\" for commands`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:361 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Schedule` to schedule the activity. Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Schedule & Mark as Done` to close the activity, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to close the activity and open a new one, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to cancel the activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:365 msgid "With the :guilabel:`Activity` view selected, each activity type available when scheduling an activity is listed as its own column. These columns are :guilabel:`Email`, :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, :guilabel:`Maintenance Request`, :guilabel:`To-Do`, :guilabel:`Upload Document`, :guilabel:`Request Signature`, and :guilabel:`Grant Approval`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:370 msgid "To schedule an activity with that specific activity type, click into any blank box on the corresponding row for the desired maintenance request, and click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon. This opens an :guilabel:`Odoo` pop-up window, wherein the activity can be scheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:-1 msgid "Odoo pop-up schedule activity window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:379 msgid ":doc:`maintenance_requests`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_calendar.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:243 msgid ":doc:`add_new_equipment`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance requests" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:7 msgid "In order to keep equipment and work centers functioning properly, it is often necessary to perform maintenance on them. This can include preventive maintenance, intended to prevent equipment from breaking down, or corrective maintenance, which is used to fix equipment that is broken or otherwise unusable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:12 msgid "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can create *maintenance requests* to schedule and track the progress of equipment and work center maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:18 msgid "To create a new maintenance request, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:21 msgid "Begin filling out the form by entering a descriptive title in the :guilabel:`Request` field (e.g., `Drill not working`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:24 msgid "The :guilabel:`Created By` field auto-populates with the user creating the request, but a different user can be selected by clicking on the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:27 msgid "In the :guilabel:`For` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equipment` if the maintenance request is being created for a piece of equipment, or :guilabel:`Work Center` if it is being created for a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:31 msgid "Depending on the option selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, the next field is titled either :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center`. Using the drop-down menu for either field, select a piece of equipment or a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:35 msgid "If the *Custom Maintenance Worksheets* setting is enabled in the *Maintenance* app's settings, a :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field appears below the :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center` field. If necessary, use this field to select a worksheet to be filled out by the employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:40 msgid "The next field is titled :guilabel:`Request Date`, and is set by default to the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be changed by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Corrective` option if the request is intended to fix an existing issue, or the :guilabel:`Preventive` option if the request is intended to prevent issues from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:47 msgid "If the request is being created to address an issue that arose during a specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:50 msgid "If an |MO| was selected in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field, a :guilabel:`Work Order` field appears below it. If the issue arose during a specific work order, specify it in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:53 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the maintenance team that is responsible for managing the request. If a specific team member is responsible, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:56 msgid "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field is used to specify the date on which maintenance should take place, and the time it should begin. Choose a date by clicking on the field to open a calendar in a pop-up window, and then select a day on the calendar. Enter an hour and minute in the two fields below the calendar, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date and time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:61 msgid "The :guilabel:`Duration` field is used to specify the time it takes to complete the maintenance request. Use the text-entry field to enter the time in a `00:00` format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:64 msgid "If :guilabel:`Work Center` was selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, a :guilabel:`Block Workcenter` checkbox appears below the :guilabel:`Duration` field. Enable the checkbox to prevent work orders or other maintenance from being scheduled at the specified work center while the maintenance request is being processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:69 msgid "The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to communicate the importance (or urgency) of the maintenance request. Assign the request a priority between zero and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`, by clicking on the desired star number. Requests assigned a higher priority appear above those with a lower priority, on the Kanban board used to track the progression of maintenance requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:74 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant details about the maintenance request (why the maintenance issue arose, when it occurred, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:77 msgid "The :guilabel:`Instructions` tab is used to include instructions for how maintenance should be performed. Select one of the three options, and then include the instructions as detailed below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`PDF`: click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's file manager, and then select a file to upload." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Google Slide`: enter a :guilabel:`Google Slide link` in the text-entry field that appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:-1 msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:92 msgid "Process maintenance request" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:94 msgid "Once a maintenance request has been created, it appears in the *New Request* stage of the *Maintenance Requests* page, which can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:98 msgid "Maintenance requests can be moved to different stages by dragging and dropping them. They can also be moved by clicking on a request to open it in a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102 msgid "Successful maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage, indicating that the specified piece of equipment or work center is repaired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:105 msgid "Failed maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Scrap` stage, indicating the specified piece of equipment, or work center, could not be repaired, and must instead be scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:8 msgid "Odoo *Maintenance* helps companies schedule corrective and preventive maintenance on equipment used in their warehouse. This helps companies avoid equipment breakdowns, blocks in warehouse work centers, and emergency repair costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:13 msgid "Maintenance teams" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:15 msgid "When creating maintenance requests, a *maintenance team* can be assigned to the request as the team responsible for handling the request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:18 msgid "To view existing maintenance teams, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Maintenance Teams`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:21 msgid "From the resulting :guilabel:`Teams` page, a list of all existing teams (if any) is displayed, with the :guilabel:`Team Name`, :guilabel:`Team Members`, and :guilabel:`Company` listed in the columns, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "List of Teams on Maintenance Teams page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:29 msgid "To add a new team, click :guilabel:`New`. This adds a blank line at the bottom of the list of teams. In the blank field that appears below the :guilabel:`Team Name` column, assign a name to the new maintenance team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:33 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Team Members` column, click the field to reveal a drop-down menu with existing users in the database. Choose which users should be members of the new maintenance team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:36 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Team Members` pop-up window to search for users **not** shown on the initial drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Search: Team Members pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:43 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Company` column, if in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu to select the company in the database to which this new maintenance team belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:49 msgid "The team members assigned to maintenance teams are also referred to as *Technicians*, when viewing the *Maintenance Calendar*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:52 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Calendar`, and click on an existing maintenance request. From the resulting popover, locate the :guilabel:`Technician` field. The name listed in the field is the team member, and is the user responsible for that particular request." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Maintenance request popover with Technician field shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:61 msgid "At the far-right side of the page is a sidebar column, containing a minimized calendar set to today's date, and a :guilabel:`Technician` list, displaying all the technicians (or team members) with requests currently open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:66 msgid "Equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:68 msgid "In Odoo *Maintenance*, *equipment* refers to machines and tools used internally in warehouse work centers. Equipment can include technology such as computers or tablets, power tools, machines used for manufacturing, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:73 msgid "Equipment categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:75 msgid "Each piece of equipment belongs to an *equipment category*. Before adding new equipment, make sure that a fitting equipment category is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:78 msgid "To create a new equipment category, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a blank equipment category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Equipment category form with various information filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:86 msgid "On the blank form, assign a name in the :guilabel:`Category Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:88 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, assign a user to be responsible for the equipment in this category, if necessary. By default, the user who creates the category is selected as :guilabel:`Responsible`, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:92 msgid "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom the equipment in this category belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:95 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field, assign an email alias to this category, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:97 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Comments` field, type any comments or notes for internal users to reference in relation to this category, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:101 msgid "Once a new equipment category is created, all equipment belonging to that category, as well as any past or currently open maintenance requests, are available from the equipment category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:104 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Configuration --> Equipment Categories`, and select a category to view. Locate the :guilabel:`Equipment` and :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart buttons at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Equipment and Maintenance smart buttons on equipment category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:112 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Equipment` smart button to view all equipment belonging to this category. Click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` smart button to view any past, or currently open, maintenance requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:117 msgid "Machines & tools" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:119 msgid "To add new equipment, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Equipment --> Machines & Tools`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:122 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, assign a name for the new equipment. In the :guilabel:`Equipment Category` field, click the drop-down menu and select which category this new equipment should belong to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:126 msgid "If in a multi-company environment, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Company` field, and select the company in the database to whom the new equipment belongs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:129 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Used By` field, select from one of three radio button options: :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Employee`, or :guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Left-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:136 msgid "If :guilabel:`Department` is selected, a :guilabel:`Department` field appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu and select the department that uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:140 msgid "If :guilabel:`Employee` is selected, an :guilabel:`Employee` field appears below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menu, and select the employee who uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:143 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Other` option is selected, both the :guilabel:`Department` and :guilabel:`Employee` fields appear below the :guilabel:`Used By` field. Click the drop-down menus for the respective fields, and choose which department and employee uses this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:147 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Team` field, select the team responsible for this equipment. In the :guilabel:`Technician` field, select the team member/user responsible for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Right-hand side of information fields on new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:154 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Used in location` field, enter the location wherein this equipment will be used, if not in an internal work center (e.g. in an office)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:157 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Work Center` field, click the drop-down menu, and select which work center this equipment will be used in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:160 msgid "In the blank space under the :guilabel:`Description` tab at the bottom of the form, add any relevant information describing the equipment for users to reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:164 msgid "Product Information tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:166 msgid "To add any relevant information while creating a new piece of equipment, from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Product Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Product Information tab with available fields below it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:173 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, add the vendor from which the equipment was purchased. In the :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field, add the product reference number obtained from the vendor, if applicable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:177 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Model` field, specify which model this equipment is, if applicable. If the equipment is serialized, add a serial number in the :guilabel:`Serial Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:180 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar popover, and select a date. This date indicates when this equipment was first put in use, and will be used to compute the Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) in the equipment's :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:184 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Cost` field, specify how much the equipment cost to acquire, if applicable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:186 msgid "If the equipment is covered under a warranty, specify the :guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date` by selecting a date from the calendar popover in that field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:190 msgid "Maintenance tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:192 msgid "Various maintenance metrics are available for each piece of equipment, and are automatically computed, based on corrective maintenance, and planned preventive maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:195 msgid "To view the maintenance metrics for a specific piece of equipment, from the equipment form, click the :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "Maintenance tab on equipment form showing computed metrics fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:202 msgid "Doing so reveals the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:204 msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days) before the next failure is expected. This is the **only** field not greyed-out, and the **only** field users can edit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:207 msgid ":guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`: the amount of time (in days) between reported failures. This value is computed based on completed corrective maintenances." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:209 msgid ":guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`: the date on which the next failure is expected. This date is computed as the Latest Failure Date + |MTBF|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:211 msgid ":guilabel:`Latest Failure`: The date of the latest failure. The value in this field updates once a failure is reported for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:213 msgid ":guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`: the amount of time (in days) it takes to repair this equipment upon failure. This value updates once a maintenance request is completed for this equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:217 msgid "Work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:219 msgid "To view the work centers where equipment is being used, and how the equipment is being used in them, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Equipment --> Work Centers`, and click into a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:223 msgid "From the resulting work center form, click the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab to view all machines and tools being used in that specific work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:226 msgid "Each piece of equipment is listed with certain relevant information: the :guilabel:`Equipment Name`, the responsible :guilabel:`Technician`, the :guilabel:`Equipment Category` it belongs to, and a few important maintenance metrics: its |MTBF|, |MTTR|, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:-1 msgid "List of equipment included in a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:235 msgid "To add new equipment to a work center directly from the work center form, click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This opens an :guilabel:`Add: Maintenance Equipment` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_setup.rst:239 msgid "From the pop-up window, select the equipment that should be added to the work center, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "The kit's components must also be configured as products via :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the previously configured kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option. Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the :doc:`product variants <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the :guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a new value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be added to the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:79 msgid ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green :guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where available optional products will appear, if they have been created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant, different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional :guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click :guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the :guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials (BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../basic_setup/bill_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, :guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and :guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary. The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies.rst:-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations --> Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of products that can be processed at the work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 msgid "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is not already active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:94 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the documentation on :doc:`creating a bill of materials <../basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the :guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new :guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the :guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before* the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo *Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a |BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the :guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that precedes it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 msgid "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:-1 msgid "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup.rst:5 msgid "Basic setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) documents specific components, along with their respective quantities, that are needed to produce or repair a product. In Odoo, |BoMs| as blueprints for manufactured goods and kits, and often include production operations and step-by-step guidelines, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:15 msgid "BoM setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "To create a |BOM|, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "Next, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "Then, specify :ref:`required components ` and, if necessary, define any :ref:`manufacturing operations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:26 msgid "Individual |BOMs| can also be quickly accessed or created by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on any product form, as accessible through the *Sales*, *Inventory*, and *Manufacturing* apps, as well as through any internal links where a product is referenced (such as in a field or a line item)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "Show BoM for a product, with components listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "BoM for `Drawer`, displaying the **Components** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:44 msgid "Components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of a |BOM|, specify components used to manufacture the product by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the :guilabel:`Components` drop-down menu, select from existing products or create a new product by typing the name and selecting either the :guilabel:`Create \" \"` option to quickly add the line item, or the :guilabel:`Create and edit...` option to add the component and continue to its configuration form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Add a component by selecting it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:56 msgid "Optionally, access additional fields by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjust)` icon to the far-right of the :guilabel:`Components` tab. Tick the checkboxes for the following features to enable these columns:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify which :doc:`product variant <../advanced_configuration/product_variants>` each component is used in. When the field is left blank, the component is used in all product variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Consumed in Operation`: specify the operation using the component. Useful for determining :ref:`manufacturing readiness `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Manual Consumption`: tick the checkbox to force operators to check the :guilabel:`Consumed` checkbox on a manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show a manufacturing order, highlighting the *Consumed* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "Not doing so triggers the :guilabel:`Consumption Warning` error message, where the consumed component quantity must be manually inputted. Otherwise, the operation cannot be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show the consumption warning error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "Add an *operation* to a |BOM| to specify instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use this feature, first enable the *Work Orders* feature by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "\"Work Orders\" feature in the Settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:99 msgid "Next, navigate to the |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bill of Materials` and selecting the desired |BOM|. To add a new operation, go to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:103 msgid "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window, where the various fields of the operation are configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: name of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Center`: select existing locations to perform the operation, or create a new work center by typing the name and selecting the :guilabel:`Create \" \"` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants`: specify if this operation is only available for certain product variants. If the operation applies to all product variants, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`Configuring BoMs for product variants <../advanced_configuration/product_variants>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Duration Computation`: choose how time spent on the operation is tracked. Opt for :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` to use the operation's time tracker or :guilabel:`Set duration manually` if operators can record and modify time themselves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:119 msgid "Choosing the :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` option enables the :guilabel:`Based on last __ work orders` option, which automatically estimates the time to complete this operation based on the last few operations. Choosing :guilabel:`Set duration manually` enables the :guilabel:`Default Duration` field instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Duration`: estimated amount of time to complete the operation; used for `planning manufacturing orders `_ and determining `work center availability `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: specify the company the |BOM| is available in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:128 msgid "Include operation details in the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab. Choose :guilabel:`PDF` to attach a file or :guilabel:`Google Slide` with *public* access to share a link. Select :guilabel:`Text` to type instructions in the :guilabel:`Description` text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:133 msgid "Type `/` for a list of formatting options and features, including ChatGPT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show ChatGPT feature to generate instructions for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Fill out the Create Operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:143 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save \\& Close` to close the pop-up window. To add more operations, click :guilabel:`Save & New` and repeat the same steps above to configure another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:147 msgid "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:150 msgid "After creating an operation, click the :guilabel:`Copy Existing Operations` button to choose an operation to duplicate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show Operation tab, highlighting the \"Copy Existing Operations\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:158 msgid "Instructions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:161 msgid "To add detailed instructions to operations, the *Quality* app must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:163 msgid "Add specific instructions to an existing operation by clicking the operation's :icon:`fa-list-ul` :guilabel:`(list)` icon in the :guilabel:`Instructions` column. The number in the :guilabel:`Instructions` column shows the number of existing detailed instructions there are for the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Show the Instructions column, and list icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:172 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Steps` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank quality control point form where the new manufacturing step can be created. Here, give the specific instruction a :guilabel:`Title` and set the :guilabel:`Type` to :guilabel:`Instructions`. In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab of the form, write out the directions for the step in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:178 msgid "Further customizations can be made here on this form, beyond ordinary instructions, to also include specific types of quality control points that carry specific (or complex) conditions. For more details about quality control points refer the :doc:`Instruction check <../../quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Show the page to add a quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:188 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:190 msgid "The :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab contains more |BoM| configurations to customize procurement, calculate costs, and define how components are consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Readiness`: choosing :guilabel:`When components for the 1st operation are available` shows the :guilabel:`Component Status` as a **green** :guilabel:`Not Available`, when only the components that are consumed in the first operation are in stock. This indicates that although not all components are available, operators can at least begin with the first operation. Choosing :guilabel:`When all components are available` displays a **red** :guilabel:`Not Available` component status unless all components are in available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:203 msgid "Specify which operation consumes each component on the |BoM| in the :ref:`Manual Consumption field `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show the *Component Status* field on the manufacturing order dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:210 msgid ":guilabel:`Version`: displays the current |BoM| version, visible with the Odoo *PLM* app installed for managing |BoM| changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Flexible Consumption`: specifies if components used can deviate from the quantity defined on the |BoM|. Choose :guilabel:`Blocked` if operators **must** adhere strictly to the |BoM| quantity. Otherwise, choose :guilabel:`Allowed` or :guilabel:`Allowed with Warning`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:215 msgid ":guilabel:`Routing`: select the preferred warehouse's manufacturing operation type for products produced in multiple warehouses. If left blank, this warehouse's `Manufacturing` operation type is used by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: select pre-created :doc:`analytic distribution models <../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>` from the list to automatically record the cost of manufacturing products in the chosen journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:221 msgid ":guilabel:`Manuf Lead Time`: define the number of days needed to complete a |MO| from the date of confirmation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to prepare Manufacturing Order`: number of days needed to replenish components, or manufacture sub-assemblies of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:227 msgid ":doc:`Analytic distribution <../../../finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:228 msgid ":doc:`Lead times <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "Show the *Miscellaneous* tab of the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:236 msgid "Add by-products to BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:238 msgid "A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production in addition to the main product of a |BOM|. Unlike the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:241 msgid "To add by-products to a |BOM|, first enable the *By-Products* feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Operations` section, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`By-Products` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:-1 msgid "\"By Products\" feature in the settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:249 msgid "Once the feature is enabled, add by-products to a |BOM| by clicking the :guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and fill in the :guilabel:`By-product`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Optionally, specify a :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` for the by-product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:255 msgid "The by-product, `Mush`, is created in the `Grind grapes` operation when producing `Red Wine`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration.rst:0 msgid "Show sample by-product in the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the :guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 msgid "The assignment of lots or serial numbers to newly manufactured products is optional. To optionally :doc:`assign lots or serial numbers <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking>` to newly manufactured products, go to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Tracking` field, select :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:38 msgid "Doing so enables the *Lot/Serial Number* field on a manufacturing order, or the *Register Production* instruction on a work order card in the *Shop Floor* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "\"Lot/Serial Number\" field on the MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:45 msgid "**Lot/Serial Number** field on the MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:51 msgid "**Register Production** option to generate lot/serial number on a work order card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:54 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:56 msgid "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to manufacture a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 msgid "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a new |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 msgid "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM produces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until all components have been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:79 msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added (e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:86 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:96 msgid "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how to :doc:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing order costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:11 msgid "The ability to accurately calculate the cost of manufacturing a product is critical when determining product profitability. Odoo's **Manufacturing** app simplifies this calculation by automatically calculating the cost to complete each manufacturing order (MO), as well as the average production cost of a product, based on all completed |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:17 msgid "Odoo's Manufacturing app distinguishes between the *MO cost* and the *real cost* of an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:19 msgid "The |MO| cost represents how much it *should* cost to complete an |MO|, based on the configuration of the product's bill of materials (BoM). This takes into account the cost and quantity of components, as well as the cost of completing the necessary operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:23 msgid "The real cost represents how much it *actually* costs to complete the |MO|. A few factors can cause the real cost to differ from the |MO| cost. For example, an operation may take longer to complete than estimated, a greater component quantity might be needed than was specified on the |BoM|, or the price of components may change during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:29 msgid "Cost configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:31 msgid "Odoo computes |MO| costs based on the configuration of the |BoM| used to manufacture a product. This calculation includes the cost and quantity of components and operations listed on the |BoM|, in addition to the operating costs of the work centers where those operations are carried out, and the amount paid to each employee who works on an operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:37 msgid "Component cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:39 msgid "Component cost is calculated automatically, based on the average purchase cost of a component across all purchase orders (POs). To view a component's cost, navigate to :guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a component product. The cost is displayed in the :guilabel:`Cost` field of the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the component's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:44 msgid "It is possible to set the cost of a component manually, by clicking the :guilabel:`Cost` field on the component's product form and entering a value. However, any future |POs| for the component override a manually entered value, resetting the :guilabel:`Cost` field back to an automatically computed value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:52 msgid "Work center cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:54 msgid "To set the operating cost for a specific work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and select a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:57 msgid "To set the cost of operating the work center for one hour, enter a value in the :guilabel:`per workcenter` field, located beside the :guilabel:`Cost per hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:61 msgid "To set the hourly cost of each employee that operates the work center, enter a value in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, located beside the :guilabel:`Cost per hour` section on the work center's :guilabel:`General Information` tab. For example, if `25.00` is entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, it costs $25.00 per hour for *each* employee working at the work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:68 msgid "The value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field is only used to calculate the |MO| cost, which is the estimated cost of completing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:71 msgid "The actual cost of completing the |MO| is represented by the real cost. Instead of using the value entered in the :guilabel:`per employee` field, the real cost is calculated using the hourly cost specific to each employee." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:75 msgid "For example, if the :guilabel:`per employee` cost of a work center is '$50.00', and an employee with an hourly cost of '$60.00' completes a work order there, the |MO| cost (estimated) is calculated using the $50/hr cost, while the real cost is calculated using the $60/hr cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:79 msgid "See the :ref:`employee cost section ` below for information on how to set the cost for specific employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:85 msgid "Employee cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:87 msgid "To set the hourly cost for a specific employee, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees` app, and select an employee. On the employee's form, select the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, and enter the employee's rate in the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` field of the :guilabel:`Application Settings` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:93 msgid "As detailed in the :ref:`work center cost section ` above, the value entered in the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` field on the employee's form is used to calculate the real cost of an |MO|. The estimated cost of an |MO|, referred to as the |MO| cost, uses the per employee cost set on each work center's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:99 msgid "|BoM| configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:101 msgid "Configuring a |BoM| so Odoo can accurately calculate the cost of |MOs| that use it requires two steps. First, components **must** be added, and the required quantity specified. Second, operations **must** be added, along with the work centers where they are carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:105 msgid "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Select a |BoM|, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:108 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM| form, add each component by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Component` column, and entering the quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:112 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, add an operation by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` to open the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window. Enter a title for the operation in the :guilabel:`Operation` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:116 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Work Center` where the operation is carried out. Then, add a :guilabel:`Default Duration`, which is the estimated amount of time the operation takes to complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:119 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Duration Computation` field is set to :guilabel:`Set duration manually`, which means that the number entered in :guilabel:`Default Duration` field is always used as the expected duration of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:123 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Compute based on tracked time` causes Odoo to automatically compute the :guilabel:`Default Duration` based on a certain number of work orders, which is set in the :guilabel:`Based on` field. Before there are work orders to compute this duration, the value in the :guilabel:`Default Duration` field is used instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:128 msgid "The hourly cost of operating the work center, and the duration of the operation, are used to calculate the operation's cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:131 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the operation to the |BoM|, and close the :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window. Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the operation to the |BoM|, and open a blank :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window to add another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:137 msgid "For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the documentation on :doc:`bills of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:141 msgid "|MO| overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:143 msgid "Each |MO| has an *overview* page, which lists a variety of information about the |MO|, including |MO| cost and real cost. To view the overview for an |MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and select an |MO|. Then, click the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`Overview` smart button at the top of the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:148 msgid "Both the |MO| cost and real cost take into account the cost and quantity of components, as well as the cost of completing each work order. The overview page lists a row for each of these values, with the sum of them listed at the bottom of the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:152 msgid "Before work begins on an |MO|, the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` columns display the same costs. This is the *estimated* cost of completing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:155 msgid "However, once work commences, the values in the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column may begin to diverge from the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column. This happens if a different component quantity is used than was listed on the |MO|, the duration of a work order is different than expected, or the hourly cost of the employee performing a work order differs from the employee cost set on the work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:161 msgid "Once the |MO| has been completed by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` column update to match those displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Cost` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:-1 msgid "The MO Overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:169 msgid "Average manufacturing cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:171 msgid "In addition to the cost of each individual |MO| for a product, Odoo also tracks the average cost of manufacturing the product, taking into account the cost of every completed |MO|. To view this, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:175 msgid "The manufacturing cost of the product is displayed per unit of measure in the :guilabel:`Cost` field, located in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. The value continues to update as the costs of additional |MOs| are factored into the average cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:179 msgid "To the right of the :guilabel:`Cost` field is a :guilabel:`Compute Price from BoM` button, which only appears for products with at least one |BoM|. Click this button to reset the cost of the product to the expected cost, which only takes into account the components and operations listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:186 msgid "Be aware that clicking :guilabel:`Compute Price from BoM` does not set the price permanently. The cost continues to update based on the average of the |BoM| price and the real cost of any future |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:190 msgid "Example workflow: manufacturing cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:193 msgid "Golf product manufacturer *Fairway Fields* produces a variety of golf products, including an indoor *putting green*. They have configured a |BoM| for the putting green, so Odoo automatically calculates the manufacturing cost of each putting green |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:197 msgid "The |BoM| lists two components:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:199 msgid "One unit of *green felt*, which costs $20.00." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:200 msgid "One unit of a *rubber pad*, which costs $30.00." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:202 msgid "The |BoM| also lists four operations, all of which are carried out at *Assembly Station 1*, which has an hourly operating cost of $30.00. Those operations are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:205 msgid "*Cut felt*: default duration of seven minutes, for a total cost of $3.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:206 msgid "*Cut rubber pad*: default duration of five minutes, for a total cost of $2.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:207 msgid "*Attach pad to felt*: default duration of 15 minutes, for a total cost of $7.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:208 msgid "*Cut holes*: default duration of three minutes, for a total cost of $1.50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:210 msgid "Altogether, the components required to produce one putting green cost $50.00, and the operations required cost $15.00, for a total manufacturing cost of $65.00. This cost is reflected in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on the putting green's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:214 msgid "Fairway Fields confirms an |MO| for one putting green. Before manufacturing starts, the |MO| overview lists a cost of `$65.00` in both the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:-1 msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, before production starts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:222 msgid "Manufacturing begins, and the operations take ten minutes longer than expected, for a total manufacturing time of 40 minutes. This deviation from the |BoM| is reflected on the |MO| overview, which now lists a :guilabel:`Real Cost` of `$70.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:-1 msgid "The MO Overview page for one putting green, during production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:230 msgid "Once manufacturing is finished, and the |MO| is marked as *Done*, the |MO| overview updates again, so the values in the :guilabel:`MO Cost` and :guilabel:`Real Cost` columns match, each displaying a value of `$70.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/mo_costs.rst:234 msgid "On the putting green's product page, the :guilabel:`Cost` field now displays a cost of `$67.50`, the average of the original cost of $65.00 and the real cost of $70.00 from the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory counts still update based on the number of components used and products manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the :guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to :ref:`configure a product for manufacturing `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the :guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from the work order tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the :guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Shop Floor workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the :guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117 msgid "On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124 msgid "When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, and the steps required to complete the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133 msgid "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click :guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137 msgid "Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141 msgid "The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to automatically register that number as the quantity produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146 msgid "If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to register that number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151 msgid "The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155 msgid "After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is titled :guilabel:`Close Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as *Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the product that were produced are entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the :guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the work order open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175 msgid "This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the :guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: *WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store finished products transfer)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by :guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136 msgid "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click :guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185 msgid "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they are stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190 msgid "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by :guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the :guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:3 msgid "Allocation reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:11 msgid "When fulfilling sales orders (SOs), or sourcing components for manufacturing orders (MOs), it is sometimes necessary to prioritize one |SO| or |MO| over another. In situations where there is insufficient stock on-hand to fulfill every |SO| or |MO|, ensuring that products and components are reserved for priority orders is essential." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:16 msgid "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, allocation reports are used on |MOs| to assign products to specific sales orders |SOs|, or components to specific |MOs|. This ensures the products or components are available for those orders, and are not used by mistake." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:23 msgid "To use allocation reports, the *Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders* feature **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Allocation Report for Manufacturing Orders`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:28 msgid "For products that are sold, it is also necessary to configure them so they can be included in |SOs|. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Product Name` field on the product form, make sure that the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` checkbox is ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:34 msgid "Allocate products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:36 msgid "To allocate products or components from an |MO| to an |SO|, or to a different |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:40 msgid "On the |MO| form, select a product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and specify the quantity to be produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:43 msgid "The rest of the allocation workflow depends on the current on-hand quantity of the product being manufactured, and whether or not there are any |SOs| or |MOs| which require the product, but have not already been allocated units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:47 msgid "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** there are too few units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then an :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button appears at the top of the page as soon as the |MO| is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:51 msgid "If there **are** existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, **and** there are enough units of the product on-hand to fulfill those orders, then the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button only appears at the top of the page once the |MO| has been marked as done, by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 msgid "The Allocation smart button at the top of an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:61 msgid "If there **are not** any existing |SOs| and |MOs| that require the product, the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button does not appear, even when the |MO| has been marked as done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:64 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-list` :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button to open the :guilabel:`MRP Reception Report` for the |MO|. This report lists open delivery orders or |MOs|, depending on the type of product produced in the original |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:69 msgid "Allocate to delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:71 msgid "If the |MO| contains a finished product, the report lists any open delivery orders for which quantities of the product have yet to be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:75 msgid "An |MO| is created to produce three units of a *rocking chair*. Clicking the :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report that lists open delivery orders that require one or more rocking chairs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:79 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` button to the right of a specific order to assign products for each quantity required to fulfill that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:83 msgid "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` assigns five units of the product to fulfill both quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:87 msgid "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Assign` next to a specific quantity to only assign products to that quantity, and not any others in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:91 msgid "If an order requires one quantity of four units of the product, and one quantity of one unit of the product, clicking :guilabel:`Assign` next to the quantity of one unit assigns a product to that quantity, but leaves the quantity of four units without any products assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing finished products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:100 msgid "Allocate to MO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:102 msgid "If the |MO| contains a component, the report lists any open |MOs| for which quantities of the component have yet to be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:106 msgid "An |MO| is created to produce three units of *wood*, which is used as a component for the *rocking chair* product. Clicking the :guilabel:`Allocation` smart button on the |MO| opens an allocation report that lists open rocking chair |MOs| that require one or more pieces of wood." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:110 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign` button to the right of a specific |MO| to assign components to that |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 msgid "The MRP Reception Report for an MO containing components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:118 msgid "Unassign products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:120 msgid "After assigning products to a quantity within a delivery order, or components to an |MO|, the :guilabel:`Assign` button turns into an :guilabel:`Unassign` button. Click :guilabel:`Unassign` to unreserve the assigned products from that quantity, making them available for other quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:125 msgid "Print labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:127 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Assign All` or :guilabel:`Assign`, the :guilabel:`Print Labels` or :guilabel:`Print Label` button to the right of either button becomes selectable. Selecting either button generates and downloads a PDF document with one label for each product that was assigned. These labels are used to designate each product as being reserved for that specific order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:-1 msgid "The assignment labels generated by clicking Print Labels or Print Label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:3 msgid "Overall equipment effectiveness" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, *overall equipment effectiveness* (OEE) represents the amount of time a work center is fully productive. |OEE| is displayed as a percentage of the total time a work center is active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:13 msgid "Fully productive time is considered to be time when the work center is operational **and** processing work orders that have not exceeded their *expected duration*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:16 msgid "|OEE| helps manufacturing teams understand the efficiency of work centers, and the causes of manufacturing downtime." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:20 msgid "Since |OEE| tracks work center productivity, using it requires enabling the work centers feature in the settings of the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:23 msgid "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Work Orders`, under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:28 msgid "Efficiency standards" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:30 msgid "For |OEE| to accurately reflect the percentage of fully productive time for a work center, the work center **must** be properly configured with the correct productivity metrics. These include the work center's *time efficiency*, *capacity*, and *OEE target*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:35 msgid "Time efficiency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:37 msgid "Time efficiency represents the efficiency of a work center when processing work orders, and is represented as a percentage. A time efficiency value of 100% signifies that the work center processes work orders at the speed of the expected duration, as listed on a product's |BoM|. A value less than or greater than 100% signifies that the work center processes work orders slower or faster than an operation's expected duration, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:43 msgid "To set the time efficiency for a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a numerical value in the :guilabel:`Time Efficiency` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:48 msgid "Manufacturing a *chair* product requires two operations: *cut* and *assemble*. The product's |BoM| lists an expected duration of 30 minutes for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:51 msgid "The cut operation is carried out at the *cut station* work center, which has a time efficiency value of 50%. This means it takes twice as long to complete the operation, for a total time of one hour." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:55 msgid "The assemble operation is carried out at the *assembly line* work center, which has a time efficiency value of 200%. This means it takes half as long to complete the operation, for a total time of 15 minutes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:60 msgid "Capacity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:62 msgid "Capacity represents how many units of a product can be produced in parallel at a work center. The duration of work orders for multiple units increases or decreases, based on how many units the work center can handle." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:66 msgid "To set the capacity for a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a numerical value in the :guilabel:`Capacity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:71 msgid "A *drill station* work center has a capacity of one unit. An |MO| is confirmed for 10 units of a *chair*, a product manufactured using the drill station." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:74 msgid "Since there are ten times as many units to produce than the work center can handle at once, the operation time is ten times the duration listed on the product's |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:78 msgid "|OEE| target" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:80 msgid "The |OEE| target is the goal for how much of a work center's operating time should be fully productive time. It is displayed as a percentage, and should only be set as high as `100%`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:83 msgid "To set the |OEE| target for a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Work Centers`, and select a work center. On the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, enter a numerical value of `100.00` or less in the :guilabel:`OEE Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:88 msgid "Calculating |OEE|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:90 msgid "|OEE| is represented as a percentage value between zero and 100. The value signifies the amount of time that a work center was fully productive. The remainder signifies the amount of time that the work center was operating at less than full efficiency. This can occur for a number of reasons, including *reduced speed*, *material availability*, and *equipment failure*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:96 msgid "Fully productive time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:98 msgid "For a work center to be considered fully productive, it must be able to receive work orders, have the components necessary to process work orders, and be operating within the expected duration of the work order it is processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:103 msgid "An *assembly line* work center is not blocked, and receives a work order to assemble a *bicycle*. The required components are available, so production begins as soon as they are picked and delivered to the work center. The work order has an expected duration of 30 minutes, and is completed in 27 minutes. All of this time is considered fully productive time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:109 msgid "Reduced speed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:111 msgid "When a work center is operating at reduced speed, it means that it is processing a work order that has exceeded its expected duration. While the work center may be operational, this is not considered fully productive time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:116 msgid "A *cutting station* work center receives a work order to cut boards for a *table*. The expected duration of the work order is 15 minutes. The work order ends up taking 18 minutes to complete. The work center is considered to have been operating at reduced speed during the three minutes that exceeded the expected duration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:122 msgid "Material availability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:124 msgid "Material availability refers to situations where a work center is able to accept a work order, but the required components are not available. This can occur because the components are not in stock, or are reserved for a different order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:129 msgid "Manufacturing of a *bench* requires 20 units of *wood*. A manufacturing order (MO) is confirmed for 10 units of the bench, but there is not enough wood in stock to begin manufacturing. The time it takes to acquire the wood is recorded as material availability downtime." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:134 msgid "Equipment failure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:136 msgid "Equipment failure signifies any period of time when a work center is unusable due to maintenance issues with its equipment. This can be due to equipment breaking down, or when a work center is shut down for scheduled maintenance. In these cases, a work center can be blocked using a :doc:`maintenance request <../../maintenance/maintenance_requests>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:142 msgid "The drill at a *drill station* work center breaks down, causing the work center to be unusable. A maintenance request is created to fix the drill, and the work center is blocked from receiving work orders. It takes two hours to fix the drill, and make the work center available again. This two-hour period is recorded as equipment failure downtime." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:148 msgid "|OEE| reporting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:150 msgid "To view |OEE| reporting metrics for every work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Overall Equipment Effectiveness`. This page shows the metrics for each work center with |OEE| data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:154 msgid "Alternatively, to see |OEE| reporting metrics for a single work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and select a work center. At the top of the work center's form, click the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`OEE` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:158 msgid "By default, the main |OEE| reporting page shows data in a bar chart, while the page for a specific work center shows it in a pie chart. To select a different chart type on either page, click the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` button above the displayed chart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:163 msgid "It is also possible to see |OEE| data in a pivot view, or a list displaying each time entry, by clicking the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot view)` or :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list view)` buttons at the top-right corner of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/oee.rst:-1 msgid "The dashboard of the OEE report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:3 msgid "Production analysis" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:8 msgid "The *Production Analysis* report provides statistics about products manufactured using Odoo's *Manufacturing* app. The report is useful when trying to understand production costs, manufacturing durations, and other important statistics about manufactured products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:12 msgid "To open the Production Analysis report, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Reporting --> Production Analysis`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:16 msgid "The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is one of many reports available across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures specific to the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report, along with a few use case examples." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:21 msgid "For a full overview of the basic features available in most Odoo reports, see the documentation on :doc:`reporting essentials <../../../essentials/reporting>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:25 msgid "Measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:26 msgid "*Measures* are the datasets that can be selected in the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report. Each dataset represents a specific statistic about |MOs| in the database. Choose a measure by clicking the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and selecting one of the options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:31 msgid "The options displayed in the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu, and the order they appear in, differ depending on the filters, groupings, and comparisons enabled in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. By default, the available measures appear as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Employee Cost/Unit`: the average cost paid to employees to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`By-Products Total Cost`: the total value of all by-products created by manufacturing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Component Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the components required to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:41 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost/Unit`: the average cost of producing one unit of the product, including component, employee, operation, and subcontracting costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Duration of Operations/Unit`: the average total duration of operations required to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity Demanded`: the total number of units of the product included in |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity Produced`: the total number of units of the product that have actually been produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Component Cost`: the total amount spent on the product's components, across every |MO| for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Cost`: the total amount spent manufacturing every unit of the product produced so far." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Duration of Operations`: the cumulative duration of every operation completed while manufacturing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Employee Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to employees to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost`: the cumulative amount spent on operations required to produce the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Operation Cost/Unit`: the average cost of the operations required to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost`: the cumulative amount paid to subcontractors to produce the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Total Subcontracting Cost/Unit`: the average cost of engaging a subcontractor to produce one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Yield Percentage (%)`: the total quantity of the product produced versus the total quantity demanded, represented as a percentage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: the total count of |MOs| created for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "Only one measure can be selected at a time when one of the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph view)` options is enabled. However, multiple measures, and varying group-by criteria (on the x and y axes), can be selected when using the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:75 msgid "Use case: compare products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:77 msgid "One of the best uses for the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report is comparing statistics about two or more products. This is accomplished by entering the products into the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, then selecting the necessary measure, filter, and grouping, to see the desired data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:82 msgid "Toy manufacturer *Tommy's Toys* is trying to reduce their manufacturing operation costs. To accomplish this, they have decided to identify redundant products and cease manufacturing the ones with higher operational costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:86 msgid "Two of the toys that have been singled out for analysis are the *pogo stick* and *moon shoes*. Tommy's Toys believes these two toys are so similar that they can stop manufacturing one, without significantly impacting their product offering." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:90 msgid "To compare operation costs for the toys, business analyst Mike opens the :menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, he enters the names of both products. Then, he opens the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu, and clicks :guilabel:`Product` in the :guilabel:`Group By` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:96 msgid "Below the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, Mike clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Total Operation Cost/Unit` option. Finally, he selects the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)` graph type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:100 msgid "With these options selected, the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report shows a bar chart for the current year, with one bar for each product, signifying the average operation cost for one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:104 msgid "With this data, Mike is able to see that the average operation cost for the moon shoes is almost twice the cost of the pogo stick. Using this insight, Tommy's Toys decides to cease production of moon shoes, thus lowering their average cost of manufacturing operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0 msgid "The bar chart comparing the operation costs of the pogo stick and moon shoes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:113 msgid "Use case: compare time periods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:115 msgid "The :guilabel:`Production Analysis` report can also be used to compare data for two different time periods. This is accomplished using the options in the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:120 msgid "Furniture company *Fanny's Furnishings* wants to compare their production costs for the first and second quarters of 2024, to see which products they spent the most money producing in each quarter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:124 msgid "To compare the two time periods, shop floor supervisor Adam opens the :menuselection:`Manufacturing` app, and navigates to the :guilabel:`Production Analysis` page. He begins by selecting the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type option at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:130 msgid "The :guilabel:`Comparison` feature is meant to be used with the :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)` graph type, or the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:133 msgid "A :guilabel:`Comparison` option can still be selected with the other view types enabled, but doing so does not change the way data is displayed on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:136 msgid "Next, Adam selects the :guilabel:`Total Cost` option from the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu. This option displays the total amount spent producing each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:140 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu, he leaves the :guilabel:`2024` filter enabled in the :guilabel:`End Date` section, and enables the :guilabel:`Q2` filter as well. With both of these time periods selected, the pie chart shows data for the second quarter of 2024." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:144 msgid "Finally, Adam selects the :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Period` option in the :guilabel:`Comparison` section of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Doing so causes the pie chart to be split into an inner circle, and an outer ring." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:148 msgid "The outer ring shows data for the selected time period, quarter two of 2024. The inner circle shows data for the previous time period, quarter one of 2024." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:152 msgid "If :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Year` is selected instead of :guilabel:`End Date: Previous Period`, the inner circle shows data for the selected time period, one *year* previous." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:155 msgid "In the case of this example, it would show data for quarter two of 2023." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:157 msgid "Using this report, Adam can see that the products with the highest total cost for quarter two are the *bicycle* and *tricycle*. On the other hand, in quarter one, the *roller skates* had the highest total cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/production_analysis.rst:0 msgid "The pie chart view of the Production Analysis report, with a comparison filter enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. *Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the *Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on :doc:`upgrading a database <../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 msgid "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every |MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the :guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units` field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for 10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 msgid "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order has been worked on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears. Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production` line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the :guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a :guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the :guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 msgid "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:210 msgid "MO/WO prioritization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:212 msgid "The **Shop Floor** module uses the *scheduled date* entered on |MOs| to prioritize the |MOs| and work orders that appear on the module's dashboard and work center pages. |MOs| and work orders scheduled sooner are more highly prioritized, and appear before orders which are scheduled further out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:217 msgid "To specify the scheduled date on an |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:220 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover window. By default, the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, and its corresponding pop-up window, show the current date and time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:224 msgid "Use the calendar to select the date on which processing should begin for the |MO|. In the two fields at the bottom of the popover window, enter the hour and minute at which processing should begin, using the 24-hour clock format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:228 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` at the bottom of the popover window to set the date and time for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button at the top of the |MO| to confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:232 msgid "Once the |MO| is confirmed, it appears in the **Shop Floor** module, as long is it has the :guilabel:`Ready` status, which means all components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:235 msgid "On the Odoo dashboard, click on the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module to open it. The :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the dashboard displays *Ready* |MOs|, organized in order of their scheduled dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:239 msgid "At the top of the module, select a work center to see the work orders assigned to it. The page for each work center organizes work orders, based on the scheduled dates of their corresponding |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:243 msgid "Three |MOs| are confirmed for a *Bookcase* product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:245 msgid "WH/MO/00411 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 16th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:246 msgid "WH/MO/00412 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 20th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:247 msgid "WH/MO/00413 has a :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of August 18th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:249 msgid "On the :guilabel:`All MO #` page of the **Shop Floor** module, the cards for each |MO| appear in this order: WH/MO/00411, WH/MO/00413, WH/MO/00412." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:-1 msgid "MOs in the Shop Floor module, ordered by their scheduled date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:256 msgid "Each |MO| requires one work order, carried out at :guilabel:`Assembly Station 1`. Clicking on the :guilabel:`Assembly Station 1` button at the top of the screen opens the page for the work center, which displays one card for each work order, appearing in the same order as their corresponding |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor time tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:8 msgid "By signing in to the Odoo *Shop Floor* module as *operators*, employees are able to track the amount of time they spend working on each work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:11 msgid "Odoo tracks the time it takes to complete each work order, as well as the time each operator spends on each work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:15 msgid "Operator sign in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:17 msgid "To sign in to the *Shop Floor* module as an operator, sign in to the Odoo database, and open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module. The employee profile that is signed in to the database is automatically signed in as an operator." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:21 msgid "All active operators are listed in the operator panel on the left side of the module. The panel can be opened or collapsed by clicking the :guilabel:`show/hide panel (white square with black column on left side)` button, located in the top-left corner of the module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 msgid "The operator panel in the Shop Floor module, with the show/hide panel button above it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:29 msgid "To sign in to *Shop Floor* as a different employee, click the :guilabel:`+ Add Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window, which lists every employee that is able to sign in to the module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:33 msgid "Click on a specific employee to sign in using their profile. If no PIN code is required to sign in as that employee, the profile will be signed in automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:36 msgid "If a PIN code is required, a :guilabel:`Password?` pop-up window appears, showing a number pad, from which the code can be entered. Enter the code using the number pad, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to sign in to the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Password?\" pop-up window, which is used to enter an operator PIN code." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:45 msgid "A PIN code can be set for each employee, which must be entered each time they sign in to the *Shop Floor* module, check in or out in the *Kiosk Mode* of the *Attendances* application, or sign in as a cashier in the *Point of Sale* application." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:49 msgid "To set an employee PIN, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees` app, and select a specific employee. At the bottom of the employee's form, click on the :guilabel:`HR Settings` tab, and enter a numerical code in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:53 msgid "Once an employee is signed in to the module, their name appears in the operator panel, along with every other employee that has signed in. While the panel can list multiple employees, only one employee can be active at any given time, on a single instance of the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:57 msgid "Click on an employee's name to make their profile active. The active employee appears highlighted in blue, while employees that are signed in, but not active, have their names faded out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:60 msgid "To sign out a specific employee from the module, click the :guilabel:`X (remove)` button next to their name, in the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:64 msgid "Track work order duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:66 msgid "To track time spent working on a work order, begin by selecting the employee working on it from the operator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:69 msgid "Next, navigate to the page for the work center where the work order is scheduled to be carried out. This can be done by selecting the work center from the top navigation in the *Shop Floor* module, or by clicking the name of the work center on the card for the manufacturing order (MO) that the work order is a part of." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:74 msgid "On the page for the work center, find the card for the work order. Once work begins, click the header of the work order card to start timing the duration it takes to complete. This duration is displayed by a timer on the header of the work order card, which tracks the collective time spent working on the work order, by all employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 msgid "A work order card with an active timer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:83 msgid "In addition, the reference number of the work order appears in the operator panel, under the name of the employee working on it, along with a second timer, which tracks the amount of time the employee has spent on the work order individually. This timer only reflects work done during the current session, even if the employee has previously worked on the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:88 msgid "Employees are able to work on multiple work orders simultaneously, and track their time for each. The reference number for each work order being worked on appears below the employee's name, along with a timer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:-1 msgid "An employee card in the operator panel, showing two work order timers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:96 msgid "To pause the timer on the work order card, and remove the work order from below the employee's name on the operator panel, click the header a second time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:99 msgid "Once the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom of the work order card, which causes the card to fade away. If the timer is still active, it stops once the card disappears completely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:104 msgid "View work order duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:106 msgid "To view the duration of a work order, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:109 msgid "To view and select |MOs| that have been completed and marked as *Done*, remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, by clicking on the :guilabel:`X (close)` button on the right side of the filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:113 msgid "On the page for the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab to see a list of all work orders included in the |MO|. The time it took to complete each work order is displayed in the :guilabel:`Real Duration` column of the tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_tracking.rst:117 msgid "The *Real Duration* represents the total time spent working on the work order by all workers who worked on it. It includes time tracked in the *Shop Floor* module, as well as time tracked on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab of the |MO| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "Subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "In manufacturing, *subcontracting* is the process of a company engaging a third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:12 msgid "Subcontracting provides a variety of benefits for both the contracting company and the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:15 msgid "For the contracting company, subcontracting allows them to sell a wide variety of manufactured products, without having to worry about investing in and maintaining the equipment and labor required to handle the manufacturing themselves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:19 msgid "This helps contracting companies stay flexible throughout economic cycles, as they can easily increase or decrease their engagements with subcontractors, as necessitated by the current moment. It also means they are able to focus on tasks they excel at, while delegating more specialized work to subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:24 msgid "On the other side of the relationship, subcontracting allows subcontractors to specialize in more niche areas of production, which might not be as profitable outside the bounds of a subcontracting engagement. In certain arrangements, it also provides them with the flexibility to choose which projects they accept or decline, and how many they work on at any given time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:29 msgid "In Odoo, companies can configure their subcontracting workflows based on a variety of different factors, including how components are sourced, and what happens to finished products once they are manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:54 msgid "To enable subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:-1 msgid "The Subcontracting setting in the manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:62 msgid "With subcontracting enabled, a few different features become available in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "On bills of materials (BoMs), the *BoM Type* field now includes a *Subcontracting* option. Enabling the *Subcontracting* |BoM| type designates the |BoM|'s product as a subcontracted product, which means Odoo knows that it is produced by a subcontractor, and not by the company that owns the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "Two subcontracting routes become available in the *Inventory* app, and can be assigned to specific products, on the *Inventory* tab of their product pages:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:71 msgid "*Resupply Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:72 msgid "*Dropship Subcontractor on Order*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:75 msgid "Subcontracting workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:77 msgid "In Odoo, there are three subcontracting workflows, the main difference between them being *how* the subcontractor obtains the necessary components:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:80 msgid "In the *basic* subcontracting workflow, the subcontractor is fully responsible for obtaining the components. This workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_basic` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "In the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company sends the components from their warehouse to the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:86 msgid "In the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* workflow, the contracting company purchases the components from a vendor, and has them delivered directly to the subcontractor. This workflow is outlined in the :doc:`subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "In addition to how a subcontractor obtains components, it is also necessary to consider why a product is being subcontracted, as well as what happens to products once they are manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "In terms of why a product is being subcontracted, the two main reasons are to fulfill a customer order, or to replenish the quantity of stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:97 msgid "In terms of what happens to products once they are manufactured, they can either be shipped to the contracting company, or dropshipped directly to an end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "Each of the three subcontracting workflows described above can be configured to facilitate any of these possibilities, and the methods for doing so are outlined in their respective documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "Subcontracted product valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "The valuation of a subcontracted product depends upon a few different variables:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "The cost of the required components, if provided by the contracting company; from here on referred to as `C`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:110 msgid "The price paid to the subcontractor for the service of manufacturing the subcontracted product; from here on referred to as `M`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:112 msgid "The cost of shipping components to the subcontractor, and having them shipped back to the contracting company; from here on referred to as `S`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "The cost of dropshipping, if the components are shipped by the subcontractor to the end customer; from here on referred to as `D`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "Any other associated costs, like import taxes, etc.; from here on referred to as `x`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:118 msgid "Therefore, the total valuation of a subcontracted product (`P`) can be represented by the following equation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:121 msgid "P = C + M + S + D + x\n" "\n" "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:124 msgid "It is important to note that not every subcontracted product valuation will include all of these variables. For example, if the product is not dropshipped to the end customer, then there is no need to factor in the cost of dropshipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for the product's vendor to delivery the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:13 msgid "For subcontracted products specifically, delivery lead times can be configured to take into account the amount of time required for the subcontractor to manufacture a product. Doing so allows the contracting company to better predict the delivery dates of subcontracted products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:23 msgid "Like all lead times in Odoo, lead times for subcontracted products are only an estimate, and are based on how long actions are *expected* to take." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:34 msgid "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which means that lead times should not be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "When using the :doc:`basic subcontracting ` workflow to manufacture a product, a company is not responsible for supplying the subcontractor with the necessary components. This means that the only factors affecting the delivery date of a product are the amount of time it takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:31 msgid "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time that considers both of these factors, the *Expected Arrival* date displayed on purchase orders (POs) for the product more accurately reflects the amount of time required for both manufacturing and delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "Product delivery lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:46 msgid "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "Once the subcontractor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to manufacture and deliver the product, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "The Delivery Lead Time field for a subcontractor, on the Purchase tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:53 msgid "Multiple subcontractors can be added to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product's page, and a different :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` can be set for each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:57 msgid "Lead time workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:59 msgid "After setting a delivery lead time for a product's vendor, create an |RfQ| by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:62 msgid "Specify the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and adding a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "Once a product has been added, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field on the |RfQ| auto-populates with a date that reflects the vendor's delivery lead time, as specified on the product's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:69 msgid "If the date needs to be adjusted, click on the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field to open a calendar popover, and select the desired date. Make sure not to choose a date sooner than the one that was auto-populated, unless the subcontractor has confirmed that they are able to deliver the product by that date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` on the |RfQ| to turn it into a |PO|. At this point, the subcontractor should begin manufacturing the subcontracted product, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:79 msgid "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — to produce units of their *Tricycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "On average, Bike Friends requires three days to manufacture a tricycle, plus an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for tricycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:88 msgid "On May 3rd, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| to purchase one tricycle from Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "The :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date listed on the |PO| is May 8th, five days after the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "The Expected Arrival date on a PO for a subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:97 msgid "Bike Friends begins manufacturing the tricycle on May 3rd — the day that the |PO| is confirmed — and finishes on May 6th, three days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/basic_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "The tricycle is then shipped to Mike's Bikes the same day, and they receive it on May 8th, two days later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Dropship subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo, lead times are used to predict how long it takes to complete a certain action. For example, a *delivery lead time* can be set for a purchased product, which specifies the number of days it usually takes for the product's vendor to deliver the product to the purchasing company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:17 msgid "Certain subcontracted products require the contracting company to supply the subcontractor with manufacturing components. In this case, a *manufacturing lead time* can be used, in addition to the delivery lead time, to generate the date on which the subcontractor must receive the required components, in order to manufacture the product and deliver it on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:22 msgid "In cases where components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, an additional delivery lead time can be set for each component. This should be set to the amount of time it takes the vendor to deliver components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "Once a delivery lead time has been set on a component, dropship orders for the component display the date by which the order must be confirmed, so that it can be dropshipped to the subcontractor by the date on which manufacturing must begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:40 msgid "When using the :doc:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order ` route, a company is responsible for purchasing the necessary components from a vendor, and having them dropshipped directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:44 msgid "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, it is also necessary to consider how long it takes the component vendor to dropship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:48 msgid "By assigning a product's subcontractor a *delivery lead time*, specifying a *manufacturing lead time* on the product's BoM, and assigning the vendor of the components an additional *delivery lead time*, *Dropship Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the deadline for confirming a dropship order to send the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:56 msgid "To set a delivery lead time for a product's subcontractor, navigate to :guilabel:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:61 msgid "Product manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:73 msgid "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a BoM from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:66 msgid "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the same number of days that was entered in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field of the |BoM|'s product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "The Manuf. Lead Time field on a product's BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:74 msgid "While not all of these days are actually used for manufacturing by the subcontractor, setting the same number of days in each field tells Odoo that the subcontractor must receive the components and begin production by the start of the product's delivery lead time. This gives the subcontractor enough time to both manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:90 msgid "Component delivery lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:92 msgid "From the product's BoM, navigate to each component by clicking on the component in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and then clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` button to the right of the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:96 msgid "On the product page for each component, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. If the vendor has not already been added, do so now by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:100 msgid "Once the vendor has been added, enter the number of days it takes them to dropship the product to the subcontractor, in the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:104 msgid "Dropship subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:82 msgid "Create a request for quotation (RfQ) for the product by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:85 msgid "Specify the subcontractor in :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, add the product in the :guilabel:`Products` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, selecting the product in the :guilabel:`Product` column, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:113 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough time for the component vendor to dropship the components, and the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:117 msgid "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time of the product. However, this does not consider the time it takes to dropship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:121 msgid "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the extra time needed for the components to be delivered to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:102 msgid "Since production does not begin until they receive the components, leaving the date as is results in the finished product arriving *after* the date listed on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:128 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing so creates a second |RfQ| to purchase the components from the dropshipper, and have them sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`, and select the |RfQ| that lists the dropshipper in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field lists the date on which the subcontractor must receive the components, in order to deliver the finished product by the *Expected Arrival* date listed on the subcontractor |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:138 msgid "The :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field lists the latest date on which the |RfQ| can be confirmed, in order for the dropshipper to deliver the components to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:142 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|, and confirm the purchase of the components from the dropshipper. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to appear at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button to open the dropship order. This order can also be accessed from the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button that now appears on the subcontractor |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:149 msgid "After the dropshipper has delivered the components to the subcontractor, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the dropship order to confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:127 msgid "Once the subcontractor receives the components, they begin manufacturing the component, before delivering it to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:158 msgid "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — to produce units of their *Bicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:161 msgid "Mike's Bikes must purchase the required components from vendor Bike World, and have them dropshipped to Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:164 msgid "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each bicycle, plus an addition two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:167 msgid "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for bicycle manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:170 msgid "On the bicycle's BoM, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:173 msgid "On the product pages for each of the bicycle's components, they assign Bike World a delivery lead time of two days. This is the amount of time it takes Bike World to dropship each component directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:177 msgid "On May 10th, Mike's Bikes confirms a |PO| for one bicycle, with an expected delivery date of May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:180 msgid "The |RfQ| for purchasing the components from Bike World and having them dropshipped to Bike Friends has an Expected Arrival date of May 12th, and a Deadline of May 10th. The |RfQ| must be confirmed by the deadline in order for Bike Friends to receive the components by the Expected Arrival date, giving them enough time to deliver the finished bicycle to Mike's Bikes by May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "The Order Deadline and Expected Arrival dates on a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/dropship_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:190 msgid "Mike's Bikes confirms the |RfQ| on May 10th, and Bike World delivers the components to Bike Friends on May 12th. Bike Friends manufactures the bicycle, and delivers it to Mike's Bikes on May 17th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontracting lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:26 msgid "Unforeseen circumstances can impact the completion of these actions, which means that lead times should **not** be viewed as guarantees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:32 msgid "When using the :doc:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order ` route, a company is responsible for supplying the subcontractor with the necessary components. As a result, the subcontractor cannot begin manufacturing until the components have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:36 msgid "This means that, in addition to the amount of time it takes the subcontractor to manufacture and deliver the product, the date they receive the components must also be considered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:39 msgid "By assigning a product's subcontractor a delivery lead time, and specifying a manufacturing lead time on the product's bill of materials (BoM), *Resupply Subcontractor* orders for the product's components display the deadline by which the subcontractor must receive the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:49 msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on the product's page. If the subcontractor has not already been added as a vendor, do so now by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:63 msgid "Next, navigate to the product's |BoM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the product's page. Then, select a |BoM| from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:80 msgid "Resupply subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:89 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field, enter a date that provides enough time for the subcontractor to receive the components, manufacture the product, and deliver it back to the subcontracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:94 msgid "When a product is added to an |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` field auto-populates with a date that is today's date plus the delivery lead time of the product. However, this does **not** consider the time it takes to ship the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:98 msgid "When purchasing a product subcontracted using the Resupply Subcontractor on Order route, it is necessary to adjust this date to take into account the extra time needed for the components to be shipped to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:105 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a |PO|. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to appear at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:108 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button to open the resupply subcontractor order, which is the order created to send components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:111 msgid "The :guilabel:`Deadline` field on the resupply subcontractor order shows the deadline for the subcontractor to receive the components, in order for them to have enough time to manufacture and deliver the finished product by the Expected Arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:115 msgid "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field should display the latest date on which components can be shipped, while still arriving to the subcontractor by the :guilabel:`Deadline`. However, by default, the date displayed is the same as the date in the :guilabel:`Deadline` field, and must be updated to take into account the time required for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:120 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field to open a calendar popover from which a date can be selected. Select a date that allows for the components to be delivered by the :guilabel:`Deadline` on the resupply subcontractor order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:124 msgid "After the components are shipped, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm they have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:131 msgid "Bike retailer *Mike's Bikes* works with a subcontractor — *Bike Friends* — to produce units of their *Unicycle* product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:134 msgid "Mike's Bikes must supply Bike Friends with the necessary components for manufacturing the unicycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:137 msgid "On average, Bike Friends takes three days to manufacture each unicycle, plus an additional two days to deliver it to Mike's Bikes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:140 msgid "As a result, Mike's Bikes sets a delivery lead time of five days for unicycles manufactured by Bike Friends: three days for manufacturing, plus two days for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:143 msgid "On the unicycle's |BoM|, they enter a manufacturing lead time of five days, as well, to remind themselves of the date that components must be delivered to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:146 msgid "They confirm a |PO| for one unicycle, with an expected arrival date of May 30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:148 msgid "The resupply subcontractor order for shipping the components to the subcontractor shows a *Deadline* of May 25th. The subcontractor must receive the components by this date, in order to have enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and deliver it by May 30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:152 msgid "It takes Mike's Bikes two days to deliver the components, so they update the *Scheduled Date* field on the resupply subcontractor order to May 23rd, two days before the Deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:-1 msgid "The Scheduled Date and Deadline fields on a resupply subcontractor order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/resupply_subcontracting_lead_times.rst:159 msgid "Mike's Bikes ships the components to Bike Friends on the scheduled date of May 23rd, and they arrive on the deadline of May 25th. This gives Bike Friends enough time to manufacture the unicycle, and ship it back to Mike's Bikes by the expected arrival date of May 30th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:3 msgid "Basic subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:10 msgid "In manufacturing, subcontracting is the process of a company engaging a third-party manufacturer, or subcontractor, to manufacture products that are then sold by the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:13 msgid "In basic subcontracting, the subcontractor is responsible for acquiring the necessary components. This means that the contracting company only has to worry about what happens to subcontracted products once they are produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:17 msgid "The workflow for purchasing a product manufactured using basic subcontracting is similar to the one used when purchasing a non-subcontracted product from a vendor. The main differences are the way that subcontracted products are configured, and the fact that subcontracted products take longer to be sent from the vendor, since they must first be manufactured by them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:25 msgid "To use subcontracting in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting, under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:29 msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` setting is enabled, it is also necessary to properly configure the subcontracted product, and the product's |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:37 msgid "To configure a product for basic subcontracting, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:40 msgid "On the product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:44 msgid "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and use the :guilabel:`Routes` field to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished product once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:48 msgid "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:53 msgid "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the subcontractor, make sure that **only** the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:83 msgid "Configure BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:59 msgid "To configure a |BoM| for basic subcontracting, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product form, and select the desired |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:88 msgid "Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select the |BoM| for the subcontracted product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:92 msgid "For a full overview of |BoM| configuration, see the :doc:`Bill of materials <../basic_setup/bill_configuration>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:95 msgid "In the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Subcontracting` option. Then, add one or more subcontractors in the :guilabel:`Subcontractors` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:-1 msgid "The \"BoM Type\" field on a BoM, configured to manufacture the product using subcontracting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:76 msgid "Finally, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. In the :guilabel:`Manuf. Lead Time` field, enter the number of days it takes the subcontractor to manufacture the product. This number is factored in when calculating the product's expected arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:81 msgid "When using basic subcontracting, there is no need to list components in the :guilabel:`Components` tab of the |BoM|, since the components required for manufacturing, and the means by which they are acquired, are handled by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:86 msgid "Basic subcontracting workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:88 msgid "The basic subcontracting workflow consists of up to four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:90 msgid "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:92 msgid "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing so creates a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:94 msgid "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company, **OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:135 msgid "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the product is shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:138 msgid "The specific number of steps depends on the reason that the subcontracted product is being purchased from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:141 msgid "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts with creating an |SO|, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:144 msgid "If the reason is to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts with creating a |PO|, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:169 msgid "Create SO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:171 msgid "It is only necessary to complete this step if the product is being purchased from the subcontractor to fulfill a customer need. If the product is being purchased to increase the quantity of stock on-hand, move on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:175 msgid "To create a new |SO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:178 msgid "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select a subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:182 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This opens the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:128 msgid "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's form, **and** there is not enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:131 msgid "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product creates a delivery order instead, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:193 msgid "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the end customer. In that case, a |PO| is **always** created, even if there is enough stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:197 msgid "Process PO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:140 msgid "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to it by clicking the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button at the top of the |SO|, or by going to :guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and selecting the |PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:202 msgid "If a |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:205 msgid "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a subcontracted product in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:153 msgid "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product manufactured using basic subcontracting, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "A PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:161 msgid "PO for a basic subcontracting product, with a Receipt smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:242 msgid "Process receipt or dropship order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:166 msgid "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, depending on how the product was :ref:`configured `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:251 msgid "If the subcontractor ships the finished product to the contracting company, once it has been received, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:255 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the |PO|, or the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the page, to open the receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to enter the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:260 msgid "Process dropship order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:262 msgid "If the subcontractor dropships the product, once they have sent it, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:265 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button at the top of the page to open the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the order to confirm that the product has been sent to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:254 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:270 msgid "Process delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:256 msgid "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the finished product was **not** dropshipped to the customer, but rather delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic.rst:198 msgid "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that the product has been shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:3 msgid "Dropship to subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:15 msgid "In Odoo, the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase the necessary components for a subcontracted product from the vendor, and have them delivered directly to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:19 msgid "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired product, before shipping it back to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:23 msgid "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Dropship* and *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes. While both routes involve dropshipping, they are used for different purposes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:26 msgid "The *Dropship* route is used to purchase products from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:29 msgid "The *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route is used to purchase components from a vendor, and have them shipped directly to a subcontractor. By default, finished products are then sent from the subcontractor back to the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:33 msgid "However, it is possible to combine both the *Dropship* and *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes so they are used for the same product. In this workflow, components are dropshipped to the subcontractor, who then ships the finished product directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:37 msgid "This can be achieved by following steps one through five in the :ref:`workflow section ` of this doc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:43 msgid "To use the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:47 msgid "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's |BoM|, and the components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:53 msgid "To configure a product for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:59 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add the product's subcontractor as a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu, and entering a price in the :guilabel:`Price` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:71 msgid "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab to configure a route that determines what happens to the finished product, once it has been manufactured by the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:64 msgid "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| for the product upon confirmation of a |SO|, unless there is enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:79 msgid "If the finished product is shipped directly to the customer by the subcontractor, make sure that only the :guilabel:`Dropship` route is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:73 msgid "Configure bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:75 msgid "To configure a |BoM| for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and select the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:102 msgid "Finally, make sure that all necessary components are specified on the :guilabel:`Components` tab. To add a new component, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select the component in the :guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, and specify the required quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:97 msgid "Configure Components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:99 msgid "To configure components for the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:113 msgid "Alternatively, navigate to each component by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:106 msgid "On the component product form, select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and add a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and adding the price they sell the product for in the :guilabel:`Price` field. This is the vendor that sends components to the subcontractor, once they are purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:111 msgid "Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the :guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:114 msgid "Repeat the process for every component that must be dropshipped to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:119 msgid "Dropship subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:121 msgid "The dropship subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to six steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:123 msgid "Create a sales order (SO) for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a *subcontractor* |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:125 msgid "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing so creates a request for quotation (RfQ) to purchase the components from the vendor, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:128 msgid "Confirm the |RfQ| to turn it into a second |PO| (*vendor* |PO|); doing so creates a *Dropship Subcontractor* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:130 msgid "Process the *Dropship Subcontractor* order once the vendor has sent the components to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:132 msgid "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:135 msgid "If the workflow was started by creating an |SO|, and the finished product is not dropshipped to the end customer, process the delivery order once the product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:141 msgid "If the reason is to fulfill a specific customer order, the process starts with creating an SO, and ends with delivering the product to the customer, or having the subcontractor dropship it to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:144 msgid "If the reason is to increase quantity of stock on-hand, the process starts with creating a PO, and ends with receiving the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:148 msgid "Create an SO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:157 msgid "Select the customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` on the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, select the product in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, and enter a quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:161 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |SO|, at which point a :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button appears at the top of the page. This is the *subcontractor* |PO|, or the |PO| created to purchase the subcontracted product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:166 msgid "An |SO| for the product only creates a *subcontractor* |PO| if the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is no stock of the product on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:169 msgid "If there is stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product will instead create a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:172 msgid "This is not the case for subcontracted products that are dropshipped to the end customer. In that case, a *subcontractor* |PO| is **always** created, even if there is stock on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:176 msgid "Process subcontractor PO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:178 msgid "If a *subcontractor* |PO| was not created in the previous step, do so now by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:181 msgid "Begin filling out the |PO| by selecting a subcontractor from the :guilabel:`Vendor` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:183 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to create a new product line. Select a product produced by the subcontractor in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:187 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:189 msgid "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires dropshipping components to a subcontractor, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:-1 msgid "A subcontractor PO for a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a Receipt smart\n" "button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:198 msgid "In addition, an |RfQ| is created for the components that are purchased from the vendor and sent to the subcontractor. However, the |RfQ| **IS NOT** automatically linked to the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:201 msgid "Once the |RfQ| is confirmed and becomes a *vendor* |PO|, a *Dropship Subcontractor* order is created. This order is linked to both the *vendor* |PO| and the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:205 msgid "Confirm vendor RfQ" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:207 msgid "To access the |RfQ| created by confirming the *subcontractor* |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`. Select the |RfQ| that lists the correct vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and the reference number of the receipt that was created after confirming *subcontractor* |PO|, in the :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:212 msgid "On the |RfQ|, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field reads :guilabel:`Dropship Subcontractor`, and the :guilabel:`Dropship Address` field shows the name of the subcontractor to whom components are being dropshipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:216 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to turn the |RfQ| into a *vendor* |PO|, and confirm the purchase of components from the vendor. After doing so, a :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button appears at the top of the *vendor* |PO|, and a :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button appears at the top of the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:-1 msgid "A vendor PO for the components of a *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* product, with a\n" "Dropship smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:227 msgid "Process Dropship Subcontractor order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:229 msgid "Once the components have been delivered to the subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the *vendor* |PO| or the *subcontractor* |PO|. Then, click the :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button or the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:233 msgid "Clicking either button opens the *Dropship Subcontractor* order. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the order to confirm that the subcontractor has received the components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:239 msgid "Once the subcontractor has manufactured the finished product, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the *subcontractor* |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:242 msgid "If the subcontracted product should be received into inventory, once the product arrives, click the :guilabel:`Receive Products` button at the top of the *subcontractor* |PO| to open the receipt. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt to register the product into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:246 msgid "Alternatively, select the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the *subcontractor* |PO|, and click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:249 msgid "If the subcontracted product should be dropshipped, select the :guilabel:`Dropship` button at the top of the page to open the dropship order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` once the subcontractor has sent the product to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_dropship.rst:260 msgid "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:3 msgid "Resupply subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:13 msgid "In Odoo, the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route is used to deliver the necessary components for a subcontracted product to the subcontractor, each time a purchase order (PO) for that product is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:17 msgid "The subcontractor then uses the components to manufacture the desired product, before shipping it back to the contracting company, or dropshipping it to the end customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:21 msgid "It is necessary to understand the differences between the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* and the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:24 msgid "While both routes are used to supply a subcontractor with the components required for manufacturing a product, they differ in how the components are sourced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:27 msgid "When using *Resupply Subcontractor on Order*, components are shipped from the warehouse of the contracting company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:30 msgid "When using *Dropship Subcontractor on Order*, components are purchased from a vendor and shipped directly to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:33 msgid "The choice of which route to use depends upon the specific requirements of the subcontracting company and their subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:36 msgid "See the :doc:`subcontracting_dropship` documentation for a full overview of the *Dropship Subcontractor on Order* route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:42 msgid "To use the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Subcontracting`, under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:46 msgid "Once the *Subcontracting* setting is enabled, it is also necessary to properly configure the subcontracted product, the product's bill of materials (BoM), and the components listed on the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:55 msgid "To configure a product for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:64 msgid "The value entered in the :guilabel:`Price` field on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the of the subcontracted product's page is the amount paid to the subcontractor for the manufacturing of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:68 msgid "This does not represent the total cost of the product, which includes other elements, like the cost of the product's components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:74 msgid "If the finished product is shipped back to the contracting company, make sure that the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected. In addition, select the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route to automatically create a |PO| for the product upon confirmation of a sales order (SO), unless there is enough stock on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:85 msgid "To configure a |BoM| for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on the product's page, and select the |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:107 msgid "Configure components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:109 msgid "To configure components for the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route, navigate to each component from the |BoM| by selecting the component's name in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the right of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:116 msgid "On the component product form, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor on Order` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:119 msgid "Repeat the process for every component that must be sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:122 msgid "Resupply subcontractor on order workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:124 msgid "The resupply subcontractor on order workflow consists of up to five steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:126 msgid "Create an |SO| for the subcontracted product; doing so creates a |PO| to purchase the product from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:128 msgid "Confirm the |PO| created in the previous step, or create a new |PO|; doing so creates a *Resupply Subcontractor* order, as well as a receipt order or a dropship order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:130 msgid "Process the *Resupply Subcontractor* order once components for the subcontracted product have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:132 msgid "Process the receipt once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the subcontracted product, and shipped it back to the contracting company **OR** process the dropship order to ship the product directly to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:149 msgid "While the *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* route can be used to automatically resupply a subcontractor upon confirmation of a |PO|, it is also possible to create a resupply order manually. This workflow is useful when it is necessary to resupply the subcontractor without creating a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:154 msgid "To resupply a subcontractor manually, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, and click on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` card. Create a new *Resupply Subcontractor* order by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:158 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Delivery Address` field, select the subcontractor to whom the components should be sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:161 msgid "Then, add each component to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, selecting the component in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down field, and specifying a quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:165 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Mark as Todo` to register the order. Once the components have been sent to the subcontractor, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the order has been sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:187 msgid "An |SO| for the product only creates a |PO| if the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* route is enabled on the product's page, **and** there is not enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:190 msgid "If there is enough stock on-hand, confirming an |SO| for the product instead creates a delivery order, because Odoo assumes that the |SO| is fulfilled using the stock in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:199 msgid "If a |PO| was created in the previous step, navigate to :guilabel:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:210 msgid "When a |PO| is confirmed for a product that requires resupplying a subcontractor with components, a receipt or dropship order is automatically created, and can be accessed from the corresponding :guilabel:`Receipt` or :guilabel:`Dropship` smart button that appears at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:214 msgid "In addition, a *Resupply Subcontractor* order is created to ship the required components to the subcontractor. This order can also be accessed from the |PO|, by clicking the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart\n" "buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:223 msgid "A PO for a *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* product, with Resupply and Receipt smart buttons at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:227 msgid "Process Resupply Subcontractor order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:229 msgid "Once the subcontracted product's components have been sent to the subcontractor, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:232 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Resupply` smart button at the top of the screen to open the *Resupply Subcontractor* order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:236 msgid "Alternatively, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractor` card, and select the *Resupply Subcontractor* order. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the components have been sent to the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:244 msgid "Once the subcontractor has finished manufacturing the product, they either ship it to the contracting company, or dropship it to the end customer, depending on how the product was :ref:`configured `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:272 msgid "If the subcontracting workflow was started by a customer |SO|, and the finished product was **NOT** dropshipped to the customer, but rather delivered to the contracting company, it is necessary to ship the product to the customer, and process the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_resupply.rst:276 msgid "Once the product has been shipped to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and select the |SO|. Select the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the page to open the delivery order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` on the order to confirm that the product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows.rst:5 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:3 msgid "By-Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:9 msgid "When manufacturing certain products, it is common to be left with residual materials, in addition to the finished product. These materials are known as *by-products*. By specifying the by-products created during manufacturing on a product's bill of materials (BoM), the quantity of by-products on-hand is tracked by Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:15 msgid "Manufacturing a *rocking chair* requires ten pieces of wood. During production, five pieces of *scrap wood* are created, in addition to the rocking chair. By designating the scrap wood as a by-product on the rocking chair's |BoM|, Odoo tracks the on-hand count of scrap wood, as well as the quantity of rocking chairs produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:23 msgid "To specify by-products on a product's |BoM|, the *By-Products* setting **must** be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`By-Products` checkbox, located under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:-1 msgid "The By-Products setting on the Manufacturing app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:32 msgid "With the :guilabel:`By-Products` setting enabled, a :guilabel:`By-products` tab appears on product |BoMs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:36 msgid "Add byproduct to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:38 msgid "To add by-products to a |BoM|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and select a |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:41 msgid "On the |BoM|, select the :guilabel:`By-products` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select the by-product in the :guilabel:`By-product` drop-down field. In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity of the by-product produced during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:45 msgid "If the by-product is produced during a specific operation of a manufacturing order (MO), select the operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` field. For example, if a scrap wood by-product is produced during an *Assemble* operation, select that operation in the :guilabel:`Produced in Operation` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:-1 msgid "The By-Products tab on a BoM, configured with a \"Scrap Wood\" by-product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:55 msgid "Manufacture by-product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:57 msgid "When an |MO| is completed and marked as *Done*, Odoo registers the quantity of by-products created during the manufacturing process. To create a new |MO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:61 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, select a |BoM| on which by-products have been specified. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the corresponding product. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:65 msgid "When manufacturing is completed, click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button at the top of the |MO|. After doing so, inventory counts update to reflect the quantity of by-product(s) produced, as well as the quantity of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:69 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button at the top of the |MO| page to see the movements of components and products. Each by-product is listed on the resulting :guilabel:`Inventory Moves` page, with the :guilabel:`From` column displaying the virtual production location, and the :guilabel:`To` column displaying the location where the by-product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/byproducts.rst:-1 msgid "The Product Moves page for an MO with by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:3 msgid "Continuous product improvement" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:13 msgid "*Continuous improvement* is a general philosophy intended to help individuals and organizations constantly improve themselves and the work they produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:16 msgid "There are a variety of different methodologies that fall under the umbrella of continuous improvement. These include kaizen, six sigma, and lean, among others. While the specific steps of each method differ, their goal remains the same: implement a process by which improvement is a perpetual goal, rather than a one-time accomplishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:21 msgid "The sections below contain details about how Odoo can be used to implement four general steps common to many of the most popular continuous improvement strategies, with links to documentation about configuring the necessary features. The final section details how a specific company might configure these Odoo implementations within their organization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-identify`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-suggest`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-implement`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`manufacturing/workflows/ci-review`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:32 msgid "Continuous improvement is not a one-size-fits-all methodology. While most strategies include between four and six steps, proper implementation requires developing a system tailored to the specific needs of each company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:36 msgid "This is not a limitation, but rather a benefit, as it makes the methodology flexible enough to adapt to almost any use case. Odoo, in particular, adapts well to this flexibility, as it can be configured to meet the needs of almost any workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:40 msgid "As such, it is important to remember the content below only provides *examples* of how Odoo *might* be used. They should be viewed as more of a starting point, rather than a concrete outline that every organization must follow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:47 msgid "Identify problems" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:49 msgid "Before improvement can begin, it is necessary to determine where improvement is necessary. This is where identifying problems comes into play. Two of the best Odoo apps for identifying problems with products or processes are *Helpdesk* and *Quality*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:54 msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:56 msgid "The *Helpdesk* app is useful for receiving feedback from outside of the organization, like from clients or customers. This is accomplished by implementing one (or more) of the methods for :doc:`receiving tickets <../../../services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>`, including email aliases, live chat conversations, and website forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:61 msgid "Using these methods, customers can submit feedback about problems, which is then reviewed by a member of a :doc:`helpdesk team <../../../services/helpdesk>`. Depending on the outcome of the review, the team member may decide to take further action to ensure the issue is addressed. This can include creating a :doc:`quality alert <../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:7 msgid "Quality" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:69 msgid "The *Quality* app is useful for receiving feedback from *within* the organization, like from employees." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:72 msgid "One method for accomplishing this is to set up a :doc:`quality control point <../../quality/quality_management/quality_control_points>` (QCP). A |QCP| is used to automatically create quality checks at regular intervals, prompting employees to inspect, and confirm, the quality of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:77 msgid "If an issue is found, an employee can then create a :doc:`quality alert <../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to notify a quality team. Quality alerts can also be created independent of a |QCP|, in the event that an employee discovers an issue without being prompted to check for one. This is a great way for customer support employees to notify a quality team of an issue brought to their attention by a customer ticket." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:86 msgid "Suggest improvements" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:88 msgid "Once a problem is identified, the next step is to put forward ideas for how to address the problem. As with identifying problems, the *Quality app* is also useful for suggesting improvements. In addition, the *PLM* (*Product Lifecycle Management*) app can be used for this purpose, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:95 msgid "When creating a :doc:`quality alert <../../quality/quality_management/quality_alerts>` to bring an issue to the attention of a quality team, the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` and :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tabs can be used to provide feedback about how the issue can be addressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:100 msgid "The :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for fixing items affected by the issue. For example, `Screw the bolts on tighter, so the seat stays in place`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:103 msgid "The :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab is used to suggest a method for preventing the issue from occurring in the future. For example, `Do not tighten the screws too much, or they will be stripped`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:107 msgid "The quality team that reviews the alert sees these suggested actions, and can take them into account when deciding how to address the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:132 msgid "PLM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:113 msgid "The |PLM| app is used to manage the lifecycle of a product from its introduction through each successive version. As such, it is useful for testing ideas for product improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:116 msgid "Using :doc:`engineering change orders <../../plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders>`, product management teams can create new iterations of product |BoMs|, adding or removing specific components or operations, as needed. The products created using these |BoMs| are put through a review process to confirm the effectiveness of the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:124 msgid "Implement strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:126 msgid "Implementing strategies involves putting the proposed solutions from the suggest improvements step into action. The |PLM| app continues to be useful during this step, as it can be configured to make |BoM| updates. The *Field Service* app can also be used by certain companies to make improvements to products that have already been sold to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:134 msgid "Once |BoM| changes have gone through the proper review process, they can be approved, and the updated |BoM| put into use. This is accomplished by configuring one of the |ECO| review stages to :ref:`apply the changes ` made to the |BoM|, at which point the updated |BoM| becomes available for new |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:139 msgid "Product |BoMs| can continue to be updated, as needed. The :doc:`version control <../../plm/manage_changes/version_control>` features of the |PLM| app allow for easy management of all versions of a given |BoM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:144 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:146 msgid "The |PLM| app is a great way to make changes to product |BoMs|. However, these changes only affect products produced using the new |BoM|. If a defective product has already been sold to a customer, it may be necessary to repair (or update) that product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:150 msgid "In such a case, the *Field Service* app can be used to schedule :doc:`onsite interventions <../../../services/field_service/creating_tasks>`. These interventions allow service technicians (or other employees) to be sent to a customer's location to address an issue with a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:158 msgid "Review actions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:160 msgid "Reviewing actions is where the \"continuous\" part of continuous improvement comes into play, as it allows an organization to evaluate the decisions made in the previous steps. As such, this step is, essentially, returning to the beginning of the process, so that additional problems can be identified and addressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:165 msgid "This means that the *Helpdesk* and *Quality* apps should be used again to receive customer and employee feedback. Another app that may be useful at this stage is the *Surveys* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:169 msgid "Surveys" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:171 msgid "After implementing changes to a product or process, it may be wise to solicit customers for their feedback directly, rather than waiting to hear from them of their own volition. This may bring to light feedback that customers may have otherwise neglected to share." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:175 msgid "One of the best ways to accomplish this is through the :doc:`Surveys <../../../marketing/surveys>` app. Creating a survey, and sending it to customers who receive an updated product, increases the likelihood of receiving relevant feedback about the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:179 msgid "Example workflow: coat rack product improvement" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:182 msgid "*Wood Hut* is a manufacturer of fine wood products. They are committed to manufacturing products of the highest-possible quality, and are always looking for ways to improve the products they sell, along with the processes used to create them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:186 msgid "Wood Hut uses the Odoo platform to manage every element of their production, fulfillment, and customer satisfaction processes. They have developed a custom product improvement workflow that incorporates the Helpdesk, Quality, PLM, and Manufacturing apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:190 msgid "One of Wood Hut's most popular products is their *coat rack*. It's made entirely of oak, and customers describe it as \"sleek and elegant.\" However, recent customer feedback about the coat rack has brought attention to quality issues that necessitate revising the current manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:195 msgid "The product revision workflow begins when the customer service team receives a ticket in the Helpdesk app from a customer having problems with the coat rack she purchased. The customer, Abigail Peterson, has found that her coat rack falls over when more than five coats are hanging from it. This is a major issue, as the coat rack has enough dowels for six coats." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 msgid "A Helpdesk ticket about an issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:204 msgid "Marc, the customer service employee assigned to the helpdesk ticket, opens the Quality app, and creates a new quality alert. He tags the *Production Quality Team* and assigns Julie Andreson as the quality employee responsible for the alert." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:208 msgid "Julie reviews the alert, and consults with her team about the best course of action. They decide that it is necessary to revise the product's |BoM| to prevent the issue from occurring in the future, which Julie notes in the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab of the quality alert." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 msgid "A quality alert created about the issue with the coat rack product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:216 msgid "Then, Julie messages product engineer, Joe Kazan in the chatter of the quality alert to bring it to his attention. Joe opens the |PLM| app and creates a new |ECO|, noting the problem with the coat rack, and suggesting that a change to the product's |BoM| may be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 msgid "An ECO created to update the coat rack product's BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:224 msgid "Joe clicks :guilabel:`Start Revision`, and then the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button to open version two of the coat rack's |BoM|. This |BoM| was created alongside the |ECO|, and remains archived until it is approved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:228 msgid "After some testing, Joe discovers that adding a metal *support rod* to the coat rack strengthens it, allowing the rack to hold six or more coats without falling over. He updates the |BoM| to include the support rod as one of the components, and adds an extra operation to make sure it is installed during the manufacturing process. Finally, he leaves a message in the chatter of the |ECO|, letting his manager, Jose, know that it is ready for review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:-1 msgid "The coat rack BoM, updated to add an extra component and operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:238 msgid "Jose reviews the changes, and confirms they are an effective method for addressing the problem with the coat rack. He moves the |ECO| to the *Approved* stage, which makes version two of the coat rack |BoM| the current version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:242 msgid "Now, each time an |MO| is created to produce a coat rack, the updated |BoM| is automatically selected. Wood Hut begins producing the improved coat rack, and customer feedback confirms that the new version has addressed the problem with its predecessor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/continuous_improvement.rst:246 msgid "Using the Odoo platform, Wood Hut has implemented an end-to-end product improvement process. Since the essential elements of this process (customer feedback, quality control, etc.) are always functioning, it can be reused to continuously update products and processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:3 msgid "Manufacture with lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, *lot numbers* and *serial numbers* are used to identify and track products in Odoo. Serial numbers are used to assign unique numbers to individual products, while lot numbers are used to assign a single number to multiple units of a specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:12 msgid "When manufacturing products tracked using lots or serial numbers, Odoo requires the lot or serial number to be assigned to each product before manufacturing can be completed. This ensures that each product is properly tracked from the moment it enters inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:17 msgid "Configure products for tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:19 msgid "By default, Odoo tracks the quantity of each product on hand, but does not track individual units of a product. Lot or serial number tracking must be enabled for each product individually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:22 msgid "To track a product using lots or serial numbers, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, then scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and tick the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` checkbox. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:26 msgid "Next, click on :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and select a product to track. Make sure the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` checkbox is ticked in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. Since lot and serial number functionality is enabled, a drop-down menu appears next to the ticked checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:30 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Track Inventory` drop-down menu. By default, :guilabel:`By Quantity` is selected, which only tracks the quantity on hand. Select :guilabel:`By Lots` to track the product using lot numbers, or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` to track the product using serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`Lots <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots>` :doc:`Serial numbers <../../inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:39 msgid "Lot number manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:41 msgid "To manufacture a product tracked with lots, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new manufacturing order (MO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:45 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using lots, and enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:76 msgid "Once the |MO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears in the top section of the |MO| form. By default, this field is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:51 msgid "To populate the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field with a lot number, click the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field. Doing so automatically generates a lot, using the next available number, and enters it in the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:55 msgid "Alternatively, click on the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field and select an existing lot number, or manually enter a new lot number and click :guilabel:`Create \"#\"` in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Lot/Serial Number\" field on an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:61 msgid "Either of these methods assign the product(s) in the |MO| a lot number before production is finished. It is also possible to complete production and close the |MO| by clicking :guilabel:`Produce All`, without assigning a lot number. Doing so automatically generates and assigns a lot, using the next available number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:67 msgid "Serial number manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:69 msgid "To manufacture a product tracked with serial numbers, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:73 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Product` field, select a product tracked using serial numbers, and enter the desired :guilabel:`Quantity`. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:79 msgid "The rest of the manufacturing process depends on how many units the |MO| contains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:82 msgid "Manufacture single unit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:84 msgid "If a single unit of the product is being manufactured, clicking :guilabel:`Produce All` closes the |MO|, and automatically generates and assigns the next available serial number, which appears in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:88 msgid "To assign a serial number without closing the |MO|, enter a number manually in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and click :guilabel:`Create \"#\"`, or click the :icon:`fa-plus-square-o` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field to auto-fill it with the next available number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:97 msgid "Manufacture multiple units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:100 msgid "When manufacturing a product tracked using serial numbers, an |MO| can be created for multiple units. However, when serial numbers are assigned to each unit, either at the end of production or before, the |MO| is split into multiple |MOs|, each containing one unit of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:104 msgid "Each of the split |MOs| is identified by a numerical tag added to the end of the original |MO| number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:108 msgid "|MO| `WH/MO/00109` contains two units of a `Chair`, a product tracked using serial numbers. A serial number is assigned to each unit of the chair. This causes the |MO| to be split into two |MOs|, each containing one unit of the chair. The |MOs| are titled `WH/MO/00109-001` and `WH/MO/00109-002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:113 msgid "To assign serial numbers to each unit of an |MO|, click :guilabel:`Produce All` to open the :guilabel:`Batch Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:116 msgid "The :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` field of the pop-up window is auto-filled with the next available serial number. The :guilabel:`Number of SN` field defaults to the number of units being manufactured. The values of either field can be changed manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:120 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Generate` to generate the specified number of serial numbers, beginning with the number entered in the :guilabel:`First Lot/SN` field. The serial numbers are displayed in the text box at the bottom of the pop-up window, and can be manually changed after generation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:124 msgid "To assign serial numbers without completing production, click the :guilabel:`Prepare MO` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual |MOs|, one for each unit in the original |MO|. Each |MO| is left open, and can be closed individually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:128 msgid "To assign serial numbers and complete production, click the :guilabel:`Produce` button. Doing so splits the |MO| into individual |MOs|, one for each unit in the original |MO|. All of the |MOs| are closed, since production is complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Batch Production\" pop-up window, from which serial numbers can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacture_lots_serials.rst:135 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Prepare MO` or :guilabel:`Produce`, the :menuselection:`Manufacturing` app automatically shows the first of the split |MOs| (ex. `WH/MO/00109-001`). To view and access the rest the split |MOs|, click the :guilabel:`Backorders` smart button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7 msgid "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11 msgid "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16 msgid "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag *WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20 msgid "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and *WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24 msgid "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`. Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order *002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32 msgid "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36 msgid "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40 msgid "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47 msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:-1 msgid "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56 msgid "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60 msgid "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65 msgid "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71 msgid "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74 msgid "In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78 msgid "To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs to be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the :guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138 msgid "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91 msgid "Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95 msgid "Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having been produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:-1 msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106 msgid "The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114 msgid "This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to distinguish it from the backorder |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117 msgid "If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom of the |MO|'s card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121 msgid "If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126 msgid "Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed, this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130 msgid "After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the |MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at the bottom of the work order's card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11 msgid "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17 msgid "For more information, see the documentation about the different types of :doc:`locations <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20 msgid "Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 msgid "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the :guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75 msgid "Scrap pop-up window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39 msgid "Scrapping components and finished products is done through the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an |MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50 msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then select the desired |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60 msgid "Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a work order card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71 msgid "Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods :ref:`detailed above `, select the component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for warehouses with :doc:`two-step <../basic_setup/two_step_manufacturing>` or :doc:`three-step <../basic_setup/three_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing enabled, since components are not picked as part of the :doc:`one-step <../basic_setup/one_step_manufacturing>` manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all scrap orders for the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick Components` card, and selecting the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the :guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the :guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click :guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, *WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 msgid "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create *WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:7 msgid "In some cases, it is necessary to dismantle manufactured products into their individual components. This may be required if too many units of a product were built, or if the components of one product must be reclaimed to use in the manufacturing of another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:11 msgid "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, products can be dismantled, and their components returned to inventory, using *unbuild orders*. By using unbuild orders to accomplish this task, inventory counts for the finished product and its components remain accurate, based on the quantity of products dismantled, and the quantity of components reclaimed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create unbuild order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:19 msgid "A new unbuild order can be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Unbuild Orders`, and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:22 msgid "Begin filling out the new unbuild order by selecting a :guilabel:`Product` to unbuild. After doing so, the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field auto-populates with the corresponding bill of materials (BoM). If a different |BoM| should be used, click on the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and select it from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:27 msgid "Alternatively, a specific |BoM| can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field before selecting a product, which causes the corresponding product to auto-populate in the :guilabel:`Product` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:31 msgid "Next, specify the :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product that is being unbuilt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:33 msgid "If the product being unbuilt was originally manufactured in a specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:36 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Source Location` field, select the location where the product being unbuilt is currently stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:39 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Destination Location` field, select the location where the reclaimed components are stored after the unbuild order is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:42 msgid "If the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature is enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to specify the lot(s) or serial number(s) of the product being unbuilt, if any are assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:46 msgid "If the Odoo database has been configured with multiple companies, a :guilabel:`Company` field appears on the unbuild order, which can be used to specify the company that owns the product being unbuilt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:50 msgid "Finally, once the product has been unbuilt, click the :guilabel:`Unbuild` button at the top of the order to confirm that it has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:-1 msgid "A filled-out unbuild order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:58 msgid "While it is possible to create unbuild orders for products that have zero (or fewer) units on-hand, this is not advised, since it can lead to inventory inconsistencies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:61 msgid "If an unbuild order is created for a product with zero (or fewer) units on-hand, a pop-up window appears, warning the user that there is an insufficient quantity to unbuild." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:64 msgid "To ignore the warning, and proceed with the unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window. To return to the unconfirmed unbuild order, click :guilabel:`Discard`, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:0 msgid "The insufficient quantity pop-up that appears after trying to confirm an unbuild order\n" "for a product with zero or fewer units on hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:73 msgid "After completing an unbuild order, inventory counts automatically update, based on the quantity of products unbuilt, and the quantity of components reclaimed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:77 msgid "A `Coat Rack` product is comprised of one `Wooden Pole` component and six `Wooden Dowel` components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:80 msgid "An unbuild order is created for one unit of the `Coat Rack`. Once the order is completed, the on-hand quantity of `Coat Racks` decreases by one, while the on-hand quantities of `Wooden Poles` and `Wooden Dowels` increase by one and six, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:85 msgid "Scrap unusable components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/unbuild_orders.rst:87 msgid "In some cases, components may be unusable after the unbuilding process is completed. To ensure that inventory counts accurately reflect the quantity of usable components on-hand, any component that can no longer be used should be removed from inventory using a :doc:`scrap order <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/scrap_inventory>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:16 msgid "In Odoo's *Manufacturing* app, the *master production schedule* (MPS) is used to manually plan manufacturing orders (MOs) and purchase orders (POs), based on forecasted quantities of products and components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "By considering the impact of confirmed |MOs| and |POs|, along with manually adjusted demand forecasts, the |MPS| can be used to manage long-term product replenishment. This ensures the continued availability of the necessary products and components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:24 msgid "Since the |MPS| allows for manual intervention, it is useful for replenishing products where the demand of existing sales orders (SOs) does **not** reflect probable future demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "A retail store sells artificial *Christmas trees* during the holiday season. It is currently September, and the store has less than ten Christmas tree |MOs| confirmed for the month of December." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:32 msgid "Despite the number of confirmed |MOs|, the procurement manager knows that the demand for Christmas trees in December is going to be much higher, once the holiday season starts. As a result, they manually enter a greater demand in the |MPS|, so they can properly replenish the product in time for the increase in customer demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "It is essential to remember that the |MPS| is a **MANUAL** tool. Adding a product to the |MPS| does not cause it to be manufactured or purchased automatically. The |MPS| simply suggests the amount of the product that should be replenished, but requires user input to create the |MOs| or |POs| that are used to replenish it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:43 msgid "For this reason, it is recommended that the |MPS| **NOT** be used alongside reordering rules for the same product. Because reordering rules are an automated workflow, they conflict with the manual replenishment method of |MPS|. Using both, in unison, can lead to inaccurate forecasts and the creation of unnecessary replenishment orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:49 msgid "Enable and configure |MPS|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:51 msgid "To use the |MPS| feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the :guilabel:`Master Production Schedule` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Planning` section. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:55 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Master Production Schedule` feature, two new fields appear under it on the :guilabel:`Settings` page: :guilabel:`Time Range` and :guilabel:`Number of Columns`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:58 msgid "The :guilabel:`Time Range` field is used to select the period of time over which planning takes place, and offers three options: :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, and :guilabel:`Daily`. For example, if :guilabel:`Monthly` is selected, the |MPS| plans the production requirements of products and components on a monthly basis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:63 msgid "The :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field is used to specify the quantity of the selected :guilabel:`Time Range` units shown on the |MPS| page. For example, if the :guilabel:`Time Range` field is set to :guilabel:`Monthly`, and `12` is entered in the :guilabel:`Number of Columns` field, the |MPS| shows one column for the next 12 months, starting with the current month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:68 msgid "If the values of the :guilabel:`Time Range` or :guilabel:`Number of Columns` fields are altered, click :guilabel:`Save` again to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:-1 msgid "The MPS setting in the Manufacturing app's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "|MPS| dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "To open the |MPS|, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Master Production Schedule`. The |MPS| view appears as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:-1 msgid "The Master Production Schedule in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:85 msgid "The grey column on the left side of the screen shows a section for every product added to the |MPS|, with each product section being broken down into smaller rows. The information shown in the rows depends on the filters selected in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar drop-down menu at the top of the page. The default categories that appear in the rows are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`[Product] by [unit]` :icon:`fa-area-chart`: the forecasted stock quantity at the beginning of each time period. :guilabel:`[Product]` and :icon:`fa-area-chart` are selectable buttons which open the product's page, or the forecast report for the product, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand`: the demand forecast, which is entered manually. This represents an estimate of the demand for the product during each time period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`- Indirect Demand Forecast`: while this is a default category, it **only** appears for products that are components of other products. It represents the demand for the component from existing MOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:98 msgid ":guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment`: the quantity of the product that is suggested to be replenished through |MOs| or |POs|. To the right of the category title is a :guilabel:`Replenish` button, which is used to manually replenish the product, based on the quantity suggested to be replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:0 msgid "The Replenish button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:107 msgid "The \"Replenish\" button on the \"+ Suggested Replenishment\" row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:109 msgid ":guilabel:`= Forecasted Stock`: the quantity of the product forecasted to be in stock at the end of each time period, assuming that suggested replenishment numbers are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:112 msgid "Altogether, these default categories form an equation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:114 msgid "\\text{Forecasted Demand} + \\text{Suggested Replenishment} = \\text{Forecasted Stock}\n" "\n" "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:117 msgid "In the case of components, the :guilabel:`Indirect Demand Forecast` is taken into account as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:119 msgid "The :guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand` and :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` fields can be edited for any of the time periods to the right of the product column. Doing so changes the equation, and updates the value displayed in the :guilabel:`Forecasted Stock` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:123 msgid "Changing the value in the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field also makes an :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button appear to the left of the field. Click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(reset)` button next to the field to reset its value back to the one calculated by the |MPS|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:129 msgid "While the |MPS| can be used with only the default categories enabled, it is advisable to also enable the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` category. This is done by clicking the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` on the right side of the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and enabling the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` option under the :guilabel:`Rows` header." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:134 msgid "With the :guilabel:`Actual Demand` option enabled, the :guilabel:`- Forecasted Demand` category changes to the :guilabel:`- Actual / Forecasted Demand` category. In addition to the manually entered forecasted demand, this category also displays the confirmed demand for the product, which is based on confirmed |SOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:139 msgid "Each column to the right of the products column lists one unit of the time period selected in the *Time Range* field on the *Manufacturing* app *Settings* page (ex. months). The number of time period columns corresponds to the value entered in the *Number of Columns* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:143 msgid "The first time period column represents the current time period. For example, if the |MPS| is configured to use months, the first column displays data for the current month. On this first column, the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field appears in one of five colors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:147 msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: a replenishment order must be generated to keep stock at the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Gray`: a replenishment order has already been generated to keep stock at the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Yellow`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but the quantity it was created for is not enough to keep stock at the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Red`: a replenishment order has already been generated, but the quantity it was created for puts the amount of stock above the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:156 msgid "The :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` field appears white, if no replenishment order has been generated, and it is not necessary to generate one at the current moment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:160 msgid "Add a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:162 msgid "To use |MPS| to manage the replenishment of a product, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Planning --> Master Production Schedule`. At the top of the |MPS| page, click :guilabel:`Add a Product` to open the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:167 msgid "Products **must** be properly configured to be replenished through the |MPS|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:169 msgid "In the case of manufactured products, the *Manufacture* route must be selected in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:172 msgid "In the case of products that are purchased, the *Buy* route must be selected in the *Routes* section of the *Inventory* tab, on the product's form. Additionally, a vendor and the price they sell the product for must also be specified on the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:176 msgid "On the pop-up window, select the product to add in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. If the product is replenished through manufacturing, select the product's |BoM| in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:181 msgid "Selecting a BoM when adding a product to the |MPS| also adds any components listed on the BoM. If it is not necessary to manage the replenishment of components through the |MPS|, simply leave the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:185 msgid "If the database is configured with multiple warehouses, a :guilabel:`Production Warehouse` field appears on the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window. Use this field to specify which warehouse the product is replenished to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:189 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field, specify the minimum quantity of the product that should be kept available for orders at all times. For example, if there should always be 20 units of the product available for order fulfillment, enter `20` in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:194 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` field, enter the minimum product quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `5` is entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a minimum of five units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:198 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, enter the maximum product quantity for orders created to replenish the product. For example, if `100` is entered in this field, replenishment orders for the product include a maximum of 100 units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:202 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to add the product to the |MPS|. The product now appears on the |MPS| page each time it is opened. If a |BoM| was selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` field of the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window, any components listed on the |BoM| appear on the page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:-1 msgid "The Add a Product pop-up window in the MPS." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:212 msgid "Edit a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:214 msgid "After adding a product to the |MPS|, it may be necessary to change the replenishment values entered on the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window. To do so, click the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button to the immediate right of the :guilabel:`Replenish` button, on the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` row, below the product's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:220 msgid "The first and second number displayed on the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button correspond to the values entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` and :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields when adding the product to the |MPS|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:224 msgid "For example, if `5` was entered in the :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish` field, and `100` was entered in the :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` field, the button appears as :guilabel:`5 ≤…≤ 100`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:228 msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`# ≤…≤ #` button opens the :guilabel:`Edit Production Schedule` pop-up window. This pop-up window is the same as the :guilabel:`Add a Product` pop-up window, except that the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields cannot be edited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:232 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Edit Production Schedule` pop-up window, enter the desired values in the :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target`, :guilabel:`Minimum to Replenish`, and :guilabel:`Maximum to Replenish` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:237 msgid "Remove a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:239 msgid "To remove a product from the |MPS|, tick the checkbox to the left of its name. Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the screen, and select :guilabel:`Delete` from the resulting drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Confirmation` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:244 msgid "Deleting a product from the |MPS| removes it, along with all of its data. If the product is re-added, its replenishment values must be reconfigured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:248 msgid "|MPS| replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:250 msgid "Products in the |MPS| can be replenished in one of three ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:252 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button at the top of the screen to generate replenishment orders for every product below its :guilabel:`Safety Stock Target` for the current month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:254 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the right side of the :guilabel:`+ Suggested Replenishment` row of a specific product, to generate a replenishment order for that specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:257 msgid "Tick the checkbox to the left of the product name of one or more products. Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the screen, and select :guilabel:`Replenish` from the resulting drop-down menu. Doing so generates a replenishment order for each selected product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:262 msgid "The type of replenishment order generated corresponds to the route selected on the *Inventory* tab of the product's form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:265 msgid "If the *Buy* route is selected, an |RfQ| is generated to replenish the product. |RfQs| can be selected by navigating to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app. Any |RfQ| generated by the |MPS| lists :guilabel:`MPS` in its :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:268 msgid "If the *Manufacture* route is selected, an |MO| is generated to replenish the product. |MOs| can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Any |MO| generated by the |MPS| lists :guilabel:`MPS` in its :guilabel:`Source Document` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Work center time off" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:7 msgid "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:11 msgid "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so new work orders are routed to alternative work centers that are operational. Using Odoo's **Time Off** app, it is possible to designate a work center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:19 msgid "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable :ref:`developer mode `. This allows the *Time Off* smart button to appear on each work center's *Working Hours* page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:23 msgid "Next, install the **Time Off** app. This is the app used for managing time off for all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:26 msgid "To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` app, then search `Time Off` in the search bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` app should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the :guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:30 msgid "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable, and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away from the unavailable work center, and they pile up in its queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:35 msgid "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "For a full guide to work center creation, refer to the documentation on :doc:`work centers <../advanced_configuration/using_work_centers>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:42 msgid "Make sure both work centers have the same equipment listed under the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures operations carried out at one work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:45 msgid "On the work center that is made unavailable, select the second work center from the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:56 msgid "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to a work center. Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Work Centers`, and selecting the affected work center. Click the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button on the right side of the :guilabel:`Working Hours` drop-down menu, to open the working hours page for the work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "The working hours page displays the standard working hours for the work center. With developer mode activated, a :icon:`fa-plane` :guilabel:`Time Off` smart button appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:69 msgid "On this page, click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new time-off entry. On the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure (e.g. broken equipment, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the :guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` to specify the period during which the work center is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:79 msgid "Alternative work center planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:81 msgid "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the *Plan* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:84 msgid "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order (MO), by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> New`. On the |MO| form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:89 msgid "On the confirmed |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work Center` column. There is also a :guilabel:`Plan` button at the top left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:93 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Plan`, and the work center listed in the :guilabel:`Work Center` column of the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100 msgid "Before clicking \"Plan\", the work order is scheduled at \"Main Assembly Line\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:100 msgid "Before clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is scheduled at :guilabel:`Main Assembly Line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106 msgid "After clicking \"Plan\", the work order is rescheduled at \"Alternative Assembly Line\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:106 msgid "After clicking :guilabel:`Plan`, the work order is rescheduled at :guilabel:`Alternative Assembly Line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/work_center_time_off.rst:109 msgid "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo recognizes the work center is available again. At this point, clicking the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support stages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related |ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on a production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores |ECOs| that have been either cancelled or approved for use as the next production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the |ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track unassigned tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer, their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage `Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure proper behavior." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for :guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and :guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the :guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and :guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert change versions made to products, and :doc:`bills of materials <../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance fulfillment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the change applies to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing :guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production |BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization. Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting :guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| versions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the :guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has been pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:-1 msgid "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking `ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both |BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking `ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart button displayed at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed :guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further instructions in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the :guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the :guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the :guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point instructions are added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to :guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage `, which are stages that require approval before the revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard `, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs (Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In Progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| is created with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes created from the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes in greater detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, `Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of :guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new instruction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the :guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use *PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls or customer complaints." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the *PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the :guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing stage `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the *chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original `100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload` button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the archival occurred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added, and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has become `6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space stabilizer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to `ECO0012`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and premature actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or :guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments only`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:-1 msgid "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of ECOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and :guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the :guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the :guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, :guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon to view additional information, including the approval's :guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the due date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up window for creating tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:-1 msgid "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the :guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` task is created for the approver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the |ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Analysis report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:8 msgid "The *Purchase Analysis* report provides statistics about products purchased using Odoo's **Purchase** app. This data is useful for gaining a deeper understanding of key metrics related to purchase orders (POs), including the quantity of products ordered and received, the amount of time it takes to receive purchased products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "To open the Purchase Analysis report, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting --> Purchase`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:17 msgid "The :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is one of many reports available across the Odoo app suite. This documentation only covers the measures specific to the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, along with a few use case examples." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:27 msgid "*Measures* refer to the various datasets that can be displayed on the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report, with each dataset representing a key statistic about |POs| or products. To choose a measure, click the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` button, and select one of the options from the drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`# of Lines`: The number of |PO| order lines, across all |POs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: The average cost of |POs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Confirm`: The number of days it takes to confirm a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Receive`: The number of days it takes to receive the products in a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Gross Weight`: The total weight of purchased products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Billed`: The quantity of a product (or products) for which the vendor has already been billed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:39 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Ordered`: The quantity of a product (or products) ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Received`: The quantity of an ordered product (or products) received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:41 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: The quantity of an ordered product (or products) for which the vendor has yet to be billed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: The total amount spent, including tax." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: The total amount spent, excluding tax. This measure is selected by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`: The total volume of ordered products, for products which are measured by volume." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: The total count of |POs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Use case: determine days to receive products from each vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "One possible use case for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is determining how long each vendor takes to deliver purchased items. This allows companies to make better informed decisions about which vendors they want to purchase from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:66 msgid "A local bike shop, *Bike Haus*, sells high-quality unicycles, bicycles, tricycles, and all the accessories needed to ride and maintain them. They purchase their inventory from a few different vendors, and then sell those products on to customers through their storefront." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:70 msgid "Recently, Bike Haus has decided to have their purchasing manager, David, look into how long it has taken each of their vendors to deliver the items they've purchased during the current year, 2024." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting --> Purchase`, and selecting the :icon:`fa-bar-chart` (bar chart) graph type at the top of the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:77 msgid "Next, he clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on the right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date` filter section, he makes sure that **only** the :guilabel:`2024` filter is enabled. Then, he selects the :guilabel:`Vendor` option in the :guilabel:`Group By` section, before clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:83 msgid "Finally, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu, and selects the :guilabel:`Days to Receive` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:86 msgid "With all of these options enabled, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report shows a bar chart, with one bar for each vendor, representing the average number of days it takes to receive products purchased from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:90 msgid "Using this data, David can see that it takes Bike Friends over 4.5 days, on average, to deliver purchased products. This is more than four times the amount of time it takes any other vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:93 msgid "Based on these findings, David makes the decision to reduce the quantity of products purchased from Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0 msgid "The Purchase report, showing the average days to receive products from vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:101 msgid "Use case: compare vendor POs for two time periods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:103 msgid "Another use for the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report is to compare key statistics about |POs| for two different time periods, for a specific vendor. By doing so, it is easy to understand how purchases from the vendor have increased or decreased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Following the :ref:`previous example `, it has been one month since Bike Haus decided to reduce the quantity of products purchased from Bike Friends, one of their retailers. Bike Haus' purchasing manager, David, wants to understand the impact this decision has had on the amount of money they have spent on Bike Friends products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:113 msgid "David starts by navigating to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting --> Purchase`. Then, he selects the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)` option at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:116 msgid "In the search bar, he types `Bike Friends`, and clicks :guilabel:`Enter`, so the report only shows data for purchases from Bike Friends." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:119 msgid "Then, David clicks the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(toggle)` button on the right of the search bar to open its drop-down menu. In the :guilabel:`Confirmation Date` field, he leaves the :guilabel:`June` and :guilabel:`2024` filters enabled. He also selects :guilabel:`Confirmation Date: Previous Period` in the :guilabel:`Comparison` section, before clicking away from the drop-down menu to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:125 msgid "Next, David clicks on the :guilabel:`Measures` :icon:`fa-caret-down` drop-down menu. He leaves the :guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` datasets enabled, and disables the :guilabel:`Order` and :guilabel:`Count` datasets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:129 msgid "Finally, David clicks the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`Total` button above the rows on the pivot table, and selects the :guilabel:`Product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:132 msgid "With all of these options configured, the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` report shows a pivot table comparing purchase data for the current month, June, with the previous month, May." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:135 msgid "The pivot table is broken down into two main columns: one for the untaxed total spent, and one for the taxed total spent. These columns are further broken down into three smaller columns: the amount spent in May, the amount spent in June, and the variation between the two months, represented as a percentage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:140 msgid "On the left side of the pivot table, one row is shown for each product purchased from Bike Friends during June. Using this report, David is able to see that Bike Haus has spent much less money on products purchased from Bike Friends, compared to the previous month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:0 msgid "The Purchase report, comparing the amount spent at a vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:3 msgid "Procurement expenses report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:12 msgid "With the *Purchase* application, users can monitor procurement expenses over time. This report helps companies track and analyze spending, identify cost-saving opportunities, and ensure efficient budget management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:17 msgid "Create procurement expenses report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:19 msgid "To create a |per|, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:22 msgid "By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` (POs) with a :guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of Requests for Quotation (RFQs) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent*, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:25 msgid "Add filters and groups" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:27 msgid "On the top-right, click the :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot)` icon to switch to pivot view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:32 msgid "While the |per| can also be :ref:`viewed ` as a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`, the pivot view provides the most detailed view of the data, and is the recommended starting point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:29 msgid "Remove any default filters from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. Then, click the |caret| to open the drop-down menu that contains the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:34 msgid "Unless otherwise specified, the report displays data from both |RFQs| and |POs|. This can be changed by selecting either :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` or :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` under the :guilabel:`Filters` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:46 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a time frame to use for comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the |caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:50 msgid "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. Then, select :guilabel:`Product Category`, which is also located in the :guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:54 msgid "The selections under the :guilabel:`Group By` heading can be altered, depending on the needs of the individual company. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Product`, instead of :guilabel:`Product Category`, provides a more in depth look at the performance of specific items, in place of an entire category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:59 msgid "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading that appears. These options are only available after the date range is selected under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. :guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same time period from the previous year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:60 msgid "While multiple time-based filters can be added at once, only one comparison can be selected at a time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the procurement expenses\n" "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:73 msgid "The filter for Q2, comparison for **Previous Period**, and group-by for **Vendor** and **Product Category** were selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:68 msgid "Add measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:70 msgid "After selecting the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and :guilabel:`Comparison` settings, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:82 msgid "By default, the report displays data with the following measures: :guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and :guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the drop-down list of available measures." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:86 msgid "Click the following specific measures to include additional columns for the procurement expenses report:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`: can include one or both measures. These are included for overall spending analysis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Cost`: included to evaluate cost efficiency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Days to Confirm` and :guilabel:`Days to Receive`: used to assess supplier performance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Ordered` and :guilabel:`Qty Received`: used to understand order efficiency." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Billed` and :guilabel:`Qty to be Billed`: used to track order accuracy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:97 msgid "Additional measures can be included in the report, if desired, to provide additional insights. For example, :guilabel:`Gross Weight` and :guilabel:`Volume` may be included for further logistics and management analysis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:101 msgid "After selecting all necessary measures, click out of the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:85 msgid "View results" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:108 msgid "After all of the filters and measures have been selected, the report generates in the selected view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:-1 msgid "A sample version of the procurement expenses report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:114 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:118 msgid "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is **only** available if the *Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:122 msgid "The |per| is also available in graph view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/procurement_expenses_report.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:107 msgid "To save this report as a *favorite*, see :ref:`search/favorites`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:3 msgid "Vendor costs report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:10 msgid "With the *Purchase* application, users can track the fluctuation of vendor costs over time. This allows users to identify the most expensive vendors, and track seasonal changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:14 msgid "Create vendor costs reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:16 msgid "To create a vendor costs report, first navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Reporting --> Purchase` to open the :guilabel:`Purchase Analysis` dashboard. By default, the dashboard displays a line chart overview of the :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` of POs (Purchase Orders) with a :guilabel:`Confirmation Date` for the current month, or of RFQs (Requests for Quotation) with a status of *Draft*, *Sent, or *Cancelled*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:38 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, select a date range to use for comparison. The report can be filtered by either :guilabel:`Order Date` or :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`. Choose one from the list, and click the |caret| to specify the date range, either by month, quarter, or year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:42 msgid "Next, under the :guilabel:`Group by` column, select :guilabel:`Vendor`. Then, select :guilabel:`Product`, which is also located in the :guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:46 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Product` is **not** required for this report. However, it is recommended, as it provides additional insight into the performance of individual vendors. Additional selections can be made under the :guilabel:`Group by` heading as well, including :guilabel:`Product Category`, :guilabel:`Status`, and :guilabel:`Purchase Representative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:51 msgid "To ensure the report is generated correctly, make sure that :guilabel:`Vendor` is the **first** selection made under the :guilabel:`Group By` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:54 msgid "Next, make a selection under the :guilabel:`Comparison` heading. These options are only available after the date range is selected under the :guilabel:`Filters` column, and vary based on that range. :guilabel:`Previous Period` adds a comparison to the previous period, such as the last month or quarter. :guilabel:`Previous Year` compares the same time period from the previous year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:-1 msgid "The drop-down menu of filters, group by and comparison options for the vendor costs report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:73 msgid "By default, the report displays with the following measures: :guilabel:`Order`, :guilabel:`Total`, :guilabel:`Untaxed Total`, and :guilabel:`Count`. Click :guilabel:`Measures` at the top-left to open the drop-down list of available measures. Click :guilabel:`Average Cost` to add it to the report. Select any additional measures to add to the report, or click on any of the already selected measures to remove them, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:80 msgid "It is recommended to run the report with at least :guilabel:`Average Cost`, :guilabel:`Total`, or :guilabel:`Untaxed Total` selected from the :guilabel:`Measures` list. Additional measures, such as :guilabel:`Days to Receive`, can be added to provide additional insights." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:87 msgid "After all of the :ref:`filters and measures have been selected `, the report generates in the pivot view. Click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` to add the pivot view into an editable spreadsheet format within the *Documents* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:93 msgid "The :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option is only available if the *Documents Spreadsheet* module is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:-1 msgid "A sample of a vendor costs report with the measures set as total and average costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/vendor_costs_report.rst:101 msgid "The vendor costs report is also available in *graph* view. Click the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon to change to graph view. Click the corresponding icon at the top of the report to switch to a :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(bar chart)`, :icon:`fa-line-chart` :guilabel:`(line chart)`, or :icon:`fa-pie-chart` :guilabel:`(pie chart)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Blanket orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Blanket orders are helpful when products are consistently purchased from the same vendor, but in different quantities, and at different times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:19 msgid "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk pricing with vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:23 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:25 msgid "To create blanket orders, enable the *Purchase Agreements* feature from the *Purchase* app settings. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Then click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38 msgid "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order Deadline* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any existing |PO|, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field **cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73 msgid "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:48 msgid "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83 msgid "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92 msgid "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type of selection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** cancelled. Instead, multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines` and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119 msgid "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132 msgid "Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136 msgid "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140 msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142 msgid "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151 msgid "From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 msgid "Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the |PO| that was just created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171 msgid "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174 msgid "This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at what price the product should be replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Call for tenders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:12 msgid "Sometimes, companies might want to invite vendors to submit offers for similar goods or services all at once. This helps companies select the cheapest, fastest vendors for their specific business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:16 msgid "In Odoo, this can be done by creating alternative requests for quotation (RfQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, the product lines from each |RfQ| can be compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from which vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:21 msgid "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative |RfQs| to spend money efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:28 msgid "To create alternative |RfQs|, the *Purchase Agreements* feature **must** be enabled in the *Purchase* app settings. To enable the feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:33 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:42 msgid "Create an |RfQ|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:44 msgid "To create a new |RfQ|, follow the instructions in the :doc:`rfq` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "`Odoo Tutorial: Purchase Basics and Your First Request for Quotation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:53 msgid "Create alternative |RfQs|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:55 msgid "Once a |PO| is created and sent to a vendor, alternative |RfQs| can be created for additional vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other factors, to help make a decision for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "To create alternative |RfQs| from the original, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:66 msgid "From this window, select an alternative vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, to whom the alternative quotation is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:69 msgid "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original |RfQ| are copied over to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This opens a new |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:74 msgid "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, the new form is already pre-populated with the same products, quantities, and other details as the previous, original |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an alternative quotation, additional products do **not** need to be added, unless desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:81 msgid "However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under a specific product form included in the order, the values set on the product form carry over to the |RfQ|, and **must** be changed manually, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, followed by :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:88 msgid "This opens the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window. Once again, choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`. For this particular |RfQ|, however, *uncheck* the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Doing so removes all products on the new alternative |RfQ|, leaving it blank. The specific products which should be ordered from this particular vendor can be added in as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:94 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:97 msgid "If an alternative quotation should be removed from the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking on the :guilabel:`X (remove)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:100 msgid "This creates a third, new |RfQ|. But, since the product quantities of the original |RfQ| were **not** copied over, the product lines are empty, and new products can be added as needed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:104 msgid "Once the desired number of specific products are added, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:110 msgid "This opens a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, wherein the message to the vendor can be customized, and attachments can be added, if necessary. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:113 msgid "From this newest form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this tab, all three |RfQs| can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` (and :guilabel:`Status`) of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:118 msgid "The date in the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` column is calculated for each vendor, based on any pre-configured lead times in the vendor and product forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:124 msgid "Link new |RfQ| to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:126 msgid "Even if a quotation is not created directly from the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab of another |RfQ|, it can still be linked to existing |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:129 msgid "To do that, begin by creating a new |RfQ|. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`. Fill out the |RfQ|, according to the :ref:`previous instructions `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:132 msgid "Then, once ready, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Since this new |RfQ| was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "However, to link this |RfQ| with existing alternatives, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 msgid "Pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:142 msgid "This opens an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window. Select the desired previously-created |RfQs|, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this |RfQ|, and can be found under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:147 msgid "If a large number of |POs| are being processed, and the previous |POs| can't be located, click the :icon:`fa-chevron-down` :guilabel:`(chevron)` icon to the right of the search bar, at the top of the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "Then, under the :guilabel:`Group By` section, click :guilabel:`Vendor`. Vendors are displayed in their own nested drop-down lists, and each vendor's list can be expanded to view open |POs| for that vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:158 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:160 msgid "Alternative |RfQs| can be compared side-by-side, in order to determine which vendors offer the best deals on the products included in the orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:163 msgid "To compare alternative |RfQs|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the previously-created |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:166 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all linked |RfQs|. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` option, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:174 msgid "The :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the |RfQs| is displayed in its own nested drop-down list, and features all of the |PO| numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:179 msgid "To remove product lines from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, click :guilabel:`Clear` at the far-right end of that product line's row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:182 msgid "Doing so removes this specific product as a selectable option from the page, and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:185 msgid "Additionally, on the |RfQ| form, in which that product was included, its ordered quantity is also changed to `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "Once the best offers have been identified, individual products can be selected by clicking the :guilabel:`Choose` button at the end of each corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:191 msgid "Once all desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:197 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:199 msgid "Once the desired products have been chosen from the :guilabel:`Compare Order Lines` page, the remaining |RfQs|, from which no products were chosen, can be cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:202 msgid "The cost in the :guilabel:`Total` column for each product that wasn't chosen is automatically set to `0`, indicated at the far-right of each corresponding row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:205 msgid "Although they haven't been cancelled yet, this indicates that each of those orders can be cancelled without having an effect on the other live orders, once those orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 msgid "Cancelled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "To confirm an |RfQ| for which products were selected, click into an |RfQ|, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:215 msgid "This causes a :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "To view a detailed form of one of the |RfQs| listed, click the line item for that quotation. This opens an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window, from which all details of that particular |RfQ| can be viewed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:222 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Close` to close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:224 msgid "In the :guilabel:`What about the alternative Requests for Quotations?` pop-up window, two options are presented: :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` and :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:227 msgid "If this |PO| should **not** be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:229 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative |RfQs|. Selecting :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative |RfQs| open, so they can still be accessed, if any additional product quantities need to be ordered later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:233 msgid "Once all products are ordered, select :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` from whichever |PO| is open at that time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:240 msgid "Finally, using the breadcrumbs at the top of the page, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` to navigate back to an overview of all |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:243 msgid "The cancelled orders can be seen, greyed out and listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status, under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the far-right of their respective rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:246 msgid "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can be completed, and the products can be received into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:250 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:20 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "In Odoo's *Purchase* app, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by vendors on every purchase order (PO), for either ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:13 msgid "The policy selected in the *Purchase* app settings acts as the default value, and is applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:19 msgid "To configure the *bill control* policy, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Under :guilabel:`Bill Control`, select either :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` or :guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 msgid "Selected bill control policy in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:28 msgid ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a |PO| is confirmed. The products and quantities in the |PO| are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used to generate a draft bill. An error message appears if creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:39 msgid "If a specific product should use a different control policy than selected in the *Purchase* app settings, the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy for that product can be changed from its product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:43 msgid "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. From the product form, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` section, modify the selection in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "The *3-way matching* feature ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of the products included in the |PO| have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:53 msgid "To activate *3-way matching*, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`3-way matching` to enable the feature, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 msgid "Enabled 3-way matching feature in Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature **only** works with the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 msgid "When *3-way matching* is enabled, vendor bills display a :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When a new vendor bill is created, the field is set to :guilabel:`Yes`, since a bill **cannot** be created until at least some of the products included in a |PO| have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:73 msgid "To create a vendor bill from a |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`. From the :guilabel:`Purchase Orders` page, select the desired |PO| from the list. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill`. Doing so opens a new draft :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form, in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and locate the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:80 msgid "The |PO| selected from the list **must not** be billed yet, or an :guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window appears. This occurs for |POs| with a :guilabel:`Received quantities` policy, and a :guilabel:`Fully Billed` :guilabel:`Billing Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:0 msgid "Invalid Operation pop-up window for billed Purchase Order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "Click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` to view the available options: :guilabel:`Yes`, :guilabel:`No`, and :guilabel:`Exception`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 msgid "Should Be Paid field status on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:96 msgid "If the total quantity of products from a |PO| has not been received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:99 msgid "Draft vendor bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:102 msgid "If the draft bill's information is changed, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status is set to :guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but does not block the changes or display an error message, since there might be a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:107 msgid "To process the vendor bill, select a date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, followed by :guilabel:`Register Payment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:110 msgid "This opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window. From this window, accounting information is pre-populated based on the database's accounting settings. Click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to process the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:114 msgid "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill, and the bill displays the green :guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status is set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:118 msgid "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is automatically set by Odoo. However, the status can be manually changed by clicking the field's drop-down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "Once a |PO| is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the |PO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:128 msgid "To view the :guilabel:`Billing Status` of a |PO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Orders`, and select a |PO| to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:131 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab, and locate the :guilabel:`Billing Status` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:-1 msgid "Billing status field on a purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:137 msgid "The table below details the different values the :guilabel:`Billing Status` field could read, and when they are displayed, depending on the *Bill Control* policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:144 msgid "Billing Status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:145 msgid "On received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:146 msgid "On ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:147 msgid "Nothing to Bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:148 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:149 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:150 msgid "Waiting Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:151 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:152 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:153 msgid "Fully Billed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:154 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:155 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:12 msgid "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services purchased by a company from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:16 msgid "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:22 msgid "To configure the default bill control policy, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:25 msgid "The :guilabel:`Bill Control` feature lists two policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "The policy selected acts as the default for any new product created. Each policy acts as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:30 msgid ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** all (or part) of the total order has been received. The products and quantities received are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:39 msgid "Once a policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:42 msgid "If a product needs a different control policy than the one set in the *Purchase* app settings, that product's control policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form, and selecting the desired policy in the :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53 msgid "The *3-way matching* policy ensures vendor bills are only paid once all (or some) products in a purchase order (PO) have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "To activate 3-way matching, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:59 msgid "Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`3-way matching`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`3-way matching` feature is **only** intended to work with the :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:68 msgid "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created. Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "Depending on the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:76 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:78 msgid "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the *Bill Control* policy set to *Ordered Quantities*, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and click :guilabel:`New` from the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 msgid "Doing so opens a new :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RfQ) form. On the blank |RfQ| form, add a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:126 msgid "On the product line, select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity to order in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RfQ| into a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:91 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Create Bill` to create a vendor bill. This opens a :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. From here, add a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "Once ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:98 msgid "Since the bill control policy is set to *Ordered quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "Once a payment has been received, click :guilabel:`Register Payment` at the top of the bill to record it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window to appear, wherein a payment :guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen, and a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:158 msgid "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and :guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be edited from this pop-up window, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:161 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so displays a green :guilabel:`Paid` banner on the |RfQ| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:118 msgid "Received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:120 msgid "To create and manage vendor bills for receipts with the bill control policy set to *Received quantities*, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:123 msgid "Doing so opens a new |RfQ| form. On the blank |RfQ| form, add a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and click :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Product` tab to add products to the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:132 msgid "When using the *Received quantities* control policy, clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products are received causes an :guilabel:`Invalid Operation` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "Odoo requires at least partial quantities of the items included in the |PO| to be received in order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:142 msgid "On the |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "From here, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the :guilabel:`Done` (received) quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:146 msgid "Then, navigate back to the |PO|, via the breadcrumb, and click :guilabel:`Create Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "This opens a :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form in the :guilabel:`Draft` state. From here, add a billing date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. Once ready, confirm the bill by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the draft." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "Manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167 msgid "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, without having to create a purchase order first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:170 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "Add a vendor in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field. Then, in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "Select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field, and enter the quantity to order in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Bill Date`, and configure any other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:182 msgid "Once confirmed, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view the :guilabel:`Account` journals. These journals are populated based on the configuration on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:186 msgid "If necessary, click :guilabel:`Credit Note` to add a credit note to the bill. Additionally, a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number can be added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:189 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Register Payment`, followed by :guilabel:`Create Payment`, to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "To link a draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete` *before* clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, and select a |PO| from the menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:196 msgid "The bill auto-populates with the information from the chosen |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:205 msgid "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:207 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` in the top-left corner, beside the :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:211 msgid "This selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Status` of :guilabel:`Posted` or :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:214 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print` button to print the selected invoices or bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:219 msgid "Only payments with their :guilabel:`Status` listed as :guilabel:`Posted` can be billed in batches. Payments in the :guilabel:`Draft` stage **must** be posted before they can be included in a batch billing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Register Payment` opens a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up window. From the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` the bills should post to, choose a :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and select a :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:227 msgid "There is also the option to :guilabel:`Group Payments` together from this pop-up window, as well. If this checkbox is ticked, only one payment is created, instead of one per bill. This option only appears if the *Batch Payments* feature is enabled in the settings of the :menuselection:`Accounting` app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:232 msgid "Once ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button. This creates a list of journal entries on a separate page. The journal entries on this list are all tied to their corresponding vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid ":doc:`control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:3 msgid "Purchase templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:10 msgid "*Purchase templates* are an agreement type that allow for the repeated creation of requests for quotations (RFQs) for recurring purchases. Products can then be added and quantities can be changed, as needed. |Pts| can be used for multiple vendors, saving time and simplifying the |RFQ| process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:14 msgid "|Pts| differ from *blanket orders* in that a :doc:`blanket order ` is a large order split into several deliveries, therefore all |RFQs| must be for the same vendor. |PTs| can be replicated for multiple vendors, and can copy over quantities, which is useful when placing frequent orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:22 msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, tick the :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements` checkbox. Click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:-1 msgid "The Purchase agreements setting in the Purchase app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:30 msgid "Create a new template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:32 msgid "Navigate :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:34 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:37 msgid "To make this template available to use with multiple vendors, leave the :guilabel:`Vendor` field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:40 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, select :guilabel:`Purchase Template` from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:42 msgid "Confirm the information in the remaining fields is correct, or update as needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:44 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select the desired product. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and set the :guilabel:`Unit Price`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:53 msgid "After adding all necessary products, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:56 msgid "Create a new RFQ from a purchase template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:58 msgid "After confirming a |pt|, new quotations can be created directly from the |pt| form. |RFQs| using this form are pre-populated with information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations are automatically linked to this |pt| form, via the :icon:`fa-list-alt` :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:63 msgid "To :ref:`create a new quotation `, click :guilabel:`New Quotation`. This opens a new |RFQ|, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured on the |pt| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:67 msgid "If there was no vendor identified on the |pt|, choose a :guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down list. Products can be added to the |RFQ| by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Products` tab. To remove a product, click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:72 msgid "From the new |RFQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:76 msgid "After confirming the order, return to the |pt| via the breadcrumbs. The :icon:`fa-list-alt` :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button has been updated to list the confirmed order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/purchase_templates.rst:-1 msgid "The RFQ smart button on a purchase template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Requests for quotation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:12 msgid "Odoo's requests for quotation (RFQs) feature in the **Purchase** app standardizes ordering products from multiple vendors with varying prices and delivery times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:15 msgid "|RFQs| are documents companies send to vendors requesting product pricing. In Odoo, once the vendor approves the |RFQ|, the purchase order (PO) is confirmed to align on lead times and pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:24 msgid "To auto-populate product information and prices on an |RFQ|, configure products by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`. Select an existing product, or create a new one by selecting :guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens the product form, where various sales and purchasing data can be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:29 msgid "To configure purchasable products, tick the :guilabel:`Can be purchased` checkbox, under the product name. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and enable the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:-1 msgid "Required configuration for purchasable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:39 msgid "Vendor pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:41 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and their price, to have this information auto-populate on an |RFQ| each time the product is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`../products/pricelist`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:47 msgid "Default columns include :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Price`, and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`, but other columns like, :guilabel:`Product Variant` or :guilabel:`Discounts`, can also be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:50 msgid "To enable or disable columns, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` icon on the right side of the header row to reveal a drop-down menu of additional columns that can be added (or removed) from the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:55 msgid "Alternatively, prices and delivery lead times for existing products can be added in bulk by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Vendor Pricelists`. Click :guilabel:`New` in the top-left corner. In the :guilabel:`Vendor` section of the pricelist form that appears, add the product information as it pertains to the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:61 msgid "Order products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:63 msgid "With products and prices configured, follow these steps to create and send |RFQs| to make purchases for the company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:67 msgid "|RFQ| dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:69 msgid "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:71 msgid "The :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard displays an overview of the company's |RFQs|, |POs|, and their status. The top of the screen breaks down all |RFQs| in the company, as well as individual ones (where the user is the buyer) with a summary of their status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:75 msgid "The top-right corner also provides a quick report of the company's recent purchases by total value, lead times, and number of |RFQs| sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:78 msgid "Additionally, the dashboard includes buttons for:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`To Send`: orders in the |RFQ| stage that have not been sent to the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting`: |RFQs| that have been sent by email, and are waiting on vendor confirmation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Late`: |RFQs| or |POs| where the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` has passed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:-1 msgid "RFQ dashboard with orders and order statuses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:88 msgid "In addition to various view options, the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard provides :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options, accessible via the search bar drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/search`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:97 msgid "Create new |RFQ|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:99 msgid "To create a new |RFQ|, click the :guilabel:`New` button on the top-left corner of the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` dashboard to reveal a new |PO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:102 msgid "Start by assigning a :guilabel:`Vendor`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:104 msgid "The :guilabel:`Vendor Reference` field points to the sales and delivery order numbers sent by the vendor. This comes in handy once products are received, and the |PO| needs to be matched to the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:108 msgid "The :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field refers to long-term purchase agreements on recurring orders with set pricing. To view and configure blanket orders, head to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Purchase agreements`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:112 msgid "The :guilabel:`Currency` can be changed, if purchasing products from a vendor in another country." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:114 msgid "Next, configure an :guilabel:`Order Deadline`, which is the date by which the vendor must confirm their agreement to supply the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:118 msgid "After the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` is exceeded, the |RFQ| is marked as late, but the products can still be ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Arrival` is automatically calculated based on the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` and vendor lead time. Tick the checkbox for :guilabel:`Ask confirmation` to ask for signage at delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:125 msgid "With the :doc:`Storage Locations feature <../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations>` activated, the :guilabel:`Deliver to` field appears, with options for the order shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:129 msgid "Select the receiving warehouse address here, or select :guilabel:`Dropship` to indicate that this order is to be shipped directly to the end customer. When :guilabel:`Dropship` is selected, the :guilabel:`Dropship address` field is enabled. Contact names auto-populate here from the **Contacts** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:135 msgid "Products tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:137 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Products` tab, add the products to be ordered. Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and type in the product name, or select the item from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:140 msgid "To create a new product and add it, type the new product name in the :guilabel:`Product` column, select :guilabel:`Create [product name]` from the resulting drop-down menu, and manually add the unit price. Or, select :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to be taken to the product form for that new item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:145 msgid ":guilabel:`Catalog` can also be selected to navigate to a product menu from the chosen vendor. From here, products can be added to the cart." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:149 msgid "To make adjustments to products and prices, access the product form by clicking the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` icon that becomes available upon hovering over the :guilabel:`Product` name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:154 msgid "Send |RFQ|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:156 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Send by Email` reveals a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window, with a :guilabel:`Purchase: Request for Quotation` template loaded, ready to send to the vendor's email address (configured in the **Contacts** app)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:160 msgid "After crafting the desired message, click :guilabel:`Send`. Once sent, the |RFQ| moves to the :guilabel:`RFQ Sent` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:163 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Print RFQ` downloads a PDF of the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:166 msgid "Confirm order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:168 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm Order` directly transforms the |RFQ| into an active |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:171 msgid "Odoo tracks communications on each order through the chatter of the |PO| form. This shows the emails sent between the user and the contact, as well as any internal notes and activities. Messages, notes, and activities can also be logged on the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:175 msgid "Once an |RFQ| is confirmed, it creates a |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:177 msgid "On the new |PO|, the :guilabel:`Order Deadline` field changes to :guilabel:`Confirmation Date`, which displays the date and time the user confirmed the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:180 msgid "Depending on the user's chosen configuration in the **Purchase** app settings, a *vendor bill* is created once products have been ordered or received. For more information, refer to the documentation on :doc:`managing vendor bills `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:185 msgid "After an order is placed, clicking :guilabel:`Receive Products` records the reception of new products into the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/rfq.rst:189 msgid "With the **Inventory** app installed, confirming a |PO| automatically creates a receipt document, with the product information and expected arrival dates automatically populated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:40 msgid "Import vendor pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:5 msgid "Set vendor prices to auto-populate requests for quotations (RFQs) or purchase orders (POs) with the unit price, once the product is added, which reduces errors and saves time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, vendor pricelists can be :ref:`added individually ` on the product form, or :ref:`imported in bulk `, via an XLSX or CSV file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:13 msgid "Please review this :doc:`import guide <../../../essentials/export_import_data>` before uploading vendor pricelists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:19 msgid "On product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:21 msgid "To manually add the vendor price on the product form, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`, and click the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:25 msgid "Product forms are accessible from multiple apps, such as **Sales**, **Inventory**, and **Manufacturing**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:28 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the product form, input the vendor and their price, to have this information auto-populate on a request for quotation each time the product is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Vendor pricelist on product form `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:-1 msgid "Vendor pricelist on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:42 msgid "To import vendor pricelists, ensure the XLSX or CSV file is accurately completed. The best way to obtain a correctly formatted template, including product names, references, and vendor details, is to first :ref:`export a pricelist ` from the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:46 msgid "Modify the exported file, as needed, then import it back into the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:51 msgid "Export pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:53 msgid "To export a pricelist, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Vendor Pricelists`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:55 msgid "On the page, tick the checkbox(es) for the desired vendor pricelists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:57 msgid "Then, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button that appears, and choose :icon:`fa-upload` :guilabel:`Export` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:-1 msgid "Show selected exported fields, with the Export button visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:63 msgid "In the resulting pop-up window, fields listed under the :guilabel:`Fields to export` section are included in the exported file. To add more fields, find the desired field in the :guilabel:`Available fields` section, and click the :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`(plus)` icon to the right of the field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:69 msgid "To update to existing records, tick the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox, and refer to the section on the :ref:`External ID ` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:73 msgid "For details on commonly-used fields for importing vendor pricelists, see the :ref:`Common fields ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:76 msgid "Select the desired :guilabel:`Export Format`: :guilabel:`XLSX` or :guilabel:`CSV`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:78 msgid "To save the selected fields as a template, click the :guilabel:`Template` field, and select :guilabel:`New template` from the drop-down menu. Type the name of the new template, and click the :icon:`fa-floppy-o` :guilabel:`(save)` icon. After that, the template is a selectable option when clicking the :guilabel:`Template` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:83 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Export`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:86 msgid "With :ref:`developer mode ` turned on, the column names of the exported file display the *field name* with the *technical name* in parenthesis." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0 msgid "Exporting vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:93 msgid "Export vendor pricelist in XLSX format. It includes :guilabel:`Product Template` and other fields in the :guilabel:`Fields to export` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:99 msgid "External ID" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:101 msgid "*External ID* is a unique identifier used to update existing vendor pricelists. Without it, imported records create new entries, instead of updating existing ones. Including this field in the XLSX or CSV, indicates the line replaces an existing vendor pricelist in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:0 msgid "Show 'Ready Mat' appear twice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:109 msgid "`Ready Mat` appears twice because the external ID was omitted during the price update from `$790` to `$780`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:112 msgid "To look-up the :guilabel:`External ID` for a vendor pricelist, tick the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox at the top of the :guilabel:`Export Data` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:116 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`External ID` from the :guilabel:`Available fields` section with the :guilabel:`I want to update data (import-compatible export)` checkbox ticked results in an export file with two columns containing the external ID." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:123 msgid "Common fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:125 msgid "Below is a list of commonly-used fields when importing vendor pricelists:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:127 msgid "Field name definitions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:130 msgid "Field name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:131 msgid "Used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:132 msgid "Field in Odoo database" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:133 msgid "Technical name of field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:134 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:135 msgid "The only required field for creating a vendor pricelist record. This field specifies the vendor associated with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor` field in the :ref:`vendor pricelist of the product form `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:139 msgid "`partner_id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:140 msgid "Product Template" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:141 msgid "The Odoo product the vendor pricelist entry is related to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:142 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:143 msgid "`product_tmpl_id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:145 msgid "The minimum quantity required to receive the product at the specified price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity` field in the vendor pricelist. (If not visible, enable it by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(adjust)` icon, and tick the :guilabel:`Quantity` checkbox)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:149 msgid "`min_qty`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:150 msgid "Unit Price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:151 msgid "The purchase price for the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Price` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:153 msgid "`price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:154 msgid "Delivery Lead Time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:155 msgid ":ref:`Number of days ` before receiving the product after confirming a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:157 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` field on the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:158 msgid "`delay`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:159 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:160 msgid "Defines the order of vendors in the pricelist when multiple vendors are available. For example, if `Azure Interior` is listed first and Wood Corner second, their sequences would be `1` and `2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:171 msgid "N/A" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:164 msgid "`sequence`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:165 msgid "Company" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:166 msgid "Name of company the product belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Company` field in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:168 msgid "`company_id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`External ID `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:170 msgid "Unique ID of a record used to update existing vendor pricelists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:172 msgid "`id`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:175 msgid "Import records" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:177 msgid "With a template downloaded, fill out the XLSX or CSV file with the necessary information. After inputting everything, import the file back into the Odoo database, by going to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Vendor Pricelists`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:181 msgid "On the page, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon in the top-left corner. In the drop-down menu that appears, click :guilabel:`Import records`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:184 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Upload File` in the upper-left corner, and after selecting the XLSX or CSV file, confirm the correct fields, and click :guilabel:`Import`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:188 msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/export_import_data`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:189 msgid ":ref:`Common fields `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:-1 msgid "Upload file screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:195 msgid "Formatting import file" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:197 msgid "To understand how to format import files for vendor pricelists, consider the following example." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:199 msgid "`Storage Box` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM08`) is sold by `Wood Corner` for `$10`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:200 msgid "`Large Desk` (:guilabel:`Reference`: `E-COM09`) has no records in the vendor pricelist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:202 msgid "An import file is created to do the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:204 msgid "Update the price for `Wood Corner` from `$10` to `$13`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:205 msgid "Add pricelist for `Storage Box`: the vendor, `Ready Mat` intends to sell the product for `$14`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:206 msgid "Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Wood Corner`, price is `$1299`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:207 msgid "Add pricelist for `Large Desk`: vendor is `Azure Interior`, price is `$1399`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:209 msgid "Vendor pricelist data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:212 msgid "id" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:213 msgid "company_id" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:214 msgid "delay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:215 msgid "price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:216 msgid "product_tmpl_id" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:217 msgid "sequence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:218 msgid "partner_id" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:219 msgid "product.product_supplierinfo_3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:234 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:241 msgid "My Company (San Francisco)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:222 msgid "13.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:230 msgid "[E-COM08] Storage Box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:239 msgid "Wood Corner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:229 msgid "14.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:232 msgid "Ready Mat" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:236 msgid "1299.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:237 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:244 msgid "[E-COM09] Large Desk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:238 msgid "6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:243 msgid "1399.00" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:245 msgid "7" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:246 msgid "Azure Interior" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:249 msgid "The *technical field name* was used to create this information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:252 msgid "Download the sample files for reference:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:254 msgid ":download:`Sample XLSX import file `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/pricelist.rst:255 msgid ":download:`Sample CSV import file `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls below a set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can be added to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, :menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or :menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click into it's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3 msgid "Temporary reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5 msgid "Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate purchase orders for specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9 msgid "Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold, without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*) to replenish the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14 msgid "In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17 msgid "In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment dashboard when a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19 msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20 msgid "has no reordering rule configured" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21 msgid "has `0` quantity in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22 msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24 msgid "This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33 msgid "To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37 msgid "The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an existing product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40 msgid "On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44 msgid "Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47 msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51 msgid "A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0 msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60 msgid "Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, indicating there are no rules applied to this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 msgid "Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69 msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71 msgid "To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74 msgid "Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83 msgid "Check replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85 msgid "To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89 msgid "On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and :guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93 msgid "Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100 msgid "To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been generated`, along with a new purchase order number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105 msgid "Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110 msgid "Complete purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112 msgid "To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116 msgid "From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:-1 msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123 msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126 msgid "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there are no reordering rules on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button displays `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different unit of measure than when it is sold. This can cause confusion between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**. However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: *Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories (see next section)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information* tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in **gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* (liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, click into the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure Category` field and enter a name for the category. Then, under the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:77 msgid "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting to other units of measure inside the category. Name the unit, and select the units of measure category you just created. For the *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:83 msgid "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:97 msgid "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or *Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:101 msgid "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select *Smaller*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:107 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:109 msgid "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:9 msgid "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Quality Overview `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12 msgid "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19 msgid "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26 msgid "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30 msgid "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36 msgid "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43 msgid "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51 msgid "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55 msgid "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66 msgid "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an *Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the |MO| as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71 msgid "Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the :guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:-1 msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92 msgid "Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97 msgid "For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point (QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17 msgid "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21 msgid "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see the documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30 msgid "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible for managing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46 msgid "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53 msgid "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56 msgid "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum acceptable measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the measurement should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64 msgid "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79 msgid "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83 msgid "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87 msgid "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*, or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88 msgid "On an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95 msgid "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97 msgid "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106 msgid "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114 msgid "If the value entered is within the range specified in the :guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118 msgid "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128 msgid "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select :guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195 msgid "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100 msgid "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142 msgid "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the documentation on :doc:`quality alerts <../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148 msgid "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153 msgid "*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158 msgid "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the :guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138 msgid "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167 msgid "Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176 msgid "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the :guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181 msgid "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:-1 msgid "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190 msgid "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select :guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the :guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158 msgid "If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the :guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164 msgid "On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169 msgid "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on :doc:`quality alerts <../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17 msgid "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21 msgid "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see the documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30 msgid "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47 msgid "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71 msgid "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75 msgid "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81 msgid "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88 msgid "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92 msgid "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105 msgid "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111 msgid "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116 msgid "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130 msgid "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what should be done next." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144 msgid "Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a *Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9 msgid "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16 msgid "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20 msgid "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see the documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29 msgid "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46 msgid "To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51 msgid "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on :ref:`adding new equipment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67 msgid "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74 msgid "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78 msgid "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90 msgid "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101 msgid "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114 msgid "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123 msgid "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128 msgid "*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture* quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142 msgid "Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147 msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173 msgid "Review picture attached to quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175 msgid "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select a quality check to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179 msgid "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:3 msgid "Failure locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs) are used to create *quality checks*, which prompt employees to confirm the quality of products, when they are included in certain operations. By setting one or more *failure locations* on a |QCP|, products that fail the quality checks it creates can be sent to one of the specified locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:14 msgid "The *Failure Location* feature was added in version 17.0 of Odoo, and does **not** appear in any previous version. To upgrade an Odoo database to a more recent version, see the documentation on :doc:`database upgrades <../../../../administration/upgrade>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:21 msgid "To use failure locations, the *Storage Locations* setting **must** be enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app. This setting allows for the creation of sub-locations within a warehouse, including failure locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:25 msgid "To enable the *Storage Locations* setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, under the :guilabel:`Warehouses` heading. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:-1 msgid "The Storage Locations setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:34 msgid "Failure locations are most effective when used for products configured as *storable products*. This is because inventory counts are only tracked for storable products, versus *consumable* products, for which exact counts are not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:38 msgid "Quality checks can still be created for consumable products, and those products can be sent to a failure location if they fail a check. However, Odoo does not track the exact quantity of a consumable product stored at a failure location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:42 msgid "To configure a product as storable, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product. In the :guilabel:`Product Type` field on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that :guilabel:`Storable Product` is selected from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:48 msgid "Add failure location to QCP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:50 msgid "To add a failure location to a |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points`. Select an existing |QCP| from the list, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:55 msgid "The following instructions only detail the configuration settings necessary for adding a failure location to a |QCP|. For a full overview of |QCPs| and all of the options available when configuring them, see the documentation on :doc:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:60 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Control Per` field on the |QCP| form, select the :guilabel:`Quantity` option. Doing so causes a :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field to appear on the form. This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Quantity` option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:64 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Failure Locations` field, select one or more locations from the drop-down menu. To create a new location, type the desired location name into the field, and then select :guilabel:`Create \"[name]\"` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:-1 msgid "A QCP form in the Quality app, configured with a failure location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:73 msgid "Send products to failure location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:75 msgid "Once a |QCP| has been configured with one or more failure locations, products that fail a check created by the |QCP| can be routed to one of the locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:78 msgid "To do so, open an order that requires a quality check created by a |QCP| configured with a failure location. For example, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Receipts`, and select a receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:82 msgid "At the top of the selected order, click the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button to open a pop-up window, from which the quality check can be processed. At the bottom of the pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button to fail the quality check, which opens a second pop-up window, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed for [Product]`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:87 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity Failed` field, enter the quantity of the product that failed to pass the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Failure Location` field, select a location to which the failed quantity should be sent. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` at the bottom of the pop-up window to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:-1 msgid "The pop-up window that appears after a quality check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:96 msgid "Finally, on the order, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button at the top of the page. Doing so confirms the products that failed the quality check were sent to the failure location, while products that passed it were sent to their normal storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:101 msgid "View failure location inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:103 msgid "To view the product quantities stored in a failure location, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Select a failure location from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Current Stock` smart button on the location's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/failure_locations.rst:107 msgid "A failure location's page lists all of the products stored within the location, along with the quantity of each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8 msgid "In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* module, or directly within the *Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15 msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17 msgid "**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the |MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid "Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the :guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality alert in a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50 msgid "Quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52 msgid "After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short :guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55 msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57 msgid "**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the :guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59 msgid "**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60 msgid "**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62 msgid "Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be responsible for the quality alert, select them from the :guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality issue, if known." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ (star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the *Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75 msgid "At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should be taken to fix the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81 msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to prevent the issue from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:-1 msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93 msgid "Manage quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95 msgid "To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where they are in the review process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99 msgid "To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103 msgid "To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the alert card to open its form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:-1 msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9 msgid "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13 msgid "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a |QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19 msgid "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct unprompted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27 msgid "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery order) and all products within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40 msgid "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44 msgid "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was created, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68 msgid "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78 msgid "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83 msgid "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on :ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92 msgid "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97 msgid "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103 msgid "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109 msgid "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113 msgid "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125 msgid "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135 msgid "For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142 msgid "Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147 msgid "It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as *Passed*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151 msgid "The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality check, see the associated documentation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create :doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations (manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and :guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the specified operation(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the :guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled :guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the manufacturing operation, in general." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:48 msgid "A |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the `Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 msgid "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: One check is requested for the specified operation, as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:56 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: One check is requested for each *unique* product included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* products are included in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: A check is requested for a certain percentage of items within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the :guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 msgid "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`All`: A quality check is requested every time the conditions of the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Randomly`: A quality check is randomly requested for a certain percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% of Operations` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Periodically`: A quality check is requested once every set period of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:75 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP| depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks require the employee processing the check to fill out an interactive worksheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Spreadsheet` checks require the employee processing the check to fill out an interactive spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:94 msgid "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:96 msgid "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, like receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "When creating a |QCP| with the :guilabel:`Worksheet` or :guilabel:`Spreadsheet` check types, it is necessary to specify a *Quality Worksheet Template* or *Quality Spreadsheet Template* in the :guilabel:`Template` field that appears below the :guilabel:`Type` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:108 msgid "The selected template is duplicated for each quality check created by the |QCP|, and **must** be filled out to complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "To create a new template, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Configuration --> Quality Worksheet/Spreadsheet Templates`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:118 msgid "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:121 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:125 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:128 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:131 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:136 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:140 msgid "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:-1 msgid "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:8 msgid "Repairs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs.rst:10 msgid "Odoo *Repairs* assists companies in creating and processing repairs for damaged products returned by customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:3 msgid "Process repair orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:10 msgid "Sometimes, products delivered to customers can break or be damaged in transit, and need to be returned for a refund, delivery of a replacement product, or repairs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:13 msgid "In Odoo, repairs for products returned by customers can be tracked in the *Repairs* app. Once repaired, products can be redelivered to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:16 msgid "The return and repair process for damaged products typically follows the below steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:18 msgid ":ref:`Process return order for damaged product `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Create repair order for returned product `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:20 msgid ":ref:`Return repaired product to customer `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:25 msgid "Return order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:27 msgid "Returns can be processed in Odoo via *reverse transfers*, created directly from a sales order (SO) once products have been delivered to a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:30 msgid "To create a return, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click into an |SO| from which a product should be returned. Then, from the |SO| form, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Doing so opens the delivery order (DO) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:34 msgid "From this form, click :guilabel:`Return`. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Reverse transfer pop-up window on delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:253 msgid "This pop-up lists the :guilabel:`Product` included in the order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` delivered to the customer, and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` the product was in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:256 msgid "Click the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to change the quantity of the product to be returned, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:259 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon at the far-right of the product line to remove it from the return, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:49 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a new receipt for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:52 msgid "Once the product has been returned to the warehouse, receipt of the return can be registered in the database by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` from the reverse transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:56 msgid "Once a reverse transfer for a return is validated, the value in the :guilabel:`Delivered` column on the original |SO| updates to reflect the difference between the original :guilabel:`Quantity` ordered, and the :guilabel:`Quantity` returned by the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:0 msgid "Delivered and Quantity columns on sales order after return." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:67 msgid "Create repair order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:69 msgid "Once products have been returned, their repairs can be tracked by creating a repair order (RO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:71 msgid "To create a new |RO|, navigate to :menuselection:`Repairs app`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank |RO| form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Left-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:78 msgid "On this form, begin by selecting a :guilabel:`Customer`. The customer selected should be for whom the order will be invoiced and delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field, click the drop-down menu to select the product that needs repair. If necessary, click :guilabel:`Search More...` to open a :guilabel:`Search: Product to Repair` pop-up window, and browse all products in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:85 msgid "Once a :guilabel:`Product to Repair` is selected, a new :guilabel:`Product Quantity` field appears below it. In that field, enter the quantity (in a `0.00` format) of the product that requires repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:89 msgid "To the right of that value, click the drop-down list to select the unit of measure (UoM) for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:92 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Return` field, click the drop-down menu and select the return order from which the product to be repaired comes from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:95 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Under Warranty` checkbox, if the product being repaired is covered by a warranty. If ticked, the :guilabel:`Customer` is not charged for all the parts used in the repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:99 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, click the date to reveal a calendar popover window. From this calendar, select a date for the repair, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Right-hand side of blank repair order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:106 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Responsible` field, click the drop-down menu and select the user who should be responsible for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:109 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Company` field, if in a multi-company environment, select which company this |RO| belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:112 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, click the drop-down menu and select which tags should be applied to this |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:116 msgid "Parts tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:118 msgid "Add, remove, or recycle parts in the :guilabel:`Parts` tab. To do so, click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:121 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` column, click the box to reveal three options to choose from: :guilabel:`Add` (selected by default), :guilabel:`Remove`, and :guilabel:`Recycle`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Type column options or new part under Parts tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:128 msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Add` adds this part to the |RO|. Adding parts lists components for use in the repair. If the components are used, the user completing the repair can record they were used. If they were not used, the user can indicate that, too, and the components can be saved for another use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:133 msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Remove` removes this part from the |RO|. Removing parts lists components that should be removed from the product being repaired during the repair process. If the parts are removed, the user completing the repair can indicate they were removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:137 msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Recycle` recycles this part from the |RO|, designating it for later use or to be repurposed for another use in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:140 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Product` column, select which product (part) should be added, removed, or recycled. In the :guilabel:`Demand` column, change the quantity, if necessary, to indicate what quantity of this part should be used in the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:144 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the value (in a `0.00` format) once the part has been successfully added, removed, or recycled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:147 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column, select the |UoM| for the part." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:149 msgid "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Used` column, tick the checkbox once the part has been used in the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:152 msgid "To add additional columns to the line, click the :guilabel:`(optional columns drop-down)` icon, at the far-right of the header row. Select the desired options to add to the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Optional additional options to add to new part line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:160 msgid "Repair Notes and Miscellaneous tabs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:162 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab to add internal notes about this specific |RO|, and anything the user performing the repair might need to know." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:165 msgid "Click the blank text field to begin writing notes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:167 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab to see the :guilabel:`Operation Type` for this repair. By default, this is set to :guilabel:`YourCompany: Repairs`, indicating this is a repair type operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:171 msgid "Once all desired configurations have been made on the |RO| form, click :guilabel:`Confirm Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Confirmed` stage, and reserves the necessary components needed for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:175 msgid "A new :guilabel:`Forecasted` column appears on the product lines under the :guilabel:`Parts` tab, displaying the availability of all components needed for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:178 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Start Repair`. This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Under Repair` stage (in the upper-right corner). If the |RO| should be cancelled, click :guilabel:`Cancel Repair`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:181 msgid "Once all products have been successfully repaired, the |RO| is completed. To register this in the database, click :guilabel:`End Repair`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:185 msgid "If all parts added to the |RO| were not used, clicking :guilabel:`End Repair` causes an :guilabel:`Uncomplete Move(s)` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Uncomplete Moves pop-up window for unused parts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:192 msgid "The pop-up window informs the user that there is a difference between the initial demand and the actual quantity used for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:195 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Used` quantity should be changed, click :guilabel:`Discard` or close the pop-up window. If the order should be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:198 msgid "This moves the |RO| to the :guilabel:`Repaired` stage. A :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button also appears above the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:201 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button to view the product's moves history during and after the repair process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Moves history of product included in the repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:211 msgid "Return product to customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:214 msgid "Product is under warranty" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:216 msgid "Once the product has been successfully repaired, it can be returned to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:219 msgid "Product is not under warranty" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:221 msgid "If the product is not under warranty, or should the customer bear the repair costs, click :guilabel:`Create Quotation`. This opens a new |SO| form, pre-populated with the parts used in the |RO|, with the total cost of the repair calculated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:-1 msgid "Pre-populated new quotation for parts included in repair order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:229 msgid "If this |SO| should be sent to the customer, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and proceed to invoice the customer for the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:233 msgid "If the customer should be charged for a repair service, a service type product can be created and added to the |SO| for a repaired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:236 msgid "To return the product to the customer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and select the original |SO| from which the initial return was processed. Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:240 msgid "From the resulting list of operations, click the reverse transfer, indicated by the :guilabel:`Source Document`, which should read `Return of WH/OUT/XXXXX`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:243 msgid "This opens the return form. At the top of this form, a :guilabel:`Repair Orders` smart button now appears, linking this return to the completed |RO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:246 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Return` at the top of the form. This opens a :guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:262 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This creates a new delivery for the returned products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:265 msgid "When the delivery has been processed and the product has been returned to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/repairs/repair_orders.rst:269 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" msgstr ""